summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
-rw-r--r--40890-0.txt395
-rw-r--r--40890-0.zipbin251142 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--40890-h.zipbin327816 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--40890-h/40890-h.htm420
-rw-r--r--40890.txt12366
-rw-r--r--40890.zipbin251068 -> 0 bytes
6 files changed, 5 insertions, 13176 deletions
diff --git a/40890-0.txt b/40890-0.txt
index 2120ede..076678b 100644
--- a/40890-0.txt
+++ b/40890-0.txt
@@ -1,38 +1,4 @@
-Project Gutenberg's Diary of an Enlisted Man, by Lawrence Van Alstyne
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
-almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
-re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
-with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
-
-
-Title: Diary of an Enlisted Man
-
-Author: Lawrence Van Alstyne
-
-Release Date: September 28, 2012 [EBook #40890]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DIARY OF AN ENLISTED MAN ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by Peter Podgoršek, Stephen Blundell and the
-Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
-(This file was produced from images generously made
-available by The Internet Archive)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 40890 ***
[Illustration]
@@ -12006,361 +11972,4 @@ Transcriber's Note:
End of Project Gutenberg's Diary of an Enlisted Man, by Lawrence Van Alstyne
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DIARY OF AN ENLISTED MAN ***
-
-***** This file should be named 40890-0.txt or 40890-0.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/4/0/8/9/40890/
-
-Produced by Peter Podgoršek, Stephen Blundell and the
-Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
-(This file was produced from images generously made
-available by The Internet Archive)
-
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
-will be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
-one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
-(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
-permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
-set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
-copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
-protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
-Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
-charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
-do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
-rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
-such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
-research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
-practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
-subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
-redistribution.
-
-
-
-*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
-Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
- www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
-all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
-If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
-terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
-entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
-and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
-or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
-collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
-individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
-located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
-copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
-works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
-are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
-Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
-freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
-this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
-the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
-keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
-Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
-a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
-the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
-before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
-creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
-Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
-the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
-States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
-access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
-whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
-copied or distributed:
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
-almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
-re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
-with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
-from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
-posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
-and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
-or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
-with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
-work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
-through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
-Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
-1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
-terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
-to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
-permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
-word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
-distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
-"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
-posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
-you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
-copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
-request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
-form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
-that
-
-- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
- owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
- has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
- Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
- must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
- prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
- returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
- sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
- address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
- the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or
- destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
- and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
- Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
- money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
- of receipt of the work.
-
-- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
-forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
-both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
-Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
-Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
-collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
-"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
-corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
-property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
-computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
-your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
-your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
-the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
-refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
-providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
-receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
-is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
-opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
-WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
-WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
-If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
-law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
-interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
-the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
-provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
-with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
-promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
-harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
-that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
-or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
-work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
-Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
-
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
-including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
-because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
-people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
-To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
-and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org
-
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
-Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
-permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
-Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
-throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809
-North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email
-contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the
-Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
-SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
-particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
-To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
-with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project
-Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
-unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
-keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
-
- www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. \ No newline at end of file
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 40890 ***
diff --git a/40890-0.zip b/40890-0.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a3e5f2..0000000
--- a/40890-0.zip
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/40890-h.zip b/40890-h.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index bf1ec71..0000000
--- a/40890-h.zip
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/40890-h/40890-h.htm b/40890-h/40890-h.htm
index bcf0caf..cdcecba 100644
--- a/40890-h/40890-h.htm
+++ b/40890-h/40890-h.htm
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
<head>
- <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" />
+ <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8" />
<meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
<title>
The Project Gutenberg eBook of Diary of an Enlisted Man, by Lawrence Van Alstyne.
@@ -51,45 +51,7 @@
</style>
</head>
<body>
-
-
-<pre>
-
-Project Gutenberg's Diary of an Enlisted Man, by Lawrence Van Alstyne
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
-almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
-re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
-with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
-
-
-Title: Diary of an Enlisted Man
-
-Author: Lawrence Van Alstyne
-
-Release Date: September 28, 2012 [EBook #40890]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DIARY OF AN ENLISTED MAN ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by Peter Podgoršek, Stephen Blundell and the
-Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
-(This file was produced from images generously made
-available by The Internet Archive)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-</pre>
-
+<div>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 40890 ***</div>
<div class="figc"><img src="images/001.jpg" width="322" height="500" alt="Diary of an Enlisted Man" title="" /></div>
@@ -13154,382 +13116,6 @@ he went back to his plantation home.</p>
Minor typographical errors have been corrected without note.
Archaic and dialect spellings remain as printed.</div>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-<pre>
-
-
-
-
-
-End of Project Gutenberg's Diary of an Enlisted Man, by Lawrence Van Alstyne
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DIARY OF AN ENLISTED MAN ***
-
-***** This file should be named 40890-h.htm or 40890-h.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/4/0/8/9/40890/
-
-Produced by Peter Podgoršek, Stephen Blundell and the
-Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
-(This file was produced from images generously made
-available by The Internet Archive)
-
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
-will be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
-one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
-(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
-permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
-set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
-copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
-protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
-Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
-charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
-do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
-rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
-such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
-research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
-practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
-subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
-redistribution.
-
-
-
-*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
-Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
- www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
-all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
-If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
-terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
-entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
-and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
-or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
-collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
-individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
-located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
-copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
-works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
-are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
-Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
-freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
-this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
-the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
-keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
-Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
-a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
-the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
-before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
-creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
-Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
-the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
-States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
-access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
-whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
-copied or distributed:
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
-almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
-re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
-with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
-from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
-posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
-and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
-or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
-with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
-work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
-through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
-Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
-1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
-terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
-to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
-permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
-word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
-distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
-"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
-posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
-you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
-copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
-request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
-form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
-that
-
-- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
- owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
- has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
- Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
- must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
- prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
- returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
- sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
- address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
- the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or
- destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
- and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
- Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
- money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
- of receipt of the work.
-
-- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
-forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
-both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
-Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
-Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
-collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
-"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
-corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
-property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
-computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
-your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
-your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
-the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
-refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
-providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
-receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
-is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
-opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
-WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
-WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
-If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
-law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
-interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
-the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
-provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
-with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
-promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
-harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
-that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
-or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
-work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
-Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
-
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
-including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
-because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
-people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
-To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
-and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org
-
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
-Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
-permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
-Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
-throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809
-North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email
-contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the
-Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
-SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
-particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
-To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
-with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project
-Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
-unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
-keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
-
- www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-
-
-</pre>
-
+<div>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 40890 ***</div>
</body>
</html>
diff --git a/40890.txt b/40890.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 278a39a..0000000
--- a/40890.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12366 +0,0 @@
-Project Gutenberg's Diary of an Enlisted Man, by Lawrence Van Alstyne
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
-almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
-re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
-with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
-
-
-Title: Diary of an Enlisted Man
-
-Author: Lawrence Van Alstyne
-
-Release Date: September 28, 2012 [EBook #40890]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: ASCII
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DIARY OF AN ENLISTED MAN ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by Peter Podgoršek, Stephen Blundell and the
-Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
-(This file was produced from images generously made
-available by The Internet Archive)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
- DIARY
- OF
- AN ENLISTED MAN
-
- BY
- LAWRENCE VAN ALSTYNE
- SHARON, CONN.
-
- NEW HAVEN, CONN.
- THE TUTTLE, MOREHOUSE & TAYLOR COMPANY
- 1910
-
-
-
-
- Copyrighted 1910
- by
- LAWRENCE VAN ALSTYNE
-
-
-
-
- WITH LOVING REGARD
- FOR THE MEMORY OF MY PARENTS
- WHO WATCHED FOR AND EAGERLY READ THE DIARY
- AS FROM TIME TO TIME IT CAME TO THEM
- AND TO MY COMRADES-IN-ARMS
- WHETHER LIVING OR DEAD
- THIS VOLUME IS AFFECTIONATELY DEDICATED.
-
-
-
-
-PREFACE
-
-
-In the multitude of books written about the Civil War, very little is
-said of the enlisted man. His bravery and his loyalty are admitted and
-that is about all. Of his everyday life, the very thing his family and
-friends cared most to know about, there is hardly anything said.
-
-It is to remedy this omission in some degree that the following pages
-are published. They were written by an enlisted man and are mostly about
-enlisted men. They are filled with details that history has no room for,
-and for that reason may have an interest quite their own.
-
-They were written at different times, in different places, and under a
-great variety of circumstances and conditions. Some were written as the
-line halted for rest while marching from place to place, some while
-waiting for trains or other modes of transportation, but the most were
-written by the light of a candle or a smoldering camp-fire while my
-comrades, no more weary than I, were sleeping about me. All were written
-amid scenes of more or less confusion, and many times of great
-excitement. They were written because of a promise made to my parents
-that I would make notes of my wanderings and of the adventures I met
-with.
-
-At first I found it an irksome task, taking time I really needed for
-rest; but as time went on the habit became fixed, and I did not consider
-the day's work done until I had written in my diary of the events that
-came with it.
-
-The diary was kept in small pocket notebooks, of a size convenient to
-carry in my pocket, and be ever ready for use. There was never a lack of
-subjects to write about. Events crowded upon each other so fast that
-each day furnished plenty of material for the time I could give it. I
-had never been far from home. The sights I saw were new and strange to
-me and made deep impressions. These, as best I could, I transferred to
-the pages of my diary, so the friends at home could, in a way, see the
-sights I saw and that seemed so wonderful to me. When pages enough were
-written for a letter, I cut them out and sent them home to be read by
-any who cared to, after which they were strung together on a string and
-saved for me to read again, should I ever return to do it. When I did
-return I found the leaves had so accumulated as to make a large bundle.
-There was no need for me to read them at that time, for the story they
-told was burned too deep in my memory to be easily forgotten.
-
-So I tied them in a bundle and put them away in an unused drawer of my
-desk, where they lay, unread and undisturbed for the next forty-five
-years.
-
-But while the old diary lay hidden in my desk a new generation had crept
-upon the stage. We no longer occupied the center of it. One by one we
-had been crowded off, and our ranks were getting so thin we had to feel
-around for the touch of a comrade's elbow. Every year there were more
-comrades' graves to decorate, and every year there were fewer of us left
-to decorate them. At last we had met an enemy we could not even hope to
-conquer. With sadness we saw first one and then another called out, and
-they did not return. They had answered the last roll call, and it was
-only a question of a little time when the last name would be called, and
-the muster-out rolls be folded up and filed away.
-
-It was with a feeling of ever-increasing loneliness that I untied the
-bundle and began to read the long-forgotten diary. In a little while I
-was a boy again, one of that great company that helped to make history
-read as it does. Almost half a century had suddenly rolled back and I
-was with Company B--"Bostwick's Tigers" we were called, not altogether
-on account of our fighting qualities, but because of the noise we
-sometimes made. I was having my share of the fun that was going, and
-was taking my share of the hard knocks as well.
-
-I was never so absorbedly interested. I even forgot my meals. For weeks
-I thought of little else and did little else than read and copy those
-dim old pages. I read from them to any who would listen, and wondered
-why it did not stir their blood as it did my own.
-
-But the reason is plain. To the listener it was hearsay. To me it was
-real. So it may be with the diary now it is printed. In the nature of
-things it cannot be to others what it is to me. It is a part of my life.
-My blood would not tingle as it does at the reading of another man's
-life. It is what historians had neither time nor space to write, the
-everyday life of an enlisted man in time of war.
-
- L. V. A.
-
-October, 1910.
-
-
-
-
-CONTENTS
-
-
- PAGE
-
- CHAPTER I--THE RECRUITING CAMP 1
-
- First steps as a Soldier--The five-day furlough.
-
- CHAPTER II--THE JOURNEY SOUTH 16
-
- The march through Hudson--The stop in New York--Breakfast at
- "The Cooper Shop"--Arrival at Baltimore--When we first
- heard the "Long Roll."
-
- CHAPTER III--CAMP MILLINGTON, MD. 23
-
- School of the Soldier--On picket at Catonsville--Trip to
- Gettysburg--Dinner at Hanover--Meeting the 150th--Roast
- chicken--Stuart's Mansion Hospital.
-
- CHAPTER IV--ON BOARD THE ARAGO 61
-
- A morning on Chesapeake Bay--At Newport News--At Fortress
- Monroe--The journey South continued--Sickness and death on
- board--A burial at sea--Quarantined.
-
- CHAPTER V--QUARANTINE STATION, LA. 73
-
- Cooking graybacks--A big catfish--Starting a graveyard--The
- most trying circumstances war can bring.
-
- CHAPTER VI--CAMP CHALMETTE, LA. 80
-
- Spying out the land--Foiling an attempt at suicide--Clash
- with the 28th Maine--An interrupted sermon--Brownell's
- last words.
-
- CHAPTER VII--CAMP PARAPET, LA. 87
-
- Captain Bostwick gets married--In the hospital at last--Good
- care and treatment--The slow process of getting well--The
- Ponchatoula trip--Mosquitoes and alligators.
-
- CHAPTER VIII--PORT HUDSON, LA. 108
-
- Good-bye, Camp Parapet--Going up the river--Stop at
- Springfield Landing--Before the works--Capt. Gifford
- missing--The first assault--Stealing honey--Scared by a
- snake--The second assault--The "Forlorn Hope"--Captain
- Gifford comes back--Vicksburg surrenders--Port Hudson
- follows suit--The laying down of arms.
-
- CHAPTER IX--DONALDSONVILLE, LA. 149
-
- Leaving Port Hudson--Stop at Baton Rouge--At
- Donaldsonville--Living on the fat of the land--How sugar
- is made--Hickory Landing--Plaquemine--Baton Rouge.
-
- CHAPTER X--AT NEW ORLEANS, LA. 173
-
- Good-bye to the 128th--Down the river to New
- Orleans--Looking for General Grant--Finding General
- Grant--Joined the Corps de Afrique--Franklin's expedition
- to Texas--The return trip--Pilot Town, La.--Easy times.
-
- CHAPTER XI--BRASHEAR CITY, LA. 184
-
- Mustered into the service again--Waiting for orders--Up the
- Bayou Teche--Stealing a horse--Meeting the owner--At
- Mouton's Plantation--The return across the prairie--A sham
- battle--One kind of southern hospitality--Another kind of
- southern hospitality--Camp life at Brashear City.
-
- CHAPTER XII--THE LOUISIANA STEAM COTTON PRESS 230
-
- In winter quarters--Dull times--The fortune-tellers--An old
- man's blessing--A pleasant surprise--Leave of absence--On
- board the steamer Creole--Seasick--Losing Henry
- Holmes--Wholesale visiting--Finding Henry Holmes.
-
- CHAPTER XIII--ON BOARD THE MCCLELLAN 272
-
- The start for Dixie--The McClellan is not the Creole--A
- tough crowd--Man overboard--Martial law proclaimed--Arrest
- of the rioters--Storm at sea--Stop at Key West--In New
- Orleans again.
-
- CHAPTER XIV--THE RED RIVER CAMPAIGN 286
-
- Camping on The Laurel Hill--At Port Hudson again--Meeting
- the 128th--Up the Red River to Alexandria--Two trips to
- Grand Ecore--The river falling--The dam at Alexandria--The
- burning of Alexandria.
-
- CHAPTER XV--THE RED RIVER RETREAT 322
-
- Guarding the pontoon train--Sleeping on feathers--Killing
- the goose--Forced marching--The fight at Yellow
- Bayou--Crossing the Atchafalaya--Another forced march--A
- raw beef supper--Footsore and weary.
-
- CHAPTER XVI--CAMP AT MORGANZIA, LA. 332
-
- On picket with the western men--Smallpox appears--A pay-day
- misunderstanding--Building Fort Morgan--Fourth of July
- dinner--General Order 88--The army moving away.
-
- CHAPTER XVII--OUR LAST CAMP IN THE SOUTH 346
-
- Leaving Morganzia--In camp near New Orleans--Good-bye,
- Dixie--Homeward bound.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER I
-
-The Recruiting Camp
-
- First steps as a Soldier--The five-day furlough.
-
-
-_August 19, 1862._
-
-HUDSON CAMP GROUNDS. I have enlisted! Joined the Army of Uncle Sam for
-three years, or the war, whichever may end first. Thirteen dollars per
-month, board, clothes and traveling expenses thrown in. That's on the
-part of my Uncle. For my part, I am to do, I hardly know what, but in a
-general way understand I am to kill or capture such part of the Rebel
-Army as comes in my way.
-
-I wonder what sort of a soldier I will make; to be honest about it, I
-don't feel much of that eagerness for the fray I am hearing so much of
-about me.
-
-It seems to me it is a serious sort of business I have engaged in. I was
-a long time making up my mind about it. This one could go, and that one,
-and they ought to, but with me, some way it was different. There was so
-much I had planned to do, and to be. I was needed at home, etc., etc. So
-I would settle the question for a time, only to have it come up to be
-reasoned away again, and each time my reasons for not taking my part in
-the job seemed less reasonable. Finally I did the only thing I could
-respect myself for doing,--went to Millerton, the nearest recruiting
-station, and enlisted.
-
-I then threw down my unfinished castles, went around and bid my friends
-good-bye, and had a general settling up of my affairs, which, by the
-way, took but little time. But I never before knew I had so many
-friends. Everyone seemed to be my friend. A few spoke encouragingly, but
-the most of them spoke and acted about as I would expect them to, if I
-were on my way to the gallows. Pity was so plainly shown that when I had
-gone the rounds, and reached home again, I felt as if I had been
-attending my own funeral. Poor old father and mother! They had expected
-it, but now that it had come they felt it, and though they tried hard,
-they could not hide from me that they felt it might be the last they
-would see of their baby.
-
-Then came the leaving it all behind. I cannot describe that. The
-good-byes and the good wishes ring in my ears yet. I am not myself. I am
-some other person. My surroundings are new, the sights and sounds about
-me are new, my aims and ambitions are new;--that is if I have any. I
-seem to have reached the end. I can look backwards, but when I try to
-look ahead it is all a blank. Right here let me say, God bless the man
-who wrote "Robert Dawson," and God bless the man who gave me the book.
-"Only a few drops at a time, Robert." The days are made of minutes, and
-I am only sure of the one I am now living in. Take good care of that and
-cross no bridges until you come to them.
-
-I have promised to keep a diary, and I am doing it. I have also promised
-that it should be a truthful account of what I saw and what I did. I
-have crawled off by myself and have been scribbling away for some time,
-and upon reading what I have written I find it reads as if I was the
-only one. But I am not. There are hundreds and perhaps thousands here,
-and I suppose all could, if they cared to, write just such an experience
-as I have. But no one else seems foolish enough to do it. I will let
-this stand as a preface to my diary, and go on to say that we, the first
-installment of recruits from our neighborhood, gathered at Amenia, where
-we had a farewell dinner, and a final handshake, after which we boarded
-the train and were soon at Ghent, where we changed from the Harlem to
-the Hudson & Berkshire R. R., which landed us opposite the gates of the
-Hudson Fair Grounds, about 4 P. M. on the 14th. We were made to form in
-line and were then marched inside, where we found a lot of rough board
-shanties, such as are usually seen on country fair grounds, and which
-are now used as offices, and are full of bustle and confusion. After a
-wash-up, we were taken to a building which proved to be a kitchen and
-dining room combined. Long pine tables, with benches on each side,
-filled the greater part of it, and at these we took seats and were
-served with good bread and fair coffee, our first meal at Uncle Sam's
-table, and at his expense. After supper we scattered, and the Amenia
-crowd brought up at the Miller House in Hudson. We took in some of the
-sights of the city and then put up for the night.
-
-The next morning we had breakfast and then reported at the camp grounds
-ready for the next move, whatever that might be. We found crowds of
-people there, men, women and children, which were fathers and mothers,
-wives and sweethearts, brothers and sisters of the men who have enlisted
-from all over Dutchess and Columbia counties. Squads of men were
-marching on the race track, trying to keep step with an officer who kept
-calling out "Left, Left, Left," as his left foot hit the ground, from
-which I judged he meant everyone else should put his left foot down with
-his. We found these men had gone a step further than we. They had been
-examined and accepted, but just what that meant none of us exactly knew.
-We soon found out, however. Every few minutes a chap came out from a
-certain building and read from a book, in a loud voice, the names of two
-men. These would follow him in, be gone a little while and come out,
-when the same performance would be repeated. My name and that of Peter
-Carlo, of Poughkeepsie, were called together, and in we went. We found
-ourselves in a large room with the medical examiner and his clerks. His
-salutation, as we entered, consisted of the single word, "Strip." We
-stripped and were examined just as a horseman examines a horse he is
-buying. He looked at our teeth and felt all over us for any evidence of
-unsoundness there might be. Then we were put through a sort of gymnastic
-performance, and told to put on our clothes. We were then weighed and
-measured, the color of our eyes and hair noted, also our complexion,
-after which another man came and made us swear to a lot of things, most
-of which I have forgotten already. But as it was nothing more than I
-expected to do without swearing I suppose it makes no difference.
-
-The rest of the day we visited around, getting acquainted and meeting
-many I had long been acquainted with. In the afternoon the camp ground
-was full of people, and as night began to come, and they began to go,
-the good-byes were many and sad enough. I am glad my folks know enough
-to stay away. That was our first night in camp. After we came from the
-medical man, we were no longer citizens, but just soldiers. We could not
-go down town as we did the night before. This was Saturday night, August
-17th. We slept but little,--at least I did not. A dozen of us had a
-small room, a box stall, in one of the stables, just big enough to lie
-down in. The floor looked like pine, but it was hard, and I shall never
-again call pine a soft wood, at least to lie on. If one did fall asleep
-he was promptly awakened by some one who had not, and by passing this
-around, such a racket was kept up that sleep was out of the question. I
-for one was glad the drummer made a mistake and routed us out at five
-o'clock instead of six, as his orders were. We shivered around until
-roll call and then had breakfast. We visited together until dinner. Beef
-and potatoes, bread and coffee, and plenty of it. Some find fault and
-some say nothing, but I notice that each gets away with all that's set
-before him. In the afternoon we had preaching out of doors, for no
-building on the grounds would hold us. A Rev. Mr. Parker preached, a
-good straight talk, no big words or bluster, but a plain man-to-man talk
-on a subject that should concern us now, if it never did before. I for
-one made some mighty good resolutions, then and there. Every regiment
-has a chaplain, I am told, and I wish ours could be this same Mr.
-Parker. The meeting had a quieting effect on all hands. There was less
-swearing and less noise and confusion that afternoon than at any time
-before. After supper the question of bettering our sleeping
-accommodations came up, and in spite of the good resolutions above
-recorded I helped steal some hay to sleep on. We made up our minds that
-if our judge was as sore as we were he would not be hard on us. We
-spread the hay evenly over the floor and lay snug and warm, sleeping
-sound until Monday morning, the 18th.
-
-The mill of the medical man kept on grinding and batches of men were
-sworn in every little while. Guards were placed at the gates, to keep us
-from going down town. I was one of the guards, but was called off to
-sign a paper and did not go back. Towards night we had to mount guard
-over our hay. Talk about "honor among thieves," what was not stolen
-before we found it out, was taken from under us while we were asleep,
-and after twisting and turning on the bare floor until my aching bones
-woke me, I got up and helped the others express themselves, for there
-was need of all the cuss words we could muster to do the subject
-justice. But that was our last night in those quarters.
-
-The next day the new barracks were finished and we took possession. They
-are long narrow buildings, about 100 feet by 16, with three tiers of
-bunks on each side, leaving an alley through the middle, and open at
-each end. The bunks are long enough for a tall man and wide enough for
-two men provided they lie straight, with a board in front to keep the
-front man from rolling out of bed. There are three buildings finished,
-and each accommodates 204 men. We were not allowed either hay or straw
-for fear of fire. As we only had our bodies to move, it did not take
-long to move in. Those from one neighborhood chose bunks near together,
-and there was little quarreling over choice. In fact one is just like
-another in all except location. Walter Loucks and I got a top berth at
-one end, so we have no trouble in finding it, as some do who are located
-near the middle. These barracks, as they are here called, are built
-close together, and ordinary conversation in one can be plainly heard in
-the others. Such a night as we had, story-telling, song-singing, telling
-what we would do if the Rebs attacked us in the night, with now and then
-a quarrel thrown in, kept us all awake until long after midnight. There
-was no getting lonesome, or homesick. No matter what direction one's
-thought might take, they were bound to be changed in a little while, and
-so the time went on. Perhaps some one would start a hymn and others
-would join in, and just as everything was going nicely, a block of wood,
-of which there were plenty lying around, would come from no one knew
-where, and perhaps hit a man who was half asleep. Then the psalm singing
-would end up in something quite different, and for a while one could
-almost taste brimstone. I heard more original sayings that night than in
-all my life before, and only that the boards were so hard, and my bones
-ached so badly, I would have enjoyed every minute of it.
-
-But we survived the night, and were able to eat everything set before
-us, when morning and breakfast time came. After breakfast we had our
-first lesson in soldiering, that is, the men of what will be Captain
-Bostwick's company, if he succeeds in filling it, and getting his
-commission, did. A West Point man put us through our paces. We formed in
-line on the race track, and after several false starts got going,
-bringing our left feet down as our instructor called out, "Left, Left,"
-etc. A shower in the night had left some puddles on the track, and the
-first one we came to some went around and some jumped across, breaking
-the time and step and mixing up things generally. We were halted, and as
-soon as the captain could speak without laughing, he told us what a
-ridiculous thing it was for soldiers to dodge at a mud puddle. After a
-turn at marching, or keeping step with each other, he explained very
-carefully to us the "position of a soldier," telling how necessary it
-was that we learn the lesson well, for it would be of great use to us
-hereafter. He repeated it, until every word had time to sink in. "Heels
-on the same line, and as near together as the conformation of the man
-will permit. Knees straight, without stiffness. Body erect on the hips,
-and inclining a little forward. Arms hanging naturally at the sides, the
-little finger behind the seam of the pantaloons. Shoulders square to the
-front. Head erect, with the eyes striking the ground at the distance of
-fifteen paces." Every bone in my body ached after a little of this, and
-yet our instructor told us this is the position in which a well-drilled
-soldier can stand for the longest time and with the greatest ease. This
-brings my diary up to this date and I must not let it get behind again.
-There is so much to write about, it takes all my spare time; but now I
-am caught up, I will try and keep so.
-
-
-_August 20, 1862._
-
-Capt. Bostwick came from Albany last night. He has his commission, and
-is to be captain of Company B, his being the second company filled. I
-can now style myself of Co. B, 128th N. Y. State Volunteers. He got us
-together and gave us quite a speech. Told us what he would do, and what
-he expected us to do. I imagine none of us know very well yet what we
-will do. He said if he had not got his commission he would have gone in
-the ranks with us. We gulped this down, but I doubt if many believed it.
-But at all events we are one family now, and Ed. Bostwick is the head of
-it. We have known him so long as just Ed. Bostwick, that it will take
-some time to get used to addressing him as Capt. Bostwick. One of our
-company, Jim Wasburn, who hails from Sharon, was put in the guard-house
-three times yesterday for fighting. He ought to make a good soldier,
-for he had rather fight than eat. He is a "mean dog," always picking at
-some one smaller than himself. To-day he pushed Eph. Hammond over, as he
-was getting some water from a pail. Eph. is one of our smallest men, but
-he gave the bully a crack on the jaw that sent him sprawling, and took
-the fight all out of him. One of the Poughkeepsie boys has gone on the
-war path too. He began Sunday night by running past the guard, and then
-waiting until arrested. Just as he got inside he gave his captor the
-slip and hid in the barracks until the search was given up. Then he came
-out and dodged past another guard and gave his pursuers a lively chase
-over the fields before they caught him. He might be going yet if he had
-not stopped and let them take him. He was brought in, put in the
-guard-house, and before ten o'clock was out and down town, where he got
-into some mischief and was locked up by the police. Yesterday he was
-brought back under guard and again put in the guard-house, which by the
-way is only a tent, with a soldier stationed by it. Last night, as I was
-coming from the city I met him going down, and probably by this time he
-is in jail again.
-
-_6 p. m._ Have just drawn our coats, drawers, stockings and shoes. Ben
-Rogers is here. He belongs to a Kinderhook company. Jim Rowe and John
-Pitcher have just come. Twenty-five of the company are old
-acquaintances, all from the same neighborhood. Besides, I have made lots
-of new acquaintances here. Men are coming every day and almost by every
-train, and the prospect of our regiment being soon filled seems good.
-The President's call for 300,000 volunteers is being nobly responded to
-here, and probably it is the same all over the North.
-
-
-_August 21, 1862._
-
-Last night I was one of those detailed for guard, and was put at one of
-the gates. This morning at 8.30 was what they call "guard mount." The
-men so detailed are divided into three squads, called first, second and
-third reliefs. The first goes on at 8.30 and remains until 10.30. Then
-the second relief goes on and stays until 12.30, when the third relief,
-to which I belong, takes the place until 2.30. This goes on until each
-relief has had four turns of two hours each on duty, and four turns each
-of four hours' rest, when 8.30 A. M. again comes around and a new guard
-is put in place of the old. The next day after being on guard, no duty
-is required of them. Nothing very hard about that so far as I can see. I
-begin to like it, and I am glad it is so, for there is no such thing as
-calling the boss up to settle.
-
-
-_August 22, 1862._
-
-I caught cold last night, and feel a little slim to-day. Lew Holmes got
-a pass for himself and me to go down town and that cured me. The run
-about in Hudson with the nice fresh air of to-day, together with a
-five-day furlough, which was given out to-night, has worked wonders for
-those that were lucky enough to get them. It seems the men are all to
-have a five-day furlough, but not all at once. The Amenia crowd drew
-first prize. I am delighted to go, and yet there will be the good-byes
-to say again, and I don't know after all whether I am glad or sorry.
-
-
-_August 23, 1862._
-
-_Night._ Home again. We left Hudson at 5 A. M. Were delayed in Chatham,
-waiting for the Harlem train, long enough to make quite a visit with
-brother William and his wife Laura. Uncle Daniel was there also. There
-is little else talked of but the war. Men are arranging their business
-so as to go, and others are "shaking in their boots" for fear they will
-have to go. I don't waste any sympathy on this latter class. There are
-some I would like to see made to go. They belong in the Southern army,
-where all their sympathy goes.
-
-I found our folks well and glad to see me. I have no sort of doubt of
-that. Just as we had had supper, Obadiah Pitcher came with his buggy and
-offered to take me to call on some friends; this I thought too good a
-chance to lose, and we went south. We found so many, and there was so
-much talking, it was Sunday morning when we came back.
-
-
-_August 24, 1862._
-
-_Sunday at home._ Herman and John, Betsy and Jane came to dinner. Such a
-dinner, too, as mother cooked for us. Dear old soul, how I wished I
-could eat enough to last until the war is over. Daniel McElwee came up
-and wanted me to go with him to Mabbettsville and see Mr. and Mrs.
-Haight. I put the best side of soldiering out, as Mrs. Haight wanted to
-know how her boy was faring. This seems to me the saddest side of war.
-Those that go have excitement enough to live on, but those that are left
-can only wonder how it is with their loved ones, and imagine worse
-things than may ever happen. I reached home in time to visit with father
-and mother awhile and then went to bed tired out.
-
-
-_August 25, 1862._
-
-AMENIA UNION, N. Y. The days of my stay being numbered, I am improving
-the time as best I can. Have been to John Loucks', Isaac Bryan's, Daniel
-McElwee's, Hugh Miller's, Jason Hull's (where I had another good
-dinner), and then came on to this place and put up at Mr. Dutcher's. Met
-John Van Alstyne, who was on his way to Sharon, and was told I was a
-fool for enlisting. Maybe I am, John, but I have lots of company.
-
-
-_August 26, 1862._
-
-Mary and I took a long ride, and then I left for Millerton. Saw the
-effects of a railroad smash up at Cooper's Crossing. The engine and cars
-were scattered along the front of the embankment and many of them only
-good for kindling-wood. The carcass of a cow, the cause of the accident,
-lay in one place and her hide in another. Attended a meeting at
-Millerton, heard some patriotic speeches and saw lots of people who
-seemed glad to see me. Was paid the town bounty of $100 and towards
-night wended my way over the hills home again, and am writing about it
-in my diary. This is my last night home. To-morrow we are due in Hudson
-again. I have seen none of the others who came home with me. I suppose
-each one, like myself, has crowded the time full of visiting, for who
-knows when we will have another chance? We each try to act as if we had
-no thought for the morrow, but it is hard work and not very successful.
-
-
-_August 27, 1862._
-
-Off for Hudson. The good-byes have been said again, may be forever. We
-are at Pine Plains now. This time we go by horse power instead of the
-cars. By "we," I mean Walter Loucks and myself who are chums in camp, as
-we have long been chums at home. Herman and John[1] take us up. We have
-a good team, a beautiful day, and have been stopped at nearly every
-house long enough to say "how are you?" and "good-bye." As soon as we
-stopped here, out came my diary and pencil. The habit is getting fixed,
-and there is little danger of my forgetting it. The trouble is there is
-so much to write about I will fill my book before I come to the real
-thing. May be some one will some time be glad I wrote so much. It is
-like blazing one's way through the woods. My trail can be followed, and
-it behooves me to behave myself, for I claim all I write in my diary is
-true.
-
-_Night._ In camp at Hudson Fair Grounds again. We had dinner at Blue
-Store, made several stops on the way, one at Wagonhagers Churchyard,
-where Leah Loucks lies buried. We had supper at Miller's Hotel, where we
-spent our first night in Hudson, and where Herman and John stay
-to-night. It was just a little bit hard to crawl up into our bare board
-bunk, after the nice soft beds we had slept in, but it is part of the
-contract and we took the dose with as good grace as possible.
-
-
-_August 28, 1862._
-
-Have been down town and had my picture taken to send home by Herman and
-John. Have also been drilling, and altogether have had a busy day. The
-ladies of Hudson (God bless them) are going to give us a supper
-to-night, and H. and J. are going to stay.
-
-_Later._ It is all over, except an uncomfortable fullness. Biscuit and
-butter, three kinds of cake, beef tongue, fruit of several kinds and
-LEMONADE. We gave the ladies three cheers that must have been heard
-across the river. There are lots of people here now. It seems as if I
-knew half of them, too. We entertained our visitors until they had to
-leave camp, and then had a prayer meeting and after it a stag dance,
-both of which I attended.
-
-
-_August 29, 1862._
-
-Received $25.00 to-day, which is half the State bounty. Friends of the
-soldiers are coming and going all the time. One day is much like
-another, and yet there is an endless variety. We have guard mount in the
-morning and then drill for a couple of hours. Then we are free to visit
-with our friends. We have lots of them nowadays. No one seems to lack
-for them. It reminds me of how well people are apt to speak of the dead.
-While alive we say all sorts of mean things to them and about them, but
-when they are gone it all seems forgotten and we only remember their
-good qualities. Some way the very kind attention we receive reminds me
-of that.
-
-
-_August 30, 1862._
-
-$25.00 more to-day. How the money comes in! Many people were here
-to-day, some from our neighborhood. Between our camp duties and so much
-visiting the time flies fast. The ladies of Hudson presented us with two
-beautiful flags to-day, and Colonel Cowles with a horse, saddle and
-bridle. It was estimated that five thousand visitors were in camp
-to-day. We are the 128th Regiment the State of New York has sent out. I
-wonder if such a time was made over each one. There was good speaking
-when the presents were made and accepted. We certainly are having a
-grand send-off.
-
-_Night._ There is a circus in Hudson to-night, and the guards have their
-hands full keeping the 128th in camp. Many get out, and the guard-house
-is full of those who were caught making the attempt.
-
-
-_August 31, 1862._
-
-_Sunday._ Spent the day in camp and a very quiet day at that. A paper
-has been circulated among us asking that the Rev. Mr. Parker, who
-preached for us once, be sent with us as chaplain. I understand every
-regiment has a chaplain (a minister) to look out for the spiritual
-welfare of the regiment. Judging from this one, they must find plenty to
-do.
-
-
-_September 1, 1862._
-
-A rumor is afloat that we leave here soon. The 128th is about full, and
-no doubt we will go soon. But often a report is started by some one
-without the least reason or foundation. They do it I suppose to see how
-fast a lie will travel. Just the ordinary camp routine is all that came
-along to-day.
-
-
-_September 2, 1862._
-
-We are all togged out with new blue clothes, haversacks and canteens.
-The haversack is a sack of black enameled cloth with a flap to close it
-and a strap to go over the shoulder, and is to carry our food
-in,--rations, I should say. The canteen is of tin, covered with gray
-cloth; in shape it is like a ball that has been stepped on and flattened
-down. It has a neck with a cork stopper and a strap to go over the
-shoulder. It is for carrying water, coffee or any other drinkable. Our
-new clothes consist of light blue pants and a darker shade of blue for
-the coats, which is of sack pattern. A light blue overcoat with a cape
-on it, a pair of mud-colored shirts and drawers, and a cap, which is
-mostly fore-piece. This, with a knapsack to carry our surplus outfit,
-and a woollen blanket to sleep on, or under, is our stock in trade. I
-don't suppose many will read this who do not know from observation how
-all these things look, for it seems as if all creation was here to look
-at them, and us.
-
-
-_September 3, 1862._
-
-Heigho! I'm a corporal!--whatever that may be. The appointments were
-made to-day, and I just caught on to the bottom round of the ladder. As
-I did not expect anything I suppose I should feel pleased. May be I do.
-I am not sure how I feel nowadays. There is such a hubbub, I wonder we
-don't all go crazy. Some say we leave Hudson to-night. None of us know
-when or where we go, but there is a lot of guessing.
-
-_Night._ Laura Loucks was in camp to-day. She is on her way home from
-her sister's, in the western part of the state. She greeted me with
-"There's another fool!" A great many good-byes were said to-day, and
-tears enough shed to drown a cat.
-
-
-_September 4, 1862._
-
-We go to-day, sure; that is, if reports are true. The Government bounty
-was paid to-day, and the oath of allegiance taken by the regimental
-officers, as well as the men. Every day the net is drawn a little
-tighter. No use in kicking now. We are bound by a bond none of us can
-break, and I am glad to be able to say, for one, that I don't want to
-break it. But it seems as if things dragged awfully slow. I suppose it
-is because I know so little about the many details that are necessary
-for the full organization of a regiment.
-
-_Night._ Here yet. I wish we might go. We are all ready and the sooner
-we go the more patriotism will be left in us. Too much of it is oozing
-out through the eyes. People keep coming to have a last word, a last
-good-bye and usually a last cry over it. I am heartily glad my folks
-have sense enough to keep away, for it is all I can stand to see the
-others. No doubt for many it is a last good-bye. In the nature of things
-we cannot all expect to come back, but God is good, and he keeps that
-part hidden from us, leaving each one to think he will be the lucky one.
-To make matters worse, the change of water, food, and mode of living is
-having its effects on many, myself among the number, and I feel pretty
-slim to-night. I will spread my blanket on my soft pine board, and, if
-my aching bones will let me, will try what a good sleep will do, for we
-are of all men know not what to-morrow may have in store for us.
-
-
-_September 5, 1862._
-
-Still in Hudson. Was routed out twice last night, for no particular
-reason as far as I can discover, unless it was to make a miserable night
-still more miserable. After forming in line and standing there, half
-asleep, for a while, the order, "Break Ranks" would come and we would go
-back to our bunks, and so the night wore away. At 4.30 we were called
-again, marched out for our morning ablutions, and then marched back
-again, wide awake, but pretty cross and ugly. We signed receipts for one
-month's pay in advance, and then had breakfast. We did nothing more
-until dinner time and were then told to take our haversacks and canteens
-with us. After dinner we were each given a day's supply of bread and a
-canteen full of coffee, and told to be ready to march at any minute.
-
-
-FOOTNOTES:
-
-[1] Herman C. Rowley and John C. Loucks.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER II
-
-The Journey South
-
- The march through Hudson--The stop in New York--Breakfast at "The
- Cooper Shop"--Arrival at Baltimore--When we first heard the "Long
- Roll."
-
-
-_Six p. m._ On board the steamship Oregon, bound for New York City. We
-had a busy time getting off. Crowds upon crowds of people lined the way
-from the camp ground to the steamboat landing. The windows and the house
-tops were also full. I don't see where so many people came from. Men,
-women and children were waving flags, handkerchiefs or anything else
-that would wave. They cheered us until hoarse. Bands played, every steam
-whistle in Hudson was blowing, in fact every thing that could make a
-noise did so. Through it all we marched, reaching out every little while
-for a final handshake, and a last good-bye. Everyone seemed to know
-everybody else. I presume I shook hands with a hundred that I never saw
-before and may never see again. But the heartiness of it all, and the
-sincerity showed so plainly, that by the time the landing was reached
-the tears were washing the dust from our faces. I am glad it is over. No
-matter what comes next, it cannot be more trying than that march through
-Hudson.
-
-_Later._ The sail down the Hudson is glorious. It is all new to me. As
-soon as we were clear from the dock I got into the quietest place I
-could find and told my diary about it. I wish I could better describe
-the doings about me. This will do to remind me of it all, if I ever see
-these scribblings again, and if not those that do see them may turn
-their imagination loose, feeling sure that it cannot overdraw the
-picture. But there is no use trying to write any more. Confusion
-reigns, and I am going to put away my diary and take a hand in it.
-
-
-_September 6, 1862._
-
-NEW YORK CITY, and my first peep at it. We are in City Hall Park, but I
-must go back and tell of our getting here. We had an all night's ride,
-passing many large places. So many knew the names of them, we greenhorns
-only had to listen to find out where we were all the time. Some did not
-want to sleep, and the rest were not allowed to. The boatmen must be
-glad to see the last of us. We passed laws for their observance as well
-as for our own. The officers kept out of sight. I suppose they were
-asleep somewhere. May be it is well for both them and ourselves that
-they did not interfere, for the devil in each man seemed to have got
-loose. We didn't try to run the steamer but we ran everything else in
-sight. We took turns riding the walking beam. Some wanted to and the
-rest had to, and the wonder is no one was killed, or at least crippled.
-We landed at the foot of Harrison Street, and marched to the City Hall
-Park, where I am now seated on the front porch of a tremendous great
-building, writing about it in my diary. Everything is clean here, and
-everything to me is new. I have never been in New York before, and I
-don't suppose I shall see very much of it now. I am on business for the
-boss, and cannot fool away the time running around the city, even if I
-was allowed to, which I am not. The officers have us shut in here, with
-a high picket fence, made of iron, around us on every side.
-Soldiers,--real soldiers,--are on guard just outside, keeping a close
-watch that none of us crawl under or jump over. We first had a good
-wash, then a good breakfast, and then were let alone to read the papers,
-or write letters or do anything we chose. I had a good nap. The stone I
-lay on was but little harder than my bunk in the barracks at Hudson, and
-it was a great deal warmer. The papers say the Rebs are expected to
-attack Harpers Ferry to-day. Why couldn't they wait until we got there?
-Maybe they have heard of us and are improving the time before we get
-there. Captain Bostwick has gone home for a visit, saying he would meet
-us in Washington.
-
-_Night._ On the cars in Jersey City. Part of the regiment has gone on
-another train, and we are to meet in Philadelphia. We marched on the
-ferry-boat in double file, and were made to kneel on one knee, leaving
-the other sticking up for the man ahead to sit on. If it was done for
-our comfort it was a complete failure, but if it was to keep us from
-running all over the boat it worked well. Before we left City Hall Park
-I got a fellow on the outside to get me a bottle of blackberry brandy,
-and when we were finally seated in the car I out with my bottle and gave
-it a swing around my head to let the fellows see what I had, when it
-slipped from my hand and went to smash on the floor. Much as some of us
-needed it, we could only get a smell, as the fumes rose up to aggravate
-us.
-
-At Elizabeth, N. J., we halted for a few minutes. Crowds of people lined
-the track, and although all were strangers to each other, we talked as
-if we were old acquaintances. Henry House, of Company B, asked a young
-lady to write him, and they exchanged names and addresses, promising
-each to write to the other.[2]
-
-
-_September 7, 1862._
-
-PHILADELPHIA. _Sunday._ We were too crowded in the cars to see much, or
-to do much, coming here. Most of us slept nearly all the way. I did for
-one, but I had dreams of being trod on, and no doubt I was, for there
-are some that never sleep, and are constantly on the move. We finally
-stopped and were ferried across a river and landed in this city. We
-then marched to a large hall called "The Cooper Shop," why, I don't
-know. We were given a royal meal, breakfast I should call it, but it was
-so dark, and I was so sleepy I hardly knew whether it was supper or
-breakfast. Cold beef, sausage, bread and butter, cheese, and good hot
-coffee. It was far ahead of any meal we have had so far. I am told that
-the place is kept open night and day by some benevolent association, and
-that no regiment passes through without getting a good square meal. If
-soldiering is all like this I am glad I am a soldier. If the Rebs ever
-get as far North as Philadelphia, I hope the 128th New York may be here
-to help defend the "Cooper Shop." After breakfast we went out on the
-sidewalk and slept until after daylight. We soon after started for a
-railroad station, where we took a train for Baltimore. Our ride so far
-has been one grand picnic. We have lots of fun. No matter what our
-condition may be, there are some that see only the funny side, and we
-have enough of that sort to keep up the spirits of all. All along the
-way the people were out, and the most of them gave us cheers, but not
-all, as was the case in Hudson. We are nearing the enemy's country. The
-change in sentiment begins to show, and the farther we go, I suppose,
-the less cheering we will hear, until finally we will get where the
-cheers will all be for the other fellow, and we will find ourselves
-among foes instead of friends.
-
-_Later._ We are stuck on an up-grade. The engine has gone ahead with a
-part of the train, and we are waiting for it to come back. The train men
-say we are about forty miles from Baltimore. That means forty miles from
-our fodder, and I for one am hungry now. That meal at the Cooper Shop
-was good, but not lasting enough for this trip. The boys are out on the
-ground having some fun and I am going to join them.
-
-BALTIMORE, MD. We are here at last. Marched about two miles from where
-the cars stopped, and are sitting on the sidewalk waiting to see what
-will happen next. I hope it will be something to eat, for I am about
-famished. Some of the men are about played-out. The excitement and the
-new life are getting in their work. The day has been very hot, too, and
-with nothing to eat since some time last night, it is not strange we
-begin to wonder where the next meal is coming from, and when it will
-come. Baltimore is not like New York. I know that much now, but I don't
-know enough about either city to tell what the difference is. A
-regiment, fully armed, escorted us here from the cars, and are either
-staying around to keep us from eating up the city, or to keep the city
-from eating us, I don't know which. Some act friendly, but the most of
-the people look as if they had no use for us. _Later._--We have finally
-had something to eat. My folks always taught me never to find fault with
-the victuals set before me, so I won't begin now. But for that I should
-say something right now. But whatever it was it had a bracing effect and
-we soon started and marched through the city to high ground, which I am
-told is "Stewart's Hill."
-
-
-_September 8, 1862._
-
-_Monday morning._ Our first night in Baltimore is over. We had
-roll call, to see if we were all here, and then spread our blankets on
-the ground and were soon sound asleep. Walt Loucks and I each having a
-blanket, we spread one on the ground and the other over us. With our
-knapsacks for a pillow, we slept as sound as if in the softest bed. The
-dew, however, was heavy, and only for the blanket over us we would have
-been wet through. As it was, our hair was as wet as if we had been
-swimming. Sleeping on the ground, in clothing already wet with sweat,
-and the night being quite cool, has stiffened our joints, so we move
-about like foundered horses. Had the Rebs come upon us when we first got
-up we couldn't have run away and we certainly were not in a condition to
-defend ourselves. But this wore off after a little, and we were
-ourselves again. As it was in Hudson, so it is here. All sorts of
-rumors as to what we do next are going the rounds. I have given up
-believing anything, and shall wait until we do something or go
-somewhere, and then, diary, I'll tell you all about it.
-
-_Night._ We put in the day sitting around and swapping yarns, etc. None
-of us cared to go about, for we were pretty tired, after our hard day
-yesterday. Shelter tents were given out to-day. One tent for every two
-men. They are not tents at all, nothing but a strip of muslin, with
-three sticks to hold them up. There are four pins to pin the corners to
-the ground. Then one stick is put in like a ridge pole, and the other
-two set under it. The ends are pinned down as far apart as a man is
-long, and then the middle raised up. They may keep off rain, if it falls
-straight down, but both ends are open, and two men fill it full. We have
-got them up, each company in a row. It is a funny sight to stand on the
-high ground and look over them. Lengthwise, it is like a long strip of
-muslin with what a dressmaker calls gathers in it. Looked at from the
-side it is like a row of capital A's with the cross up and down instead
-of crosswise.
-
-
-_September 9, 1862._
-
-_Tuesday._ About midnight, an officer of some sort rode into camp with
-some word that was the means of our being routed out by the "Long Roll,"
-the first time any of us ever heard it. It appears the "Long Roll" is
-only sounded when the quickest possible getting into line in fighting
-trim is necessary, as when the enemy is about to pounce upon us, etc.
-But we didn't hurry. One after another got up and all the time the
-officers were shouting, and some of them swearing. I thought they had
-all gone crazy. But finally we understood, and then down came our tents.
-The quartermaster team rushed up with boxes of guns, which were broken
-open and the guns handed out as fast as possible. Ammunition, too, was
-passed out, and we were told to load up and defend ourselves. The
-excitement was so great, and the ammunition so new to us, about half
-the guns were loaded with the bullet end down. The cartridges are a
-charge of powder, a big long bullet and a piece of paper. The paper is
-rolled up with the powder in one end and the bullet in the other, and to
-us, in the dark, both ends looked alike. But no great harm was done, for
-no enemy appeared. Just what it was all for I don't know now, and quite
-likely never will. We got a ration of bread and coffee and with our
-guns--great heavy, clumsy things--and our tents added to our already
-heavy load, started off on a brisk pace, which was kept up until some
-began to fall out, completely exhausted. These were picked up by the
-quartermaster and commissary wagons, and so we went for about six miles
-along the road that is said to lead to Frederick. Then we halted, and
-after the stragglers had caught up, started back again, soon turning off
-in another direction on another road, and marched for about the same
-distance, where we turned into a field, partly level, and the rest a
-side hill. We halted when a little way from the road and were told we
-were to go into permanent camp there. Baltimore is in plain sight,
-although it is some way off. We were so tuckered out by our long tramp
-in the hot sun and with the heavy loads on our backs, we were glad to
-get up our tents, and after a coffee and bread supper, to turn in and
-sleep.
-
-
-FOOTNOTES:
-
-[2] They did correspond, and after the war were married, and as far as I
-ever knew or heard lived happily ever after.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER III
-
-Camp Millington, Md.
-
- School of the Soldier--On picket at Catonsville--Trip to
- Gettysburg--Dinner at Hanover--Meeting the 150th--Roast
- chicken--Stuart's Mansion Hospital.
-
-
-_September 10, 1862._
-
-CAMP MILLINGTON. We were too tired last night to look about and see
-where we were. This morning we were ourselves again, and began to take
-stock of our surroundings. We are in a newly seeded field, sloping
-generally to the east, though the upper part of it is nearly level. The
-place is called Millington, so we have named our camp, "Camp
-Millington." We pitched our tents in such a hurry that it had not a very
-orderly appearance, and after breakfast we divided up into companies,
-and each has tried to beat the other in slicking up.
-
-We have quite an extended view. Towards the east we can see for miles
-across a sandy plain clear to the waters of Chesapeake Bay. Baltimore
-lies to the north. In other directions little but trees can be seen.
-Right in front runs a large brook, which turns the wheels of a flour
-mill, from which loads of flour are constantly being taken. Back of the
-mill, and not far from it, runs a railroad, said to be the Baltimore and
-Ohio. All day long, trains have been running, and the most of them
-loaded with soldiers. Some go towards Baltimore and some the other way.
-If I knew what it all means I would tell, but we are all strangers to
-the place and there is no use asking questions. Guards are posted on
-every side of us, and outside of that another line of guards called
-pickets are posted. We were called up and talked to by Major Parker. A
-whole lot of rules were given out, which, if they are observed, will
-make the 128th a model regiment and each member of it a gentleman. I
-have sewed on my corporal stripes to-day, having carried them in my
-pocket until now. The only difference I have yet found out between a
-corporal and a private soldier is that a corporal does not have to stand
-guard. If we are really going to stay here I expect the next thing will
-be learning how to march, taking up the lesson where we left off in
-Hudson. From the way the regiment that escorted us through Baltimore
-handled themselves, I can see we have a whole lot to learn yet.
-
-
-_September 11, 1862._
-
-We heard heavy firing this morning, from the direction of the city,
-which we at first thought must be fighting going on there, but which we
-afterwards learned was practice for the gunners at Fort Henry, and on
-the gunboats, both of which lie somewhere off in that direction. We kept
-on cleaning up our camp ground to-day and it begins to look real nice. A
-running vine, which was all over the ground, has poisoned a great many,
-although some that handled it the most did not get any. Philip Allen's
-face looks like a bladder. The doctor has fixed up a wash that he says
-will soon cure it. We had just about enough to do to-day to give us a
-good appetite. A storm is brewing, and we are wondering what it will do
-to us with only a strip of muslin to keep it off.
-
-
-_September 12, 1862._
-
-The storm came. A soaking rain in the night; it soaked every one of us.
-I suppose the officers fared better, for they have tents like houses,
-but we, the shelter-tent brigade, certainly took all that came. I got up
-from a puddle of water. The water ran down the hill, under our tents,
-and under us. This softened the ground so we sank right in. The ground
-is a red color, and we are a sight to behold. By looking at a man's
-trousers it is easy to tell whether he slept on his back or on his side.
-In one case he has one red leg, and in the other, two. I think it would
-improve the appearance if the whole trousers were soaked in the mud.
-This sickly blue is about the meanest color I can think of. I guess the
-Government had more cloth than color. One fellow says there was only one
-kettle of dye. The officers' clothes were dipped first, then the
-privates' coats, and last the pantaloons. No matter what question comes
-up there are some who can explain and make it all clear. A part of
-Company B was sent out on picket duty to-day. I don't know where or what
-their duties are. All sorts of war stories are in the air. One paper
-tells of a great battle and the next one contradicts it. I guess it is
-done to make sale for papers. Newsboys rush into camp yelling "Extra"
-and we rush at them and buy them out. But it gives us something to talk
-about, and that is worth much to us.
-
-
-_September 13, 1862._
-
-_Saturday._ Washing day. All who are not on duty were let out to go in
-the stream below the mill and wash. We took off our clothes and rubbed
-and scrubbed them, until one color, instead of several, prevailed, and
-then we sat around and waited for them to dry in the sun. From the looks
-of the wash-water, the clothes should look better than they do. They
-fitted rather snug when we got into them, but we will soon stretch them
-out again.
-
-_Night._ A letter from father! So far as I know, he never wrote a letter
-before. I do not remember that I ever saw his handwriting until now. I
-expected to hear from him through others, but of getting a letter direct
-from him, I never even thought. Another was from my sister, Mrs. Loucks.
-They are all well, getting along first-rate without me. I guess I was
-not of so much account as I thought. However, I am delighted to hear
-about them. Captain Bostwick returned this P. M. and has told me all the
-home news. I almost feel as if I had been home, he told me so much about
-every thing I wanted to know, and best of all brought me father's
-letter. I will answer that letter right off, now, and then go to bed,
-where many of the company already are.
-
-
-_September 14, 1862._
-
-_Sunday._ My first day on duty as corporal of the guard. Two hours on
-and four off duty gives me lots of time to write, and as it may interest
-our folks to know what guard duty really is, I will describe it as best
-I can. An officer of the guard, a sergeant of the guard, four corporals,
-and four times as many privates as there are posts to guard, are
-detailed the night before. In the morning at 8 A. M. the fife and drum
-sounds the call for guard-mount, and the whole detail reports at
-guard-headquarters, which is wherever the call is sounded from.
-Three-quarters of the detail go on duty and the other quarter, called
-supernumeraries, have nothing at all to do, unless a man on duty is
-taken sick, when a supernumerary takes his place. The corporal then on
-duty goes with the one just going on with the first relief, and marches
-to post No. 1, where the guard calls out, "Who comes there?" The
-corporal says, "Relief." "Advance Relief," says the guard on post, when
-he is replaced by a man from the new guard, and he takes his place in
-the rear, marching on to the next post, where the same ceremony is
-repeated until the last post is reached. The new guard is then on duty
-and the corporal marches the old guard to headquarters, where they are
-discharged and are free from all duty for the next twenty-four hours.
-The corporal of the relief now on post remains at guard headquarters for
-two hours, unless some trouble on the line happens, in which case the
-guard cries out "Corporal of the guard!" giving the number of post. The
-corporal then goes direct to that post, and if the trouble be such as he
-cannot cope with, he calls "Sergeant of the guard!" In case it be too
-serious for the sergeant, the officer of the guard is called in the same
-way, and he is supposed to be able to settle the trouble, whatever it
-may be. At the end of two hours, the second relief goes on, and then the
-third in its turn, after which the first relief goes on again. This
-keeps on until 8 A. M. the next morning, when a new guard is mounted and
-the old one goes off. This gives each corporal and his relief four
-turns of duty of two hours each, and sixteen hours to lie around
-headquarters and do pretty much as he pleases. The sergeant and the
-officer of the guard rarely have anything to do but pass away the time
-in any lawful manner. But they must be ready, on call, at all times.
-
-Train-load after train-load of troops keeps going past. The North must
-get empty and the South get full at this rate. Mosquitoes and flies are
-very troublesome. We must cover up head and hands at night, or if the
-blanket gets off we must scratch all the next day. Some don't mind it,
-but the most of us do, and if the pests would go where they are often
-told to go, they would get a taste of what they are giving us.
-
-We have a sutler now. No peddlers are allowed on the camp grounds. It is
-buy of him now or go without. For change, he uses cards with his stamp
-on, good for from three to twenty-five cents, at his tent, and good for
-nothing at any other place. Report says we are to have a chaplain by
-next Sunday, and that it is the Rev. Mr. Parker, who preached for us at
-Hudson. I hope he will bring along all his patience and forbearance. He
-will need it. Bad as we are, I don't suppose we are worse than the
-average, but I think we must average pretty well up. We will know if he
-comes, and won't have to watch the almanac to tell when Sunday comes.
-
-
-_September 15, 1862._
-
-_Monday._ Two men in the guard-house. We are improving. Baltimore
-whiskey got into the camp some way and these men found it. At dress
-parade to-night, a dispatch was read to us saying a great battle had
-been fought and a great victory won by McClellan. We gave three cheers
-that must have reached the scene of battle. It has set us up
-wonderfully.
-
-
-_September 16, 1862._
-
-_Tuesday._ We are getting right down to business now. Have company-drill
-and will soon drill with the whole regiment together. To-day we
-practiced the double-quick, which is nothing more than a run. The day
-was hot and these heavy clothes buttoned around us made us sweat, and
-one man gave out. He fell down and several fell over him, stopping the
-work long enough for us to catch breath. He was put under a tree and by
-the time we were through was able to walk back to camp. I went into the
-mill to-day and asked for a job. The miller said he thought I had about
-all the job I could attend to. That is the nearest approach to a joke I
-have heard from a native. They are the dumbest set of people I ever met.
-At least they seem so to me. The country is queer, too. There are no
-roads here. They are all turnpikes. Many of the houses set so far back
-from the road, and shade trees are so plenty, that they are not seen
-unless one goes on purpose. To the west and south the country looks like
-a forest, but there are no forests here, only scattering trees all over
-the fields and along the roads. The people are Dutch, mostly, and the
-rest are negroes,--"Niggers" they are universally called here. Money has
-another name, too. I bought a bundle of straw for a bed, which I was
-told was a "fip" for a bundle. I tied up a bundle and was then told it
-would be a "levy," all of which meant that if the man bound it up it was
-a "fip" and if I bound it it would be a "levy," which is two fips. I
-found out at last that a "fip" was sixpence and a "levy" was a shilling.
-Two fellows got too much of the sutler's whiskey to-day. They forged an
-order for it, and as a punishment each had a placard pinned to his back,
-with the nature of his offense printed in large letters, and were
-marched about the camp until sober.
-
-
-_September 17, 1862._
-
-Two letters to-day, and two papers, all from home. Seems as if I had
-been there for a visit. I wonder if my letters give them as much
-pleasure? I expect they do. It is natural they should. I know pretty
-nearly what they are about, but of me, they only know what I write in
-my letters, and in this, my everlasting letter, as I have come to call
-my diary. It is getting to be real company for me. It is my one real
-confident. I sometimes think it is a waste of time and paper, and then I
-think how glad I would be to get just such nonsense from my friends, if
-our places were changed. I suppose they study out these crow's tracks
-with more real interest than they would a message from President
-Lincoln. We are looking for a wet bed again to-night. It does not rain,
-but a thick fog covers everything and the wind blows it in one side of
-our tents and out the other.
-
-Maybe I have described our life here before, but as no one description
-can do it justice I am going to try again. We are in a field of 100
-acres, as near as I can judge, on the side of a hill, near the top. The
-ground is newly seeded and wets up quickly, as such ground usually does.
-We sleep in pairs, and a blanket spread on the ground is our bed while
-another spread over us is our covering. A narrow strip of muslin, drawn
-over a pole about three feet from the ground, open at both ends, the
-wind and rain, if it does rain, beating in upon us, and water running
-under and about us; this, with all manner of bugs and creeping things
-crawling over us, and all the while great hungry mosquitoes biting every
-uncovered inch of us, is not an overdrawn picture of that part of a
-soldier's life, set apart for the rest and repose necessary to enable
-him to endure several hours of right down hard work at drill, in a hot
-sun with heavy woollen clothes on, every button of which must be
-tight-buttoned, and by the time the officers are tired watching us, we
-come back to camp wet through with perspiration and too tired to make
-another move. Before morning our wet clothes chill us to the marrow of
-our bones, and why we live, and apparently thrive under it, is something
-I cannot understand. But we do, and the next day are ready for more of
-it. Very few even take cold. It is a part of the contract, and while we
-grumble and growl among ourselves we don't really mean it, for we are
-learning what we will be glad to know at some future time.
-
-Now I am about it, and nothing better to do, I will say something about
-our kitchen, dining room and cooking arrangements. Some get mad and cuss
-the cooks, and the whole war department, but that is usually when our
-stomachs are full. When we are hungry we swallow anything that comes and
-are thankful for it. The cook-house is simply a portion of the field we
-are in. A couple of crotches hold up a pole on which the camp kettles
-are hung, and under which a fire is built. Each company has one, and as
-far as I know they are all alike. The camp kettles are large sheet-iron
-pails, one larger than the other so one can be put inside the other when
-moving. If we have meat and potatoes, meat is put in one, and potatoes
-in the other. The one that gets cooked first is emptied into mess pans,
-which are large sheet-iron pans with flaring sides, so one can be packed
-in another. Then the coffee is put in the empty kettle and boiled. The
-bread is cut into thick slices, and the breakfast call sounds. We grab
-our plates and cups, and wait for no second invitation. We each get a
-piece of meat and a potato, a chunk of bread and a cup of coffee with a
-spoonful of brown sugar in it. Milk and butter we buy, or go without. We
-settle down, generally in groups, and the meal is soon over. Then we
-wash our dishes, and put them back in our haversacks. We make quick work
-of washing dishes. We save a piece of bread for the last, with which we
-wipe up everything, and then eat the dishrag. Dinner and breakfast are
-alike, only sometimes the meat and potatoes are cut up and cooked
-together, which makes a really delicious stew. Supper is the same, minus
-the meat and potatoes. The cooks are men detailed from the ranks for
-that purpose. Every one smokes or chews tobacco here, so we find no
-fault because the cooks do both. Boxes or barrels are used as kitchen
-tables, and are used for seats between meals. The meat and bread are cut
-on them, and if a scrap is left on the table the flies go right at it
-and we have so many the less to crawl over us. They are never washed,
-but are sometimes scraped off and made to look real clean. I never yet
-saw the cooks wash their hands, but presume they do when they go to the
-brook for water.
-
-
-_September 18, 1862._
-
-Mr. Parker came last night, and is to be our chaplain. He is the one who
-preached for us at Hudson Camp Ground, and the one we asked to have for
-chaplain of the 128th. He can sing like a lark, and we are glad he is
-here. There are many good singers in the regiment. There is talk of
-organizing a choir or club, and no doubt the Dominie will join it. We
-have more good news from the front. McClellan seems to fit the place he
-is in. It is reported that George Flint and Elihu Bryan have been taken
-prisoners. I know them well, but don't remember the regiment they went
-out in.
-
-
-_September 19, 1862._
-
-Reports are that a great battle has been fought at Antietam, and a great
-victory won. Do they tell us this to keep up our courage, or has the
-beginning of the end really come? To-morrow we have the promise of going
-on picket duty. Good! anything for a change. It will give me something
-to write about in my diary, if nothing more. Things are getting rather
-monotonous, and any change will be good for us, provided it is not for
-the worse. Prayer meeting every night now. Chaplain Parker seems in dead
-earnest. He wants us all to be ready to die. Then, he says, if death
-don't come, we will be in better shape to live. Very few of the officers
-attend prayer meeting, though they encourage the men to do so.
-
-
-_September 20, 1862._
-
-In spite of the fact that we are sumptuously fed, I have long longed for
-a good square meal off a clean table. This morning, early, I sneaked
-away to a farm house I had often looked at, and wondered if the people
-there would contract to fill me up for such a consideration as I could
-afford. I told them I was not begging, but would like to buy a
-breakfast. The lady was willing, and I was soon sitting in a chair at a
-clean table with a clean table-cloth and clean dishes on it. And such a
-breakfast! I forgot who or where I was. The smell of the victuals made
-me ravenous, and I ate until I could eat no more. They were pleasant
-people and seemed to enjoy seeing me eat. I felt guilty because I had
-not asked my friends to go with me, but I wanted first to investigate on
-my own hook, for I was not at all sure of getting anything when I set
-out, in which case I was going back to camp in time for breakfast, and
-say nothing about it. But when the hostess would not take anything for
-the hearty meal I had eaten, I was glad I had not brought my family with
-me. I gave them my heartiest thanks and returned to camp to find Company
-B getting ready for picket duty, and I was soon in my place ready for
-anything.
-
-_10 a. m._ We are about six miles from Camp Millington, at a village
-called Catonsville. That is, the company is broken up into squads, and
-the one I am with is here, and in my charge as corporal. I am to keep
-one man on post and change him for another every two hours. Not a very
-hard job for any of us. The people seem very pleasant, and as the day is
-not very hot we are simply having a picnic. We are to pick up travelers
-who cannot give a good account of themselves and hold them until the
-officer of the guard comes round, and let him decide what to do with
-them. Coming here we passed Louden Park Cemetery, a beautiful place, and
-the largest of its kind I ever saw. Shade trees all over it, great fine
-monuments and vaults as large as small houses. I guess only rich people
-are buried there, for I saw no common headstones. But then I suppose we
-only saw a part of it, and the best part at that.
-
-_Night._ The day has passed quietly. Nothing startling happened. The
-people have treated us royally, gave us all the peaches we could eat,
-and also gave us the credit of being the best behaved of any detail that
-has been here.
-
-_9 p. m._ Some firing was heard on the post next ours, and which is the
-farthest out of any. I went out to learn what it meant. It seems a man
-came along and when halted, jumped the fence and ran for a piece of
-woods near by. Mike Sullivan started out to capture him. They shot at
-each other, but the man got away. Mike got a lot of slivers stuck in his
-face by a bullet hitting a post he was passing as the shot was fired.
-This is the only excitement we have had up to this time, midnight.
-
-
-_September 21, 1862._
-
-_Sunday morning._ Nothing happened during the night. We bought a good
-breakfast of a family who make a business of feeding the soldiers that
-come here, for I was told there is a detail here every day. I wish it
-might be us every time. As soon as the new guard arrives we are to go
-back to camp and camp fare again.
-
-_2 p. m._ In camp again. It seems hotter and dirtier than ever after our
-day in the country. Before we left Catonsville we filled our haversacks
-with great luscious peaches. Those that ripen on the tree the people
-cannot sell, so they gave us all that would fall with a gentle shake of
-the tree. How I wished I could empty my haversack in your lap, mother.
-On the way to camp we met a drove of mules, said to be 400 of them,
-loose, and being driven like cattle. They were afraid of us and all got
-in a close bunch, and the 400 pairs of ears all flapping together made a
-curious sight. We were told they came from Kentucky and are for use in
-the army. They were all bays, with a dark stripe along the back and
-across the shoulders, looking like a cross laid on their backs. It
-hasn't seemed much like Sunday. But Sunday doesn't count for much in
-the army. Many of our hardest days have been Sundays. But I am sleepy,
-having been awake all last night. It is surprising how little sleep we
-get along with. I, who have been such a sleepy-head all my life, get
-only a few hours' sleep any night, and many nights none at all. I
-suppose we will sometime get accustomed to the noise and confusion, that
-so far has had no end, night or day.
-
-
-_September 22, 1862._
-
-_Monday._ Knapsack-drill to-day,--something new to me, though I am told
-it is to take place every Sunday morning when in camp. As we were not
-here yesterday, it was put off until to-day. We marched out to the drill
-ground with our knapsacks on, expecting to practice as usual, except
-that we were loaded that much heavier. As all our belongings were in our
-knapsacks, they were quite heavy. We formed in column by companies and
-were told to "unsling knapsacks." We all had to be coached, but we
-finally stood at attention with our knapsacks lying on the ground wide
-open before us. Then the colonel, the major and the captain of the
-company being inspected, marched along and with the tip of their swords
-poked over the contents, regardless of how precious they might be to us.
-And such a sight as they saw! Besides our extra underclothing, some
-clean and some unclean, there were Bibles, whiskey bottles, novels,
-packs of cards, love letters and photographs, revolvers and dirk knives,
-pen and ink, paper and envelopes and postage stamps, and an endless
-variety of odds and ends we had picked up in our travels.
-
-As soon as the inspection was over with Company A, they were marched
-back to camp and so all along the line until Company B, the last of all,
-was reached. When we got back to camp some of the companies had been
-there long enough to get asleep. Nothing more was required of us, and we
-put in the time as we chose, provided always that we observed the camp
-regulations.
-
-I may never have so good a chance, so I will try and explain some of the
-things we have learned to do and how we do it. Begin with roll call. The
-orderly sergeant, Lew Holmes, has our names in a book, arranged in
-alphabetical order in one place, and in the order in which we march in
-another. If it is simply to see if we are all here, he sings out "Fall
-in for roll call" and we get in line, with no regard to our proper
-places, and answer to our names as called from the alphabetical list. If
-for drill, "Fall in for drill!" and then we take our places with the
-tallest man at the right, and so on, till the last and shortest man is
-in place on the left. We are then in a single line, by company front.
-The orderly then points at the first man and says "One," which the man
-repeats. He then points to the second man and says "Two," which is also
-repeated. So it goes down the line, the one, two, being repeated, and
-each man being careful to remember whether he is odd or even. When that
-is done, and it is very quickly done, the orderly commands, "Right
-face!" The odd-numbered men simply swing on the left heel one quarter of
-the way around and stand fast. The even-numbered men do the same, and in
-addition step obliquely to the right of the odd-numbered man, bringing
-us in a double line and one step apart, which distance we must carefully
-keep, so that when the order "Front!" is given, we can, by reversing the
-movement of "Right face!" come to our places without crowding. When
-coming to a front, the line is not apt to be straight and the order
-"Right dress!" is given, when the man on the right stands fast and the
-one next to him puts himself squarely by his side. The next moves back
-or forth until he can just see the buttons on the coat of the second man
-to his right,--that is, with his head erect, he must look past one man
-and just see the buttons on the coat of the second man from him. That
-makes the line as straight as you can draw a string. "Left face!" is the
-same thing reversed. In marching, one has only to keep step with the
-one next in front of him. If this is done, the blame for irregular time
-all comes upon the file leaders, which are the two in front; they must
-keep step together. If Company B is going out to drill by itself it is
-now ready. If, however, the entire regiment is to drill together, as it
-has a few times, Company A marches out first, and as the rear passes
-where Company F is standing the latter falls in, close behind; and so
-each company, until Company B, which is the left of the line, and the
-last to go, falls in and fills up the line. Why the companies are
-arranged in the line as they are is a mystery I have so far failed to
-find out. From right to left they come in the following order: A, F, D,
-I, C, H, E, K, G and B. A is said to have the post of honor, because in
-marching by the right flank it is ahead, and meets danger first if there
-be any. Company B has the next most honorable position, because in
-marching by the left flank it is in the lead. There is a great advantage
-in being in the lead. On a march the files will open, more or less, and
-when a halt is ordered the company in the lead stops short. The other
-companies keep closing up the files, and by the time the ranks are
-closed "Attention!" may sound, and another start be made. The first
-company has had quite a breathing spell, while the last has had very
-little, if any. If I were to enlist again, I would try hard to get in
-Company A, for all the marching we have so far done has been by the
-right flank. Company A at the head and Company B bringing up the rear.
-When we reach the field we are generally broken up into companies, each
-company drilling in marching by the front, wheeling to the right and
-left, and finally coming together again before marching back to camp.
-
-
-_September 23, 1862._
-
-_Tuesday._ Another inspection to-day. This time our guns and
-accoutrements were inspected, and much fault was found because we had
-not kept our guns from rusting. Only a few got off without a scolding,
-and these were some that seem to love a gun and care for it as they
-would a baby. This, with our everyday drill, and a general cleaning and
-scouring up of our guns and the brass on our belts and cartridge boxes,
-has kept us busy all day long. I had kept the inside of my gun clean, so
-I only had the outside to scour up. Little by little we learn our
-lesson, learn to put the best on top, and little by little the screws of
-discipline are turned on.
-
-
-_September 24, 1862._
-
-_Wednesday._ New tents were given us to-day. "A" tents they are called;
-I suppose because they are in the shape of a letter A. They are like the
-roof of a house cut off at the eaves, and one gable split open for us to
-enter, with strings sewed fast to one side and buttonholes in the other
-so we can close them up tight. A detail from each company has been
-clearing up the ground and laying out for an all-winter stay. The
-officers have moved back to the more level portion of the field, which
-brings our lines of tents on much better ground than before. A long and
-wide street has been laid out and is being graded off, on the west side
-of which the officers' tents are ranged, the colonel's tent in the
-middle and a little in the rear of the tents of the captains and
-lieutenants, which are directly in front of their respective companies.
-On a line with Colonel Cowles' tent are those of the lieutenant colonel
-(which by the way has no occupant yet, he being off somewhere on
-detached service), the major, quartermaster, adjutant, surgeon and
-chaplain. Back of these is a big tent called the Hospital, which so far
-has not been of much use. Then in front of all these are the companies'
-quarters, the ten company streets running off at right angles to the
-broad street along which the company officers' tents are now being
-placed. A wide space is left in front of Colonel Cowles' tent, and runs
-clear through camp, nothing being on it but a flag-pole, which is to
-stand directly in front of the colonel's tent and in line with the
-tents of the company officers. So many hands make light work of any
-job, but I am only telling how it is to be, for only the laying out is
-completed and the grading begun.
-
-We that were not detailed for the work were taken out to the great sandy
-plain toward what I am told is Chesapeake Bay and given a lesson in
-battalion-drill.
-
-The 135th N. Y. was with us, and from the crowds of people who were
-there I suppose battalion-drill is something worth seeing. But it was
-anything but fun for us, and we came back to camp hungry, tired, and
-with as much dust on us as would stick. We were glad enough to crawl
-into our old shelter tents. It is well I wrote the most of the day's
-doings before we went out, for it is hard work to put this little finish
-to it. Good-night, diary.
-
-
-_September 25, 1862._
-
-_Thursday._ On picket duty at Catonsville again. The people and the
-peaches are just as good as ever. We are glad enough of this outing,
-after our hard day yesterday. The six-mile walk has given us good
-appetites and the prospects of a good feeding when dinner time comes
-makes us feel like colts turned out to grass.
-
-_Night._ Some of my squad, when off duty, went visiting the posts
-farther out, and having found some whiskey, got gloriously drunk. The
-sober ones have to do double duty, and the drunks are locked in an empty
-omnibus which stands beside the road. What sort of punishment will fit
-their offense I don't know. They have been so happy this afternoon, they
-can afford to be made miserable for a day or two. They are sound asleep
-now, unmindful of coming consequences. The fine record we made when here
-before has gone all to pieces and that is really the worst thing about
-it.
-
-
-_September 26, 1862._
-
-_Friday._ Camp Millington again. A sort of trial called a court-martial
-has been held and the boys who celebrated yesterday, are meditating
-upon it in the guard-house, which by the way is a mule-stable on the end
-of the sutler's shop. Our old tents were taken down and our new ones are
-up. Each one is trying to outdo the other in making them look homelike.
-Boards are in great demand for flooring, and already complaints are
-coming in from the natives, that every loose board or one that could be
-loosened from their fences or outbuildings is missing, and they have
-reason to think they came this way. We are delighted with our new tents.
-Each holds four men. Walter Loucks, George and Jim Story and myself make
-up our family. We have to lay straight, and at that there is no room to
-spare. But we are protected from rain, and the heavy dews that are
-almost as bad, and best of all, we can shut up tight and keep out the
-mosquitoes. Those that do get in we can smoke out in short order.
-
-A rumor is afloat that another regiment has been raised in Dutchess
-County and is to come here. We think ourselves soldiers now and are
-planning how we will entertain the greenhorns when they come.
-
-
-_September 27, 1862._
-
-_Saturday._ We are looking for the Dutchess County regiment as if their
-coming was an assured fact, yet it is only a rumor, and even that cannot
-be traced very far. Aside from our daily drill, which is not much fun,
-we manage to get some amusement out of everything that comes along. We
-visit each other and play all sorts of games. Fiddling and dancing take
-the lead just now. The company streets, now that the ground has been
-smoothed off, make a good ballroom. A partner has just been swung clear
-off the floor into a tent, onto a man who was writing a letter, and from
-the sound is going to end up in a fight. "Taps" are sounded at 9 P. M.,
-which is a signal for lights out and quiet in the camp.
-
-
-_September 28, 1862._
-
-_Sunday night._ Meeting to-day. Chaplain Parker preached. He asked those
-who would stop swearing to hold up their hands, and so far as I could
-see every hand went up. After inspection in the morning we had nothing
-to do except to go to meeting and dress parade, which I believe we are
-to have regularly. We march to the parade ground, which is just back of
-our camp quarters, and form in line. The colonel, with the major and
-adjutant on his right and left, station themselves in front, the colonel
-opposite the colors, which are in the center, between Companies C and H.
-The fifer and drummer pass along in front and back again when the
-colonel puts us through the manual of arms. A great many civilians come
-out and it must be a pretty sight, provided the orders are well
-executed. If we do well, nothing is said, but if not, we are cautioned
-to do better next time.
-
-How I wish I could peep in on the old folks at home to-night! I imagine
-just how they are sitting around, talking, perhaps of me, or better yet,
-writing me a letter.
-
-There is no use denying that I am homesick. I have been such a
-home-body, and my home life has been so pleasant.
-
-The comforts of my home, though humble, have been many, and I have never
-missed them as I do to-night. I have only been away a short time, but it
-seems longer to me than all my life before. It has been crowded so full
-of strange and stirring events that it seems as if I would go crazy
-unless I can see and talk with our folks about it. Mr. Parker says
-confession is good for the soul, and I believe it, for after confessing
-to my diary as I have I feel better already. I will crawl in now and
-perhaps dream of home, which I often do, and which while it lasts, is
-just as good as being there.
-
-
-_September 29, 1862._
-
-CAMP MILLINGTON, BALTIMORE. On account of the heat we were not taken out
-for drill to-day. We have cleaned up our quarters, for since getting
-our new and comfortable tents we are quite particular about appearances.
-There is a friendly rivalry as to which of the ten companies shall have
-the neatest quarters. All being exactly alike to start with, it depends
-upon us to keep them neat and shipshape. The cooks have tents as well as
-we, and altogether we are quite another sort from what we were a week
-ago. It has been a regular clean-up day with us. The brook below us has
-carried off dirt enough from our clothing and bodies to make a garden.
-While we were there close beside the railroad, a train loaded with
-soldiers halted, and while we were joking with the men, someone fired a
-pistol from another passing train, and a sergeant on the standing train
-was killed--whether it was by accident or purposely done, no one knows;
-or whether the guilty one will be found out and punished, no one of us
-can tell. But I wonder so few accidents do happen. There are hundreds of
-revolvers in camp and many of them in the hands of those who know no
-better how to use them than a child.
-
-
-_September 30, 1862._
-
-Battalion-drill to-day. It was just as hot as yesterday, and some say
-hotter. The lieutenant colonel, James Smith, came last night, and has
-taken charge of our military education. He has been in the service, and
-was in the battle of Antietam. Some say he is a West Pointer. At any
-rate we have a drill-master who understands his business. One thing that
-has already made him dear to us is that he makes the officers come to
-time just as well as the men. He told them, in so many words, that they
-had as much to learn as we. If he holds out as he has started off, he
-will stand well with the rank and file, however he may stand with the
-officers. Hurrah for Colonel Smith!
-
-
-_October 1, 1862._
-
-_Wednesday._ Another hot day. How hot I don't know, but it wilted me. I
-tumbled down, completely used up while at drill. Several others did the
-same. We seem to be getting over it to-night, as the air cools off. The
-nights are cool, and that is all that keeps us from melting. Not cool
-enough, however, to stop the mosquitoes. The heat, together with our
-changed condition of living, is beginning to get in its work. Several
-are in the hospital.
-
-_Later._ There is great excitement in Company B to-night. Orderly
-Sergeant Lewis Holmes, the one we voted to be our orderly, is to be set
-back and a corporal named Gilbert Kniffin is to be put in his place. As
-soon as the companies were organized at Hudson, we were allowed to vote
-which of the five sergeants of Company B should be orderly sergeant. We
-did not know then, but have since learned that the orderly sergeant
-stands next in the line of promotion to the commissioned officers.
-Kniffin is only a corporal, but he has friends at home who have
-influence, and this influence has been brought to bear so heavy that
-this move has been decided upon.
-
-_9 p. m._ It is all over, and Lew Holmes is still orderly sergeant of
-Co. B, 128th N. Y. Vols. We, the enlisted men of the company, talked the
-thing over and decided we would not put up with it. We did not know if
-we would be able to prevent it, but we finally decided we would stand by
-Holmes, and fight the thing to a finish, whatever the outcome might be.
-When we spoke to Captain Bostwick he acted as if he was ashamed of
-himself, but he said the change had already been made and could not be
-unmade. We told him we could unmake it, and would, or die in the company
-street. So the matter rested until time for roll call, when Kniffin came
-out with the book and called the name of William H. Appleby, the first
-name on the list. To his honor be it said, he remained silent, and was
-immediately put in the mule-stable, which was our guard-house. The next
-man's name was called, and he went to join Appleby. This went on until
-the guard-house was full, when a council of the company officers was
-held, after which the captain gave us a lecture, telling us what
-insubordination meant, and that the whole regiment, if necessary, would
-be used to enforce obedience. We had agreed not to talk back, but to
-simply refuse to answer to our names when called by Corporal Kniffin, or
-in any way acknowledge him as orderly sergeant, so we said nothing. The
-men were brought back from the guard-house, and Kniffin again called
-William H. Appleby. He did not answer and was again put in the
-guard-house. After a few more had been sent to keep him company another
-halt was made, the prisoners were again brought out, and the captain
-called the roll, when every man responded promptly. We were then ordered
-to break ranks and so the matter stands. But we have won our first
-battle, we feel sure of that, although we are warned that a company, and
-if necessary the whole regiment, will be called upon to shoot any who do
-not answer roll call in the morning. My name is so near the bottom of
-the list it was not reached, and so I had nothing to do but look on and
-listen, but I am as determined as any, and I flap my wings and crow just
-as loudly as William H. Appleby does.
-
-
-_October 2, 1862._
-
-_Thursday._ Holmes called the roll this morning and we hear no more
-about being shot for mutiny. It may possibly come later, but from all I
-can see and hear the trouble was entirely a company affair and did not
-reach beyond it. If Colonel Smith, who is said to be very strict on
-discipline, had taken a hand in it, we might have fared worse, but I
-doubt if he would allow such a cowardly trick to be played on so good a
-soldier as Holmes is, and has been, to say nothing of jumping a corporal
-over the heads of five sergeants, who have all been prompt and faithful
-in the discharge of their duties. Our first real sick man was sent to
-the hospital to-night, one of Company B, from Dover.
-
-
-_October 3, 1862._
-
-_Friday._ Battalion-drill again to-day. That and talking about the new
-orderly is all I have to record to-day. The whole thing has blown over,
-evidently. If the cause had been just, I suppose there would have been
-some way to bring us to terms, but as it now appears, I think the
-company officers are ashamed of their part, and Kniffin, if he ever gets
-to be orderly sergeant, will have to come up by the regular route.
-
-
-_October 4, 1862._
-
-_Saturday._ Battalion-drill again. Learning to be a soldier is hard
-work. There has been no rain lately and the sun has dried up everything.
-There are no green fields here as we have at home. The ground is sandy,
-and where there is grass, it is only a single stem in a place, with bare
-ground all round it. So many feet tread it all to dust, which the wind
-blows all over us, but mostly in our faces and eyes. The road past our
-camp is a mire of the finest dust, and as hard to travel through as so
-much mud. We eat it with our rations, and breathe it all the day long.
-It covers everything, in our tents as well as outside. Our clean new
-tents are already taking on the universal muddy, red color of everything
-in sight. The only good thing about it is, it serves every one alike,
-piling upon the officers just as it does on the men. We are getting to
-feel quite proud of ourselves as soldiers. We learn fast under the
-teaching of Colonel Smith. The 135th N. Y. and a Mass. regiment are with
-us on battalion-drill and sometimes several other regiments, so that we
-about cover the large plain out near the bay. We get tougher and harder
-every day. The fodder we so often find fault with, and the hard work we
-are doing, is making us hard, like the work and the fare is.
-
-
-_October 5, 1862._
-
-_Sunday._ On picket again to-day. We are at a new place, on the road to
-Frederick, but not as far out as Catonsville. It is plain to see it is
-only for practice, for we are only a little way from camp, and the other
-posts are far beyond us. Cavalry pickets are said to be farther out
-still. May be it is to give us a rest, for that it certainly does. We
-are out of the dust, our duties are light and the day after picket is
-also a day of rest. We also get fresh vegetables, which are a treat for
-us nowadays.
-
-_Night._ We have had a day of rest. Two hours on post and the next four
-at liberty to loaf in the shade, is not hard work. We are in a lonely
-place, no houses near us, but we have had what we needed, a real
-rest-up.
-
-
-_October 6, 1862._
-
-_Monday._ Back in Camp Millington, and the rest of the day is ours. A
-letter from Miss Hull, in answer to one written her mother. It was full
-of home news, and I feel as if I had been there. My homesick fit has
-left me, but it was a terror while it lasted. I believe it is more
-common than we think. I see many faces yet that look just as mine felt.
-Like me they keep it to themselves, or possibly tell it to their
-diaries, as I did to mine. I am not the only one who keeps a diary.
-There are plenty of others who do, and others still who say they can
-remember enough of it without writing it down. In the afternoon
-Lieutenant Dutcher invited me to go for a walk. We followed the
-Baltimore & Ohio R. R. for about a mile and came to abandoned camp
-grounds nearly all the way. We found some housekeeping necessities which
-we brought back with us. After dress parade, we visited about until
-roll call, and are going to bed early, for to-morrow the grind begins
-again. Good-night.
-
-
-_October 7, 1862._
-
-_Tuesday._ On duty at a place called "Monitor Mills." Have three men
-with me. It is only a little way out of camp, and all we have to do is
-to stay here for twenty-four hours, and change the guard every two
-hours. I have no idea why it is, but it is fun compared to drilling, and
-I am glad to be here.
-
-A soldier has just gone from here who was in the battle of Antietam. He
-filled us full of tall stories, some of them so tall they would hardly
-go down. But if the half he said is true, we know little of real
-soldiering. Life in camp, he says, is a picnic compared with field duty.
-If he was as good at fighting as he is at talking about it, the
-Rebellion should have been squelched long ago. He made me think of some
-men I know, who can hardly wait to get at the Rebs, and yet who have
-managed to shirk everything they can in the way of duty or danger.
-
-
-_October 8, 1862._
-
-_Wednesday._ Have loafed about camp all day. Have not been out for drill
-since Saturday. But I am finding no fault. The weather keeps hot and
-dry, and the boys were a sight to behold when they came in from drill.
-Hot, dirty, tired and hungry. What would we do without the brook running
-past us? I wonder it doesn't choke up with the dirt it washes from us.
-
-To-day has been election day in Baltimore, and to-night the city seems
-to be on fire. We have a fine view of the city by day, and of the lights
-by night. To-night everything seems to be ablaze, and we are wondering
-what it can mean. We will know in the morning when the papers come.
-
-
-_October 9, 1862._
-
-_Thursday._ Bonfires in honor of the election of Mr. Chapin, for Mayor
-of Baltimore, was what so mystified us last night. The latest reports
-said there were riots in the city and it was being burned by the
-rioters. It was quite a relief to find out the truth, although we knew
-the city was there as soon as daylight appeared. The first death in our
-regiment occurred to-day in the hospital at Baltimore; it was that of
-John H. Smith, Hudson, N. Y. He was sick when we came here and was
-taken to the hospital at once. There are a few sick in our camp
-hospital, but nothing very serious as yet. At dress parade, a notice was
-read that we had been placed in General Emory's Brigade. I am sorry I
-cannot remember what other regiments make up the brigade, but I know the
-150th N. Y. was not one. The Dutchess County regiment, lately organized,
-is the one hundred and fiftieth that New York has sent out, and we are
-greatly in hopes they may be with us all through the war.
-
-
-_October 10, 1862._
-
-_Friday._ The air is full of rumors to-day that we are to go somewhere,
-and that very soon, yet no one seems to be able to trace them.
-Experience has taught us that we won't know for certain when we go until
-we start, nor where we go until we get there. Train-loads of soldiers
-keep going past, and have been going past nearly every day since we came
-here. Seems to me I never saw such a dry place. Everything is so coated
-with dust it is impossible to tell its original color. From appearances,
-the country all about us is dried up and dead. A wounded soldier has
-been here from the hospital. He was at Antietam--was shot through the
-arm, which is still in a sling. But the most wonderful thing was that as
-he was going off the field another ball hit him, or rather hit a pocket
-Testament in his breast pocket, and was stopped against the back cover,
-after going through the front cover and the rest of the book. He had
-both the ball and the Testament to show. What a sermon could be preached
-with that book and bullet for a text!
-
-
-_October 11, 1862._
-
-_Saturday._ Before daylight. We have been turned out, for some purpose,
-and are standing in line with our guns and accoutrements on.
-
-_Later._ Are back in quarters, waiting to see what comes next. It has at
-last begun to rain and has every appearance of keeping it up. I don't
-suppose it will interfere with our movements, though it can make it
-unpleasant for us.
-
-_8 a. m._ The papers have come, and say Stuart's Cavalry have invaded
-Pennsylvania, and are taking all the horses they can lay hands on.
-
-_Later._ We have orders to pack up two days' rations, and have just been
-given forty rounds of ammunition. Begins to look like business now. We
-are in line waiting for further orders, and I am improving the time by
-keeping my diary right plump up to the minute. One man is missing,
-absent without leave. Not a soul of us knows which way we are to go or
-what for. If we were mounted I would think we were going to stop
-Stuart's horse-stealing, but as we are on foot that can hardly be.
-
-_Noon._ At the foot of Biddle Street, Baltimore, waiting for
-transportation. From all I can learn, our movements depend on dispatches
-from some higher authority, yet to be received. Major Foster's horse
-fell and hurt the major's leg, but he has caught up with us, though he
-has quite a limp.
-
-_Night._ Here we sit, or stand, just as we choose, still waiting for a
-train. It has rained nearly all day, and we are wet and cold, and
-everyone is cross, even to the officers. Just then our regimental
-postmaster caught up with us, and gave me a letter from Mrs. Loucks,
-also one from uncle Daniel. My sister says a box of good things is on
-the way for us. Too bad it didn't come before we left. No telling
-whether we get it now or not. Well, such is war.
-
-
-_October 12, 1862._
-
-_Sunday._ Relay House Station, on the Northern Central R. R. Just where
-that is I haven't yet found out. We stood up or laid down in the street
-from noon yesterday until 3 A. M. this morning, when cars came and we
-went on board. They are box cars, no seats, but they have a roof, and
-that is what we most needed. We shivered and shook so our teeth
-chattered when we first got on board, and it was 5 A. M. before the
-train started. We were no longer curious to know where we were going. We
-were wet, cold, hungry and thirsty, and from lying on the pavements were
-so stiff we could hardly get on our feet. The major had to give it
-up--his leg was hurt worse than he thought. We are sorry not to have him
-along, for next to Colonel Smith, he is the most soldierly soldier in
-the regiment. Our two days' rations are gone and we are wondering when
-we will get another feed.
-
-_Noon._ We are at Hanover Junction, Pa. We now feel sure we are after
-the rebel horse thieves, but unless we get a faster move on than this,
-they will get away with all the horses in the country before we get
-there. We are waiting for further orders from General Wool. The 144th N.
-Y. just stopped here, on their way to Baltimore. They are just out, and
-to hear them complain about being kept on the cars a whole day and night
-made us laugh.
-
-_5 p. m._ We are full once more. Doesn't seem as if we could ever get
-hungry again after the feed we have just had. We are at Hanover, Pa. As
-the train stopped it seemed as if the whole population were standing
-beside the track, and nearly everyone had a basket of eatables or a pail
-of coffee. Men, women and children were there and they seemed to enjoy
-seeing us eat, even urging us to eat more, after we had stuffed
-ourselves, and then told us to put the rest in our haversacks. But they
-are terribly scared at the near approach of the rebel cavalry. We told
-them to fear no more. We were there, and the memory of the feast we had
-had would make us their special defenders. They distributed tracts among
-us, some of them printed sermons, and wound up by asking us to join them
-in singing the long-meter doxology. We not only sang it, we shouted it;
-each one took his own key and time, and some,--I for one,--got through
-in time to hear the last line from the others. We left them with cheers
-and blessings that drowned the noise of the train, and I prayed that if
-I ever got stranded it might be in Hanover.
-
-GETTYSBURG, PA. _Night._ The train has stopped outside the village, and
-a citizen says the Rebs are just out of the village on the opposite
-side. It is pitch dark and the orders are to show no lights and to keep
-very still. I have a candle and am squatted in the corner of the car
-trying to keep my diary going.
-
-The officers are parading up and down along the train trying to enforce
-the order to be quiet. I am hovering over my candle so it won't be seen,
-for I must write, for fear I won't get a better chance.
-
-
-_October 13, 1862._
-
-_Monday._ Orders got too strict for my candle and I had to put it out.
-We made so much noise that the doors were shut on us finally and we were
-in pitch darkness in a closed car, with only room to lay down in. As the
-noise could be traced to no one in particular we kept it up until tired
-out and then slept as well as the circumstances would allow. Company B
-has a new name, "Bostwick's Tigers." It seems the colonel sent to find
-out who was making such a noise and was told it was Bostwick's
-tigers.[3] However, morning finally came, and the people of Gettysburg
-came down with a good breakfast, which in spite of our Hanover stuffing
-we began to need. They say the Rebs have gone on about five miles beyond
-the place. Lew Holmes and I got permission to go into the village, and I
-took the opportunity to write a letter home and to catch up with my
-diary.
-
-_Night._ Just as I had written the above a horseman dashed into town and
-said the Rebels were on the way back to attack us. We ran for it and got
-back in time to fall in place, and had marched back into the village
-when another order stopped us and we remained all day long in the
-streets, not daring to leave for fear of an order to fall in. About 5
-o'clock we were marched out of the village into open fields, to the
-north, I think, but as the sun has not shown himself all day, it may be
-in any other direction. Here we were broken into companies and guards
-posted. Not being on the detail for guard, Walt Loucks, Len Loucks, Bill
-Snyder and myself have hauled up a lot of cornstalks beside a fence and
-I have written up my diary while they have made up the beds. Good-night.
-
-
-_October 14, 1862._
-
-_Tuesday._ Well, I have had a good sleep, if I did have a hard time
-getting it. Our cornstalk bed which promised so well, did not prove so.
-The stalks were like bean poles, and the ears big in proportion. After
-turning and twisting every way, Walt and I left the others and started
-on an exploring expedition. It was pitch dark, and we had to feel our
-way, but finally came to a building. We felt along until we came to a
-door and went in. It appeared to be an empty barn, but soon after we
-spread our blankets and got into bed we found we were in a henroost. We
-got outside much quicker than we got into the building and soon after
-came against another building. This we felt our way around, and on the
-opposite side found it to be a house, and the people not yet gone to
-bed. We urged them to let us sleep on the floor by the fire, but while
-the man seemed willing, the wife objected, and there was nothing to do
-but try elsewhere. Finally we decided to try and find the cornfield
-again, and by taking the back track we succeeded in getting back where
-we started from. We made a bed under the fence and at last got asleep,
-being too tired to be very particular. We were not going to say anything
-about our adventure, but the others woke up first and in some way found
-out about it. We had breakfast, the stragglers were called in, and were
-soon in line waiting for the order to march.[4]
-
-_2 p. m._ In Hanover, Pa., again. About 8 o'clock we marched through
-Gettysburg and tumbled into the cars. We soon reached Hanover, where we
-have since been. Along towards noon, we began to wonder if we would get
-another such feed as they gave us on Sunday. Somehow the people didn't
-seem as glad to see us as they did then. In fact they seemed rather to
-avoid us. Not all, for some were handing out everything eatable they
-had. Rather than ride these free horses to death, Snyder and I decided
-on another plan and it worked beautifully. We saw a house where the
-people were ready to sit down to the table--a man and a woman were
-already at the table--when we set our guns by the door and walking in,
-took seats at the table without as much as saying "by your leave." I
-passed my plate to the man, who all at once seemed to see a funny side
-to our impudence and burst out laughing. We had a good dinner and a
-jolly good time, and felt as if we had gotten even with one of them at
-any rate.
-
-_Night._ Have stopped, and the report is that a bridge is broken down
-somewhere ahead of us and that we must stay here all night; a lonesome
-dismal spot, not a house in sight and only the remains of our army
-rations for supper.
-
-
-_October 15, 1862._
-
-Have laid on the ground alongside the track resting and sleeping,
-waiting for the bridge to be repaired so we can go home.
-
-
-_October 16, 1862._
-
-_Thursday, 5 a. m._ The cars shrink, or the men swell, for certainly
-everybody had less room last night than before. Cross and crabbed, sore
-in every joint, and mad at everything and everybody, we crawled out of
-our beds (?) and shook ourselves together. In spite of strict orders to
-the contrary, some fresh pork and some poultry found its way past the
-guards during the night. The owners needn't come looking for it, they
-would find only bristles and feathers if they did. I suppose the
-partaker is as bad as the thief, but I didn't feel guilty at all for
-accepting a slice of pork. I soon found a canteen with no owner, melted
-it apart over a fire and fried my pork and divided with my chums. There
-was no question about its being fresh, for we had no salt to make it
-otherwise. About 9 o'clock we tumbled into the cars and with no more
-adventures reached Camp Millington late in the afternoon. Can any one
-imagine our surprise and our great delight at finding the 150th N. Y. in
-camp right across the road from our camp? In a twinkling we were
-together. Discipline went to the winds. The officers tried to make a
-show of authority, but might as well have ordered the wind not to blow.
-All being from the same neighborhood, we were one great happy family,
-reunited after a long separation. I doubt if there is a man in either
-regiment who has not a friend, if not a brother, in the other. They have
-passed through about the same experiences in the recruiting camp and
-passed over the same route to this place. They knew the same people we
-knew and could give us late information about them. My own brother, John
-Van Alstyne, the same John who scolded me for enlisting, who called me a
-"fool" and lots of other bad names, had made the same sort of a fool of
-himself and was here with Uncle Sam's uniform on. Dozens of others I
-knew almost as well, and the same was the case all through, officers and
-men alike. As soon as the first round of handshaking was over and our
-volleys of questions about home and home people were answered, we took
-our turn at answering as to where we had been and what we had done, and
-how we liked it, etc., etc. Then we couldn't help standing up a little
-straighter, and showing as best we could the superiority of old bronzed
-soldiers like us over raw recruits like them. We had just returned from
-a sally against the enemy. The enemy had run off and given us no chance
-to show what we might have done, but that was no fault of ours. But soon
-the pangs of hunger, which had been forgotten for the time, came back,
-and as soon as the 150th took in the situation, over the fences and into
-their deserted camp they went, and soon everything eatable that their
-camp contained was transferred to ours, and soon afterwards to our
-stomachs. And how much good it did them to see us eat! They bought out
-the sutler and fed us until we could eat no more. And then we smoked and
-talked and chatted until late into the night. Surely I have never seen
-so much supreme satisfaction crammed into so small a space of time. But
-we finally separated and have quieted down, and now that I have written
-up my diary I will crawl in with my snoring comrades.
-
-
-_October 28, 1862._
-
-CAMP MILLINGTON, BALTIMORE. _Tuesday._ From the time of our home-coming
-and the royal welcome given us by the 150th, I have only made notes
-which I will try now to write out. Nothing out of the ordinary routine
-of a soldier's life in camp has transpired. I am getting more and more
-used to this, and the trifling occurrences that at first made such deep
-impressions are soon forgotten now. Still, as some one may read this who
-will never know of the details of a soldier's life in any other way, I
-shall try and keep to my promise to tell the whole story.
-
-The box of good things that was mentioned in the letter I received while
-we lay in the street at Baltimore, waiting for a train to take us to
-Gettysburg, came a few days after our return to camp. In it was a great
-big package for me. I opened it and there lay the roasted body of our
-old Shanghai rooster. He was minus head, feet and feathers, but I knew
-him the minute I laid eyes on him.
-
-I at once began to figure how many stomachs like ours he would fill, and
-then gave out that many invitations. All came, and brought their plates.
-With mouths watering, they stood about as I prepared to carve.
-
-At the first cut I thought I smelled something, and at the next was sure
-I did. The old fellow, tough as he was, was not able to stand close
-confinement in such hot weather, and had taken on an odor that took away
-all appetite for roast chicken. Terribly disappointed, we wrapped him up
-again, and taking him out of camp, gave him as near a military funeral
-as we knew how. He was a brave old bird. I have seen him whip Cuff,
-mother's little guardian of the garden patch. "He sleeps his last sleep.
-He has fought his last battle. No sound shall awake him to glory again."
-
-Requests for passes to visit the camp of the 150th are the pests of the
-commanding officers of our regiment, and the same can be said of the
-150th. As soon as guard-mount is over, and the other details for camp
-duty made, the old guard (those who were on duty the day before, and who
-are excused from all duty except dress parade for the next twenty-four
-hours) try for a pass to visit the city or the 150th, the two
-attractions now. John Van Alstyne often visits me, as well as others
-with him with whom I am well acquainted. These visits I return as often
-as I can get away. Our camp ground has been laid out in regular order
-and the company streets graded and made to look very respectable. There
-is a broad street, along one side of which are the officers' tents, the
-colonel's in the center. Back of these are the quartermaster's and the
-commissary's stores, the sutler's tent and the mules and horses. In
-front of the colonel's tent is the flagstaff, and running out from the
-street are ten shorter streets, one for each company, with cook-houses
-or tents at the bottom. Men are detailed every day to clean up and keep
-in order all these and are called supernumeraries. When it rains we that
-are not on duty lie in our tents and amuse ourselves in any way we can,
-or visit from tent to tent as the fancy takes us. In fair weather we
-have either company-drill or battalion-drill, and every now and then the
-regiments are put together for brigade-drill. Any of it is hard work,
-but it is what we are here for, and we find little fault. The weather is
-chilly. I notice but little difference in the weather here and as we
-usually have it at home. There we expect it, while here we do not and
-that I suppose makes it seem harder to put up with.
-
-One of our company, Elmer Anderson, deserted and enlisted in an
-artillery regiment a few days ago. He came into camp showing his papers
-and was arrested and put in the guard-house. What the outcome will be I
-don't know, but it seems as if there should be some way of preventing
-such things. Sunday mornings we have what we call knapsack-drill. Why
-they save this for Sunday I don't know, but I suppose there is some
-reason for it. We pack our knapsacks, brush up our guns, clothes, shoes,
-etc., and march to the drill ground and form in columns by companies.
-Company A on the right and B on the left. This brings Company A in front
-and the first company to be inspected, after which they march back to
-camp and are through for the day. Company B being the last, it is
-something like an hour we stand there with our knapsacks open before us
-on the ground, everything in them exposed to view of the passer-by, who
-is the inspection officer and the captain whose company he is
-inspecting. With his sword tip he pokes over our belongings, and if any
-dirty socks or handkerchief or any other article a soldier ought not to
-have is found, a lesson is read to him on the spot and repeated in
-plainer terms by the captain afterwards. As we must take everything we
-own or have it stolen while we are away, we take a great many chances. I
-shall never forget the first inspection. We knew nothing of what was
-coming, and such an outfit as that inspection officer saw I don't think
-any other one ever did. Little by little we learn the lesson, learn to
-put the best on top, for not all knapsacks have their contents stirred
-up. A great deal of allowance was made for us at first, but as we go
-along the screws of discipline are slowly but surely turned on, and
-finally I suppose it will be easy to obey. That one word, "obey," seems
-to be all that is required of us. No matter how unreasonable an order
-seems to us, we have only to obey it or get in trouble for not doing it.
-
-
-_November 1, 1862._
-
-Have sent home my diary and am beginning another. I must be more brief,
-for the great mass just sent off covers but little ground and will tire
-the patience of any who read it. A cold I took the night we lay in
-Baltimore seems determined to make me sick. I have quite a sore throat
-and some days feel as if I must give up. Dr. Cook of the 150th has seen
-me and thinks I should be reported to our doctor. There is talk of our
-going farther south and I hope we may, for the ground is getting pretty
-cold here.
-
-
-_November 2, 1862._
-
-Feel slim to-day, but am still able to do duty. There is so little to
-write about, as long as we make no change. I am going to wait for
-something to turn up worth noting.
-
-
-_November 5, 1862._
-
-Something has happened. Last night, just as we were settling down for
-the night, orders came for a move. Dr. Andrus came round looking us over
-and ordered me to the hospital, as well as several others. Where the
-regiment is going is a secret from us yet. While the tents were coming
-down and packing up was going on, an ambulance drove in and with others
-I did not know I was carted to what I understand is called "Stewart's
-Mansion Hospital." It is in the city, and I think near the place of our
-first night's stay in Baltimore. I was assigned a bed and for the first
-time since leaving home took off my clothes for the night. It seemed so
-strange I was a long time getting sleepy.
-
-I am in a large room full of clean cots, each one with a man in it more
-or less sick. Not being as bad off as many others, I have written some
-letters for myself and some for others who wished me to do so. The room
-is warmed by two big stoves and if I knew where the regiment was, I
-would be willing to put in the winter right here. Nurses, men detailed
-for that purpose, are here just to wait on us and ladies are coming and
-going nearly all the time. They bring us flowers and are just as kind as
-they can be. I am up and dressed and have been out seeing the grounds
-about the place. One building is called the dead house, and in it were
-two men who died during the night. As none were missing from the room I
-was in, I judge there are other rooms, and that the one I was in is for
-those who are not really sick, but sickish. John Wooden of our company
-is probably the sickest man in the ward. John Van Alstyne came in just
-at night to see how I came on. Snow is falling and the natives call it
-very unusual weather for the time of year.
-
-
-_November 8, 1862._
-
-Snow going fast. A day more like May than November. Hear the regiment is
-on a vessel off shore waiting for something, I don't know what.
-
-
-_November 9, 1862._
-
-_Sunday._ Four men died last night. A major from one of the regiments
-came to see some of his men here. He doesn't enthuse much over the
-conditions on board ship.
-
-_Night._ Hear the vessel with the 128th has sailed. I am left behind,
-but I am getting along so nicely I will surely be able to go soon. Am a
-little weak and have a troublesome cough, but upon the whole am much
-better.
-
-
-_November 10, 1862._
-
-Two more deaths last night. As I have nothing better to do I will
-describe what I saw of a military funeral. It was an artilleryman in a
-plain pine box over which the U. S. flag was thrown. His comrades with
-guns reversed went first. Then came the gun-carriage with the coffin
-strapped on and six horses hitched to it. After a prayer by the chaplain
-the procession started in order as follows: First, the fife and drum,
-playing the dead march. Then an escort of guards, after which the body,
-followed by the horse the man had ridden, led by a soldier. He was
-saddled and bridled and his dead master's boots were strapped in the
-stirrups heels foremost, with his sword hanging from the pommel of the
-saddle. A corporal was in charge of the whole. At the grave, three
-volleys were fired across the open grave after the body was lowered, and
-then the procession marched back in reverse order, the fife and drum
-playing a lively march. The soldiers' graves are as close to each other
-as possible and a pine board giving the man's name and that of the
-command to which he belonged is placed at the head of each.
-
-
-_November 11, 1862._
-
-John Van has been over again and says his regiment is going into winter
-quarters in the city outskirts. I hear the 128th has sailed for Fortress
-Monroe. The papers are all headed, "Removal of McClellan," and everyone
-is giving his opinion of the change. I say nothing because I know too
-little about it to venture an opinion. I went out and treated myself to
-a good square meal to-day and begin to think I was more hungry than
-sick, for I feel fit and ready for anything. Chaplain Parker has been
-here to see his boys, as he calls them. Says he left the regiment off
-Fortress Monroe on board the Arago. He reports them well and in fine
-spirits.
-
-
-_November 13, 1862._
-
-Yesterday and to-day I have been fixing to get away from here and join
-the regiment. Captain Wooden's mother from Pine Plains came in to-day
-and I am full of home news. I kept her answering questions as long as
-she staid. Dr. Andrus says I must not think of going yet, but if I get a
-chance I'll show him. Doctors don't know it all. I have had such good
-care and such nice warm quarters I am really myself again, only not
-quite as strong as I was once. My clothes don't fit very close yet, and
-if the looking-glass in the ward-room is correct I have had something
-that has made me look rather slim.
-
-
-_November 14, 1862._
-
-_Friday._ Dr. Andrus is going to-day. He says I ought not to think of
-leaving here yet. But he does not forbid it, so if I get a chance I
-shall try it. I have burned my big pile of letters and discarded every
-thing my knapsack was stuffed with except what belongs to Uncle Sam.
-
-_3 p. m._ Mail in and a five-dollar bill came in a letter from home. I
-went right out and bought a pair of boots with it, which beat the low
-shoes I have so far worn.
-
-_7 p. m._ On board the steamer Louisiana. I had a hard time getting
-here, making two miles in twenty minutes with my gun and accoutrements
-all on. Dr. Andrus went and as soon as the chance came I sneaked out and
-started. I was just in time, as the gang-plank was being pulled aboard
-when I came to it. Dr. Andrus was on deck and saw me and had them wait
-until I was on board. Then he scolded some and made me get into a berth
-where he covered me up in blankets and made me drink a cup of hot stuff
-which he prepared. I was nearly roasted by this treatment, but I am away
-from the hospital and on the way to be with the boys again and so did
-not complain.
-
-
-FOOTNOTES:
-
-[3] The name stuck to us ever after, and came from this silly
-circumstance.
-
-[4] I was in Gettysburg in 1909 and was told by people who remembered
-our visit in 1862, that there were no Rebels anywhere near Gettysburg
-except in the imagination of the people, who were scared out of their
-senses.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IV
-
-On Board the Arago
-
- A morning on Chesapeake Bay--At Newport News--At Fortress
- Monroe--The journey south continued--Sickness and death on board--A
- burial at sea--Quarantined.
-
-
-_November 15, 1862._
-
-We are nearly out of sight of land. Wild ducks and geese cover the
-water. The sun is just coming up, and seems to me I never saw such a
-lovely morning. Besides the ducks and geese on the water, the air is
-full of them, some alighting on the water and others rising from it.
-They are so tame they only get out of the way of the boat, and if
-shooting was allowed, hundreds could be shot from where I stand. I am
-sore and stiff from my run to catch the boat, but I am thankful to be
-here and take in these new sights on this glorious morning. Chaplain
-Parker is on board and is pointing out places and vessels, and helping
-us to enjoy it all.
-
-_11 a. m._ We are sailing over the spot where the Monitor and Merrimac
-fought. An eye-witness who is on board has been giving a vivid
-description of it, to which I listened with the deepest interest.
-
-_Noon._ We have landed at Newport News; so they call it, but there are
-only a few shanties in sight, and beside each one is a huge pile of
-oyster shells. The boys are here, having been brought off from the
-Arago, which lies off shore. Oysters are plenty and cheap, and I am full
-of them, the best I ever tasted, fresh from the water, and so large many
-of them make two good mouthfuls. The Monitor, which saved the day when
-the Merrimac came out of the James River, lies near by, and the wrecks
-of the Cumberland and Congress which were sunk, show above the water.
-The Arago lies just outside and at 2 P. M. we go on board. The only
-white men I have seen are soldiers. The negroes and their shanties are
-all I can see of Newport News.
-
-
-_November 16, 1862._
-
-_Sunday night._ The day has been cold and blustery. We have spent it in
-reading tracts the chaplain gave out, writing letters and swapping
-yarns. I am new to it all, and the boys have shown me all over the Arago
-where they are allowed to go. Our sleeping quarters are between decks,
-and are very similar to those on Hudson camp ground. That is, long tiers
-of bunks, one above the other from the floor to the ceiling above, just
-high enough for a man to sit up in and not hit his head. They are wide
-enough for four, but a board through the middle separates each into
-berths for two men each. They are the whole length of the room, with
-just enough space to walk between them. Along the sides is a row through
-which are small round windows which can be opened, and which give the
-only light the room has. For ventilation, a huge bag hangs down from
-above deck which ends up in a big tin or iron funnel which is kept away
-from the wind and so is supposed to draw up the air from our bedroom
-when it becomes heated. Where fresh air comes from I have not yet found
-out, but suppose it drops down through several openings in the deck
-above. A swap was made with one who bunked with Walter Loucks so my
-crony and I could again be together. It is on the side, and has a window
-in it. Walt has kindly given me the light side so I can keep up my
-scribbling. What we are here for, or where we go from here, is not yet
-told us. In fact I don't know as it is yet determined.
-
-
-_November 17, 1862._
-
-_Monday._ On shore again. The well ones are drilling and the sick are
-enjoying themselves any way they can. Mail came to-day and I have a
-long letter from home. Every mail out takes one from me and often more.
-I have so many correspondents, I seldom fail to get one or more letters
-by each mail. On the bank or shore, up and down as far as I have seen,
-are negro shanties which look as if put up for a few days only. They dig
-oysters and find a ready sale to the thousands upon thousands of
-soldiers that are encamped on the plains as far as the eye can reach.
-This gathering means something, but just what, we none of us know. A
-case of black measles is reported on board ship and if true we may be in
-for a siege of it. I hope I may get entirely well before it hits me.
-Jaundice is quite common too, and many men I see are as yellow as can be
-and look much worse than they appear to feel.
-
-
-_November 18, 1862._
-
-Orderly Holmes and myself have been on shore again. We went up the beach
-and found a soldiers' graveyard. We got breakfast at a darky hut, mutton
-chops and onions, hot biscuit and coffee, all for twenty-five cents. The
-boat that takes us to and from the Arago is a small affair that used to
-run up and down the James River. The Rebs have left their mark upon it
-in the shape of bullet holes most everywhere, but most often on the
-pilot-house.
-
-
-_November 19, 1862._
-
-Have been paid off; $24.70 I got, and we all went ashore and washed up.
-The bunks on the Arago have been used so long by so many that they are
-lousy and most everyone has them. I, however, have found none as yet. We
-are kept on shore as much as possible, as a guard against disease, which
-would surely come when so many are crowded in so small a space. As there
-is no way to spend money here except for oysters, a great many gamble it
-away, then borrow again from those that win and pay any interest asked
-for. There is more and more sickness every day. Many are taken to a
-hospital at Fortress Monroe, which I am told is not far away.
-
-
-_November 21, 1862._
-
-A death on board last night. The guns are being taken off the Cumberland
-and Congress by divers. Lieutenant Colonel Smith let himself out to-day,
-and says if there isn't land enough in the South for his men, he thinks
-they should be disbanded and sent home. Hurrah for Colonel Smith! He is
-a soldier all over and knows what is fair treatment better than the new
-officers, and acts as if he meant to have it. We have been on board all
-day and have put in the time trading watches and anything else.
-Everything goes here. Richmond is taken, so we hear, and hope it may be
-so.
-
-
-_November 22, 1862._
-
-The sun rose clear this morning, and the air is just right. Our lower
-regions are hot and stuffy, but on deck it is delightful. Great birds,
-sea-gulls I hear them called, are all about and pick up, or pick at,
-everything that floats on the water. We went ashore and while there saw
-General Corcoran and staff. If he amounts to much he is, like a "singed
-cat," better than he looks. My throat troubles me yet and to-night is
-about as bad as ever. Good-night, diary.
-
-
-_November 23, 1862._
-
-OFF FORTRESS MONROE. We left Newport News about six this morning, and
-came here where lie many other vessels loaded with soldiers. There's a
-big move going on, which I will know about when it comes off. Coal and
-hard-tack are coming aboard by the boat-load. The colonel's horse died
-last night and went overboard. Poor things. They have more air than we,
-but have no chance to move. They do not lie down at all.
-
-
-_November 24, 1862._
-
-_Monday._ All night the coal kept rattling down, and it would seem this
-old craft would sink. There are about 1300 men on board.
-
-
-_November 25, 1862._
-
-_Tuesday._ If I have kept track right, this is Thanksgiving day up
-north. My mouth waters as I think of the good things they will eat
-to-day. I suppose we should feel thankful for the fare we have, but it
-is hard to do it, and is harder yet to eat it. Still I know how
-impossible it is to do much better by us than they do. The family is so
-big, the individual member of it must not expect pie and cake with every
-meal. Some drilling in the manual of arms is done on the quarter-deck.
-It makes something to do, and anything is better than nothing. A gun
-feels pretty heavy to me these days. It is curious to see how we divide
-up into families. Men who were friends and neighbors at home are even
-more than that here. Our duties may separate us, but when they are over
-we hunt each other up again. We know and talk with others, but
-confidences are all saved for the few. Our beds are next to each other,
-but with the fellows next to us on the other side we have little to do.
-
-The waves run high to-day, higher than any I ever saw, and yet the
-sailors say this is almost a dead calm. Still the vessel pitches and
-dives, so we run against some one or something every move we make.
-
-
-_November 26, 1862._
-
-_Wednesday._ Rainy to-day. This keeps us below and such a racket as we
-make! I begun to wonder if I didn't make a mistake in leaving Stewart's
-Mansion. Dr. Andrus is dosing me and when it clears off I hope to feel
-better.
-
-
-_November 27, 1862._
-
-_Thursday._ This is really Thanksgiving day. So by my mistaking Tuesday
-for it I really have two holidays. The men are ashore for a Thanksgiving
-sermon. I am taking mine in my bunk. Have less fever but more sore
-throat.
-
-
-_November 28, 1862._
-
-Lots of sick men to-day. I am better and was on duty again. Had only to
-attend sick call and take the men to the doctor. There were only six
-from Company B, while some companies had twenty. Sergeants Noble and
-Kniffin were sent ashore to the Chesapeake hospital to-day.
-
-_Night._ John Thompson and Isaiah Dibble, fresh from the North, came on
-board to-night. Gave us all the home news and many loving messages from
-those we love so well. But the way they spoke of our quarters was
-scandalous. Said hogs would die if confined in such a pen as this.
-
-
-_November 29, 1862._
-
-Hurrah for camp once more! Our tents are being sent ashore and a detail
-from each company goes to put them up. This began just at night and
-lasted all night. Nobody slept, for some were working and the rest were
-thinking of living outdoors again.
-
-
-_November 30, 1862._
-
-_Sunday._ Camp Hamilton, right in sight of Fortress Monroe. The last day
-of fall and as perfect a day as ever was. We are on the ground again and
-it feels cold after the heated quarters on the boat. God help us if it
-rains, for this bare ground would soon be like a mortar bed. But we are
-not to cross any bridges until we come to them. Still I think we had
-better pray for a dry spell.
-
-
-_December 1, 1862._
-
-_Monday._ _Winter._ Just think of it, and yet but for the almanac I
-should call it Indian summer.
-
-
-_December 2, 1862._
-
-_Tuesday._ On board the Arago again. That is, most of us are. Some were
-sent to the hospital instead, Leonard Loucks among them. Orders came in
-the night, we were routed out, tents struck and tied up. We waited until
-morning and then till 9 A. M., when we were put on a boat and taken back
-here, just what for nobody knows that will tell. I declare this
-"hog-pen," as Thompson called it, seems like home. There is a familiar
-smell to it, and the beds are dry too.
-
-
-_December 3, 1862._
-
-_Wednesday._ Rainy day. Many have taken cold from our stay in camp and
-coughing and sneezing is going on all over the boat. I manage to keep up
-at this, and for coughing I think I take the lead. I am lucky in one
-thing though. Dr. Andrus once knew a Van Alstyne who he says was a very
-decent sort of a man, and often stops to talk of those of the name he
-knows, and to ask me about those I know. In that way he is able to keep
-track of my condition and give me more of his attention than he
-otherwise would.
-
-
-_December 4, 1862._
-
-Judging from appearances we are to move again. The anchor is coming up
-and there is hustling and bustling about all over the boat. Anything by
-way of excitement is good and I am glad something is going to happen. I
-miss a great many boats that were lying about us yesterday and every now
-and then one goes past us towards the open sea.
-
-_Later._ We're off, heading in the only direction where no land is in
-sight.
-
-_Later still._ Have learned this much. The Baltic is the flagship, with
-General Banks and staff on board. She has stopped and all the other
-vessels are forming in lines. Each vessel has orders which are only to
-be opened in case of separation from the flagship. It is too dark to see
-or to write and the ship pitches and dives terribly. Water dashes on
-deck sometimes, and this was almost thirty feet above water before we
-loaded up with coal.
-
-
-_December 6, 1862._
-
-_Saturday._ Wind and waves both much higher. Nearly everyone except
-myself is seasick. Before it reaches me I am going to try and describe
-what is going on about me.
-
-To begin with, our cabin quarters. I have told how the bunks are
-arranged, so just imagine the men hanging over the edge and throwing
-whatever is in them out on the floor or on the heads of those below
-them. The smell is awful. I was afraid to stir for fear my turn would
-come, but after a while did get out on deck. Here everyone seemed trying
-to turn themselves wrong side out. The officers bowed as low as the
-privates, and except for the sailors, there was no one in sight but
-seemed to be determined to gaze upon what they had eaten since the war
-began.
-
-No one could stand without hanging fast to something, and fast to a rope
-that came from above to a ring in the deck were four men, swinging round
-in a circle, each one every now and then casting up his accounts on the
-back of the man in front. The deck was slippery and not being sailor
-enough to get about I climbed down again and after some narrow escapes
-reached my bunk to tell my diary the sights I had seen. I cannot tell of
-the smells. There is nothing I can think of to compare it with.
-
-
-_December 7, 1862._
-
-_Sunday night._ My turn came, but did not last long. I was able to see
-the others at their worst, and came out of it before the others were
-able to take much notice. Some are as sick as ever, but most of them are
-getting over it, and cleaning house is the order of the day. The sea is
-very rough, though not as bad as in the night. It seemed sometimes as if
-the Arago was rolling over. Lieutenant Sterling of Company D died a few
-hours ago. He had some sort of fever. We have a variety of diseases
-abroad if reports are true. I am getting careful about putting down what
-I cannot see for myself. It takes but little to start a story and by the
-time it has gone around the original teller would not believe it
-himself. For myself, I am all the better for my seasickness, and think
-those that are over it feel the same way. Rockets are going up from the
-different vessels in sight. I suppose someone knows what for, but I do
-not.
-
-
-_December 8, 1862._
-
-_Monday._ The storm is over and it is warm and pleasant. Lieutenant
-Sterling's funeral sermon was preached this morning on the quarter-deck.
-On account of lack of room only his company and the commissioned
-officers attended. His body will be sent home when we land.
-
-
-_December 9, 1862._
-
-_Tuesday._ Land ho! I was on deck by the crack of dawn, saw the sun come
-up from the water; a beautiful sight. Saw two vessels going towards home
-and wished I was on board. Wm. Haight of our company is very sick. He is
-a general favorite and we all feel badly at the possibility of losing
-him.
-
-
-_December 10, 1862._
-
-Off the coast of Florida. We must be going to New Orleans as has been
-reported. I did not believe it at first, as there was a report that
-Charleston was our destination.
-
-Haight died about sunrise, and his death has cast a gloom over Company
-B. He was one of the best fellows I have met with in the army. He was a
-little wild at first but later seemed to change. Talked of the trouble
-his habits had caused his parents and seemed determined to atone for it
-by a right about-face change. We shall miss his cheery voice. Such is
-war. It is over thirty-six days since the 128th and two companies of the
-114th New York came aboard this vessel. It is a wonder so many are alive
-to-day. We get on deck now and the nights are so warm some of us sleep
-there. We suffer for good water to drink. What we have may be good, but
-it is distilled water, and there are so many of us we use it before it
-has time to get cold. On the quarter-deck, where we are not allowed to
-go, are barrels which contain _real water_, for officers' use only. I
-was let into a secret last night, how to get some of it, and I drank all
-I could hold. With a long rubber tube I crawled up behind a barrel and
-let the end down the bunghole, which is left open for ventilation, and
-sucked away as long as I could swallow. This will go on until someone is
-caught at it, and then the game will be up.
-
-
-_December 11, 1862._
-
-In the Gulf of Mexico. Flying fish and porpoises are in sight. The
-sailors say the porpoises are after the flying fish, and they skip out
-of the water and go as far as they can and then drop in again. It is a
-beautiful morning, and the water is smooth as glass on top. Under it,
-however, there seems to be a commotion, for the surface is up and down
-like hills and hollows on land. Ground swells, the sailors call it. In
-spite of the nice weather a great many are yet seasick. Three cases of
-measles are reported this morning. Every one who has never had them
-seems to be having them now. Only a few new cases of fever were
-reported. A big shark is following the vessel, after anything that is
-thrown overboard. It keeps up easily and as far as I can discover makes
-very little effort to do so.
-
-
-_December 12, 1862._
-
-At daylight Company B was called on deck and made to form in a
-three-sided square, the open side towards the rail. Poor Haight was then
-brought up in a rough box, which was set across the rail, the most of it
-projecting over the water, the end towards us being fastened down by a
-rope fastened to an iron on the deck. The chaplain made a prayer, and
-just as the sun rose out of the water the rope was slipped off, and the
-box plunged down into the water. I should have said that the engines
-were stopped and except for the chaplain's words the utmost silence
-prevailed. I shall never forget this, my first sight of a burial at sea.
-It has all been so sudden, and so unexpected. He was only sick a few
-days. Never complained no matter what came, but always was foremost in
-any fun that can be got out of a life like this. It was at his father's
-house I took tea when home on my five-day furlough, and I am glad I
-could give his mother such a good account of him. It is hard for us to
-understand why Lieutenant Sterling's body can be kept for shipment home,
-while that of Haight could not.
-
-
-_December 13, 1862._
-
-Yet in the Gulf of Mexico. Company C lost a man last night. Company G
-has been turned out of their quarters and a hospital made of it. That
-crowds the others still more, but at the rate we go on the whole ship
-will soon be a hospital.
-
-_10 a. m._ We have stopped at a sandy island, which they say is Ship
-Island. The man who died last night has been taken off and they are
-digging a hole in the sand to put him in.
-
-Ship Island so far as I can discover is only a sand bar with a small
-fort on it, and with some soldiers about it the only live thing in
-sight. We weighed anchor about 4 P. M. and the next morning, Dec. 14th,
-stopped off the mouth of the Mississippi for a pilot. I am told this is
-called the South West Pass, being one of several outlets to the great
-Mississippi river. It looks like a mud flat that had been pushed out
-into the Gulf farther in some places than others. As far as the eye can
-reach the land is covered with a low down growth of grass or weeds that
-are but little above the water. We passed a little village of huts near
-the outlet, where the pilots with their families live and which is
-called "Pilot Town." What they live on I did not learn. The huts are
-perched on piles driven in the mud, with board walks from one to the
-other and water under and about the whole.
-
-
-_December 15, 1862._
-
-Went on up the river until hard ground appeared. Passed two forts, Fort
-Jackson and Fort St. Philip they call them, and say Butler's men had
-hard fighting to get past them when they came up. The secret is out.
-Banks is to relieve Butler in the Department of the Gulf. I wonder what
-harm it would have done had we been told this long ago. Chaplain Parker
-went ashore and brought off some oranges. A small limb had twenty-four
-nice oranges on it and this the Dominie said he would send home to show
-our friends what sumptuous fare we have. Some one suggested his putting
-in a few wormy hard-tack with the oranges.
-
-We have anchored opposite a large brick building with a few small wood
-buildings near it.
-
-
-_December 16, 1862._
-
-The U. S. surgeon from the Marine Hospital has been on board looking us
-over. Found only four diseases: measles, scurvy, typhoid fever and
-jaundice. He did not put down the graybacks that keep us scratching all
-the time. For a long time after they appeared they left me alone, but
-one morning as I lay on my back in bed writing in my diary one came
-crawling up over my knee and looked me straight in the face; from that
-on they have seemed to like me as well as anyone.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER V
-
-Quarantine Station, La.
-
- Cooking graybacks--A big catfish--Starting a graveyard--"The most
- trying circumstances war can bring."
-
-
-Towards night the Arago swung up to the bank near the big brick building
-and we went ashore and piled into it. It was built for storing cotton,
-and is fireproof. The lower floor is of brick and the upper one of iron
-and so cannot well burn. The bricks seem hard and cold and are
-water-soaked. Still we spread our blankets and got some sleep and woke
-up hungry. The cooks have established themselves between us and the
-river so as to be near water. We have room to stir about at any rate and
-some went in bathing, but the water is cold. The only good quality the
-body lice possess is a habit of letting go of us when we move and
-grabbing hold of our clothes. Taking advantage of this we took the camp
-kettles as soon as breakfast was cooked and boiled our clothes. Those
-that had no change--and that was the most of us--ran about to keep warm
-until our garments were cooked and then after a wring out put them on
-and let them dry as fast as the wind and sun would do it. By night we
-were dry and slept without a scratch, and strange to say none of us took
-cold. But not all would try this heroic remedy and consequently we
-expect to have to repeat the operation.
-
-A negro came across the river with his boat loaded with oranges. We
-bought the whole of them as fast as he could count them out, fifty cents
-for 100, and the doctor says eat all you want. The sick are in the
-wooden buildings outside, except in one, which the officers have taken.
-We acted like colts just turned loose and already are forgetting the
-close quarters we were in so long. Along the river is a narrow strip of
-hard ground and beyond that is a swamp which so far as I can see has no
-end. Sluggish streams flow with the tide back and forth from the river
-to the gulf, and between these the ground is covered with what is here
-called wild rice. Birds of all sorts are plenty; ducks and geese all
-feed upon the seeds that abound everywhere.
-
-
-_December 17, 1862._
-
-Have explored the country up and down and back from the river to-day.
-Found much that is strange to me but met with no startling adventures.
-
-
-_December 18, 1862._
-
-The officers gave a dance in the upper part of the storehouse last night
-and the iron floor was fine for dancing. All hands were invited to join
-in and all that felt able did. Two men died yesterday, and last night
-another, all fever patients. Two were from Company A, and the other from
-Company I. They were buried just back of the quarters on hard ground,
-for this place. A catfish was caught by one of Company A's men to-day,
-that looked just like our bullheads, only bigger. As he was pulling him
-in over the mud the line broke, and I got the head for hitting him with
-an axe before he got to the water. The head weighed 14-1/2 lbs, and the
-whole fish 52 lbs. A native that saw him said he was a big one, but not
-as big as they sometimes grow. My family had a meal from the head and
-Company A had fish for all their sick and part of the well ones.
-
-
-_December 19, 1862._
-
-Fifteen cases of fever reported this morning. A dead man was taken out
-very early and buried in a hurry. This has given rise to the story that
-smallpox has come, too. It looks as if it might be so, for it's about
-the only thing we haven't got. Those that seemed strongest are as likely
-to be taken now as the weakest. I have been half sick through it all
-and yet I hold my own, and only for my sore throat and this racking
-cough would enjoy every minute.
-
-
-_December 20, 1862._
-
-One day is so much like another that the history of one will do for
-several. I think about everything that can be done for our comfort is
-being done. There must be some reason for our being kept here and it is
-probably because of so much sickness. It would not do to take us where
-others would catch our diseases and yet it is tough lines we are having.
-Chaplain Parker does everything he can to keep up our spirits, even to
-playing boy with us. A new doctor has come to take the place of one that
-died while we lay off Newport News.
-
-
-_December 21, 1862._
-
-Inspection of arms to-day and a sermon by the chaplain. We are thinking
-and talking of the letters we will get when we have a mail. Uncle Sam
-keeps track of us someway and sooner or later finds us. We have a
-regimental postmaster, who is expected every day from the city with a
-bag full. We have enough to fill him up on his return trip. The Arago is
-unloading all our belongings, which looks as if we were to stay here.
-Good-bye, Arago! I wish there was a kettle big enough to boil you and
-your bugs in before you take on another load. So many are sick the well
-ones are worked the harder for it. I still rank among the well ones and
-am busy at something all the time. Just now I have been put in place of
-fifth sergeant, who among other duties sees that the company has its
-fair share of rations, and anything else that is going. I also attend
-sick call every morning, which amounts to this. The sick call sounds and
-the sick of Company B fall in line and I march them to the doctor's
-office, where they are examined. Some get a dose of whiskey and quinine,
-some are ordered to the hospital and some are told to report for duty
-again. Dr. Andrus and I play checkers every chance we get. We neither
-play a scientific game, but are well matched and make some games last a
-long time. He is helping my throat and my cough is not so bad lately.
-Our quarters were turned into a smoke house to-day. An old stove without
-a pipe is going and some stinking stuff is burning that nothing short of
-a grayback can stand. It is expected to help our condition, and there is
-lots of chance for it.
-
-
-_Christmas, 1862._
-
-Nothing much out of the ordinary has happened since I wrote last. A man
-went out hunting and got lost in the tall weeds. He shouted until some
-others found him and then had great stories to tell of narrow escapes,
-etc. Harrison Leroy died this morning. He was half sick all the way here
-and did not rally after coming ashore. Dr. Andrus poked a swab down my
-throat with something on it that burned and strangled me terribly. But I
-am much the better for it. We have all been vaccinated, and there is a
-marked improvement in the condition of those not in the hospital. The
-chaplain preached a sermon and Colonel Cowles made a speech. He thanked
-us for being such good soldiers under what he called the most trying
-circumstances war can bring. Loads of soldiers go up the river nearly
-every day. As the doctor allows them to pass the quarantine, I take it
-they are not in the fix we are.
-
-
-_December 26, 1862._
-
-Leroy was buried early this morning. My part in it was to form the
-company and march it by the left flank to the grave. For fear this may
-not be plain I will add, that the captain and orderly are always at the
-right of the line when the company is in line for any purpose and that
-end of the line is the right flank. The tallest men are on the right
-also and so on down to the shortest, which is Will Hamilton and Charles
-Tweedy, who are on the left, or the left flank as it is called. This
-arrangement brings the officers in the rear going to the grave, but when
-all is over the captain takes command and marches the company back by
-the right. I got through without a break and feel as if I was an old
-soldier instead of a new one. But it is a solemn affair. Leroy was a
-favorite with us and his death and this, our first military funeral, has
-had a quieting effect on all. Last night the chaplain and some officers,
-good singers all, came in and we almost raised the roof singing
-patriotic songs. Speeches were made and we ended up with three cheers
-that must have waked the alligators out in the swamp. Sweet potatoes and
-other things are beginning to come in and as they sell for most nothing
-we are living high. But we are in bad shape as a whole. Mumps have
-appeared and twenty-four new cases were found to-day. Colonel Smith, our
-lieutenant colonel, has been up the river to try and find out if better
-quarters could not be had and has not succeeded. He is mad clear
-through, and when asked where we were to go, said to hell, for all he
-could find out.
-
-
-_December 28, 1862._
-
-We have had a rain and the hard ground made the softest kind of mud. It
-sticks to our feet and clothes, and everybody is cross and crabbed. The
-sun came out, however, and our spirits began to rise as the mud dried
-up. There was preaching and prayer meeting both to-day.
-
-Our chaplain's courage is something wonderful and many of us attend the
-services out of respect to him when we had much rather lie and rest our
-aching bones. The captain of the Arago sent word he will be along
-to-night on his way to New York and would stop for letters. He will find
-some, judging from the writing that has been going on.
-
-
-_December 29, 1862._
-
-John Van Hoovenburg, another Company B boy, is about gone. The men are
-getting discouraged and to keep their minds from themselves it is said
-drilling is to begin to-morrow. The seed sown on the Arago is bearing
-fruit now. Something to do is no doubt the best medicine for us. I know
-I should die if I laid around and talked and thought of nothing but my
-own miserable self.
-
-
-_January 1, 1863._
-
-The Arago did call for our mail and the body of Lieutenant Sterling was
-put on board to go to his family in Poughkeepsie. We gave the old ship
-three cheers, and then some one sang out three cheers for the lice you
-gave us. John Van Hoovenburg died last night. We made a box for him out
-of such boards as we could find. Though we did our best, his bare feet
-showed through the cracks. But that made no difference to poor Johnnie.
-The chaplain was with him to the end, says he was happy and ready to go.
-This is how we spend our New Year's day. We wish each other a happy New
-Year though just as if we were home and had a good prospect of one.
-After the funeral Walter Loucks and I went up the river quite a
-distance, so far it seemed as if our legs would not carry us back. Negro
-huts are scattered along. I suppose white people cannot live here and so
-the darkeys have it all. Some cultivate patches of ground and in one
-garden we saw peas in bloom. We bought a loaf of bread and a bottle of
-molasses of an old woman, and though the bread was not what it might
-have been, it tasted good. There are some orange trees, but no oranges.
-The darkies say they will blossom in about a month. A man in Company E,
-a sort of poet, who was always writing songs for the boys to sing, was
-cutting wood to-day and the axe flew off the handle and cut the whole
-four fingers from the right hand. There were no witnesses and some there
-are who say he did it so as to get a discharge. The doctor has dressed
-the hand and he is going about in great pain just now.
-
-
-_January 2, 1863._
-
-_Friday._ Peter Carlo, the one who went through the medical examination
-at Hudson with me, died last night. He was found dead this morning and
-appeared to have suffered terribly. His eyes and mouth were staring wide
-open and his face looked as if he had been tortured to death. Companies
-A and B keep in advance on the sick list.
-
-
-_January 3, 1863._
-
-Two more men died last night, but not from Company B. We sent off
-another mail to-day. I wish we might get some letters. We ought to have
-a lot of them when they do come.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VI
-
-Camp Chalmette, La.
-
- Spying out the land--Foiling an attempt at suicide--Clash with the
- 28th Maine--An interrupted sermon--Brownell's last words.
-
-
-_January 4, 1863._
-
-_Sunday._ Hip, Hip, Hurrah! The Laurel Hill, a steamer, has stopped at
-our camp and we have orders to pack up for a move. All that are able are
-to be taken to Chalmette, the old battleground below New Orleans.
-Anywhere but this God-forsaken spot, say I. Chaplain Parker preached hot
-stuff at us to-day. Says we don't take proper care of ourselves, that we
-eat too often and too much. That made me laugh. Dominie, if you lived
-with us a while, ate at the same table and had the same bill of fare to
-choose from, I think you would tell another story. Poor man, it is
-getting on his nerves sure. But it sets me to wondering if our officers
-all think that way. If they blame us for the condition we are in, who
-brought these conditions about? Did we from choice herd in between decks
-like pigs, while the officers, chaplain and all had staterooms and a bed
-and good food to eat, well cooked and at regular hours? If they blame us
-for our condition to-day, I can only hope that at some time they may get
-just such treatment and fare and that I may be there to remind them it
-is their own fault. Chaplain Parker must do some tall preaching to make
-good what he has lost by that tongue-lashing. It was uncalled for and a
-sad mistake.
-
-
-_January 5, 1863._
-
-CHALMETTE. _Monday._ Said to be just below the city of New Orleans. We
-left quarantine about 11 P. M. and reached here about 8 this morning.
-Many were left behind, too sick to be moved. We have put up our tents,
-and have been looking about. It is a large camp ground and from all
-signs was lately occupied and was left in a hurry. Odds and ends of camp
-furniture are scattered about, and there are many signs of a hasty
-leave-taking. A few of us went back across the country to a large woods,
-where we found many trees covered with long gray moss, hanging down in
-great bunches from the branches. We took all we could carry to make a
-bed of, for it is soft as feathers.
-
-_Later._ The doctor won't allow us to use our bed of moss. Says it would
-make us sick to sleep on it, and much worse than the ground. This is
-said to be the very ground where General Jackson fought the battle of
-New Orleans and a large tree is pointed out as the one under which
-General Packenham was killed. Ancient-looking breastworks are in sight
-and a building near our tents has a big ragged hole in the gable which
-has been patched over on the inside so as to leave the mark as it was
-made, which a native tells me was made by a cannon ball during the
-battle of New Orleans. The ground is level and for this country is dry.
-The high bank, or breastworks, cuts off the view on one side and a board
-fence cuts off a view of the river. Towards the city are enough trees to
-cut off an extended view in that direction, so we have only the swamp
-back of us to look at. But this beats quarantine and I wish the poor
-fellows left there were well enough to get here. There are several
-buildings on the ground, which the officers are settling themselves in,
-while a long shed-like building is being cleared out for a hospital. It
-has been used for that, I judge, and is far better than the one at
-quarantine. We brought along all that were not desperately sick and have
-enough to fill up a good part of the new hospital. Walter Loucks has
-rheumatism in his arms and suffers all the time. He and James Story are
-my tent mates. We have confiscated some pieces of board to keep us off
-the ground. Company B has been hard hit. We left seven men at Baltimore,
-seven at Fortress Munroe and seven at our last stopping-place. It seems
-to go by sevens, as I find we have seven here in our new hospital. This
-with the four that have died makes thirty-two short at this time.
-
-
-_January 8, 1863._
-
-To-day is the anniversary of the battle of New Orleans and is celebrated
-here like the Fourth of July at home. Drill has been attempted, but only
-about 200 men were fit for it and our camp duties are about all we are
-able to do.
-
-
-_January 9, 1863._
-
-Were paid off to-day and the peddlers that hang out just across the
-guard line have done a thriving business. Walter gets worse every day.
-His courage seems to be giving out and it is pitiful to see him suffer.
-
-
-_January 11, 1863._
-
-Meeting to-day. Some way they have lost their force. We attend because
-we have to. The sermon at the quarantine is remembered. We seem to have
-lost faith, not in God, but in ministers. Colonel Smith with all his
-cursing has done more for our care and comfort than those that profess
-so much and do so little.
-
-
-_January 17, 1863._
-
-_Saturday._ On account of my cough, which is worse when I lie down, I
-have walked about evenings or sat and chatted with others about the camp
-fire until tired enough to sleep, and last night crawled in near
-midnight where my two bedfellows were asleep. Soon after I got into a
-drowse from which I was awakened by a coughing spell and saw Walt
-standing by the help of the tent pole and groaning in agony. Soon I
-heard him say "I'll end it all right now," and with that he pitched over
-towards his knapsack and by the noise I thought he was after his
-revolver. I jumped across Jim, who lay asleep in the middle, and
-snatched the gun out of his hand before he had it out of the case. Out
-in the company street I threw the three revolvers and then grabbed for a
-sheath knife which I knew was there, getting hold of the handle just as
-he grabbed the sheath. By this time Story was in the game and we both
-had our hands full getting him down and quiet. I went for Dr. Andrus,
-who after lighting a candle and looking in Walt's eyes, told us to take
-him over to the hospital. The struggle had put him in agony and it was
-pitiful to see how he suffered. We staid with him the rest of the night
-and by morning he was helpless. Every joint seemed as stiff as if no
-joint was there. For the next five days I did little but watch him and
-help in any way I could to make him more comfortable. Then he and others
-were taken to the general hospital in the city, where they will at least
-be warm. We have had a cold rain and the camp is a bed of mud. The wind
-sifts through the cracks in this old shed and although a stove was kept
-running, it was too cold for comfort. I have slept but little in the
-last five nights, but the doctor has kept dosing me and I feel better
-than when this time with Walter began. Letters from home have made the
-world seem brighter and the men in it better.
-
-
-_January 18, 1863._
-
-_Sunday._ Yesterday the chaplain's tent for public worship came and this
-morning we were all gathered there and the chaplain was praying, when
-snap went something in the top and down came the tent upon us. He didn't
-have time to say "Amen," to say nothing of the benediction. In the
-afternoon Isaac T. Winans, Jim Story and I went to see Walter and found
-him in a good bed and in a warm room. He is much better, but his wrists
-are swollen yet and look as if the joints had been pulled apart.
-
-
-_January 19, 1863._
-
-It rained hard last night and before the tents got soaked up enough
-water sifted through to wet our blankets and we hardly slept at all for
-the cold. Not being called on for anything I lay all day and dosed,
-trying to make up for the miserable night. Isaac Brownell, of Company B,
-who has done more to keep up the spirits of the men than anything else,
-is down and very sick. He is a mimic and could mimic anyone or anything.
-His antics have made us laugh when we felt more like crying, and we are
-all anxious about him. A case of smallpox was discovered yesterday and
-the man put in an outbuilding, where he died this morning. Dr. Andrus so
-far has been alone, and he looks like death.
-
-_Later._ He has given out and another doctor from the hospital is coming
-to take his place. The sick list grows all the time.
-
-
-_January 27, 1863._
-
-Two doctors came to take the place of Dr. Andrus and they have had
-plenty to do. For several days the weather has been hot, which opens the
-pores in our tents so the first rain sifts right through. Last night it
-rained and we had another night of twisting and turning and trying to
-sleep and with very poor success. I cough so when I lie down that I keep
-up and going all I can, for then I seem to feel the best. Dr. Andrus
-still looks after us. He is getting better and we are glad, for he is
-the mainstay in the family. Brownell died this forenoon and I shall
-never forget the scene. He was conscious and able to talk and the last
-he said was for us to stick and hang. "But boys," said he, "if I had the
-power, I would start north with all who wanted to go and as soon as we
-passed over four feet of ground I would sink it."
-
-
-_January 28, 1863._
-
-Cold day. Ice formed on puddles last night. I am staying in my tent,
-keeping as warm as I can, I begin to feel I am going to give out. I have
-kept out of the hospital so far and hope to die right here in my tent if
-die I must. But to-morrow may be warmer and my cough better, and under
-such conditions my spunk will rise as it always has. So good-bye, diary.
-I am going to try for a nap.
-
-
-_January 29, 1863._
-
-For excitement to-day a man in the tent next ours tried to shoot
-himself. He is crazy. He rolled himself up in his blanket and then fired
-his revolver, on purpose maybe, and it may be by accident. At any rate
-he put a ball in the calf of his leg which stopped under the skin near
-his heel, and the doctor cut it out with a jackknife. He has acted half
-crazy for some time and should be taken care of before he kills himself
-or someone else.
-
-
-_January 30, 1863._
-
-The 28th Maine Regiment has encamped close beside us. They are well
-advanced in the art of taking care of themselves, for they stole
-everything loose in a short time after their arrival. Have been
-vaccinated again. This makes the third time since we left Hampton Roads.
-
-
-_January 31, 1863._
-
-One of the Maine men put a bayonet through Charlie Tweedy's arm as he
-came from the river with a pail of water. Charlie crossed his beat,
-which he had no right to do. But it made bad blood and quite a quantity
-flew from the noses of the Maine men and some Company B blood flew too.
-Tweedy is the smallest man in the regiment, and has been plagued by all
-hands until he is very saucy and on account of his size is allowed to
-do about as he pleases. But it didn't work on the Maine men and may
-teach the Bantam a lesson.
-
-
-_February 6, 1863._
-
-_Friday._ The days are so much alike I have given up noting the doings
-of each as it comes. Since February 1st our meeting-house tent has been
-repaired and raised again. Rumor of a move came early in the week and
-has kept us guessing ever since. I think it means something, for the
-sick in camp hospital have been sent to the general hospital in New
-Orleans. The weather has been of all sorts. Cold and windy and then a
-thunder and lightning storm that shook the very earth. The hospital is
-filling up again, too. Twenty men from Company K were reported to-day,
-and five from Company B. I fear my turn is coming, for in spite of all
-Dr. Andrus does, my cough does not let up.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VII
-
-Camp Parapet, La.
-
- Captain Bostwick gets married--In the hospital at last--Good care
- and treatment--The slow process of getting well--The Ponchatoula
- trip--Mosquitoes and alligators.
-
-
-_February 11, 1863._
-
-Just at night, as I had finished the above, the Laurel Hill, the boat
-that brought us from quarantine to Chalmette, tied up in front of camp
-and down came our tents and on board we went. We came up the river past
-New Orleans and between that city and Algiers, which is quite a large
-place on the left hand shore. New Orleans seems a big city, but lies as
-low as the river. A high dock all along its front is built up with
-timber and is so high only the upper parts of the buildings show from
-the river. No streets are seen at all. We also passed a place called
-Carrolton and very soon after landed at what is said to be Camp Parapet.
-There are no tents near the river but there are thousands a short
-distance back. The outskirts of Carrolton come close up on the
-down-river side, while the up-river side has a high bank reaching from
-the river back as far as I can see. Beyond that is an unexplored country
-(to me), and away in the distance appears to be just such a forest as
-was in sight back of Camp Chalmette. A good-looking dwelling house and a
-few small buildings are near by and the ground is tramped bare of all
-vegetation, as if soldiers had just moved away. We came down the Levee
-and put up our tents and crawled in, for it was night by that time. We
-have had some rain and some sunshine, but the weather is warm and
-altogether I like our present place of abode the best of any we have yet
-had since we left Camp Millington. Another case of smallpox has
-developed, but he was hustled to a tent way back of camp and I suppose
-our arms will have to be pricked again. Mine looks as if a setting hen
-had picked it now. Miss Kate Douglass, from Amenia Union, came to camp
-yesterday and Captain Bostwick and several officers have gone to the
-city with her. Report says the captain and she are to be married
-to-night. Six months in the service and I have so far been only an
-expense to Uncle Sam. But I have seen something of the big farm the Rebs
-hope to rob him of and I hope I may yet do something to put him in full
-possession of it again. Letters from home, also one from Walter Loucks,
-who is in the hospital at New Orleans.
-
-
-_February 16, 1863._
-
-In the hospital after all. Dr. Andrus came last night to our tent and
-ordered me into the house I spoke of. I had a warm, dry bed and a good
-night's rest and feel much better to-day. The doctor has his office
-downstairs and the upstairs part is crammed full of sick men. A big tent
-is being put up and cot beds put in to put the fever patients in.
-Captain Bostwick was married last night, so it is said. Corporal Knox
-died in a fit this afternoon. It tires me to write so I must stop.
-Good-night.
-
-
-_February 20, 1863._
-
-Captain Bostwick came to see me to-day. Two men died last night, one in
-the hospital and the other in his tent. I don't feel as well to-day.
-
-
-_February 21, 1863._
-
-Think I am really better to-day. If I keep on I'll soon be out of this
-and with the boys again. But they all come in to see the sick as often
-as they can and so we keep track of each other.
-
-
-_March 4, 1863._
-
-_Wednesday._ I have been very sick. This is the first time I have felt
-able to make a mark with a pencil. I was taken in the night, after the
-day I thought myself so much better. Was taken out in the tent, from
-which I judge I have had fever.
-
-
-_March 5, 1863._
-
-Am very weak yet. A little tires me out. A letter from Herman just a
-month old. Coon died last night, but we none of us knew it till we saw
-him carried out.
-
-
-_March 6, 1863._
-
-Getting better fast, but can't write much yet.
-
-
-_March 7, 1863._
-
-Was carried back into the house to-day and put among the convalescents.
-I must be getting well, but it is slow. Most all the time I was worst
-off Dr. Andrus let me have anything I wanted to eat, but then I couldn't
-eat it. Now I can eat, he has cut me down to nothing. What he allows me
-only makes me crazy for more.
-
-
-_March 8, 1863._
-
-Had a wash and a shave and am tired out. The regiment has marching
-orders. Wish I was out of this to go with them.
-
-
-_March 9, 1863._
-
-Gunboats are said to be going up the river every day. I wonder what's
-up.
-
-
-_March 10, 1863._
-
-Don't feel quite so smart as I did. This getting well is slow business.
-
-
-_March 11, 1863._
-
-The boys say they are ready to march, but don't get any further orders.
-Letters from home. Have written to father--wish I could see him.
-
-
-_March 14, 1863._
-
-Not feeling so good these last few days.
-
-
-_March 15, 1863._
-
-_Sunday._ Have my pants on and have made up my bed. If this keeps on
-I'll soon be able to hunt for something to eat.
-
-
-_March 16, 1863._
-
-Ben Crowther is awful sick. He is a fine fellow and we hate to lose him.
-He is of better stuff than the average of us. I wish I could kill his
-nurse, for he has him tied down to the bed and stands laughing at his
-efforts to get loose. But it is the only way to keep him in one place,
-for he is out of his head. Talks to his wife as if she was right by his
-side.
-
-
-_March 17, 1863._
-
-Last night I got a little box from home. That I may never forget a
-single thing in it I'll put them right down now. On top was a New York
-Sun, next a dear little letter from Jane. A little package of tea, a
-bottle of Arnold's Balsam, a pipe, a comb (wish it had been a fine tooth
-comb), a little hand looking-glass, a spool of thread, a lot of buttons,
-a good lead pencil, a pair of scissors, a ball of soap, half a paper of
-pins, a darning needle and a small needle, a steel pen and way down in
-the bottom a little gold locket which made the tears come. God bless the
-dear ones at home. How thoughtful and how kind of them to think of so
-many things, and all useful, too.
-
-
-_March 18, 1863._
-
-Too much excitement yesterday and I feel like two weeks ago. The doctor
-says I will have these setbacks though and it is only a part of the
-process of getting well. A man named Kipp died to-day. I don't know how
-many die out in the tent.
-
-
-_March 19, 1863._
-
-Poor Crowthers died very peacefully about noon to-day. His cot is next
-mine and he seemed like one of the family to me. The company has
-undertaken to raise money to send his body home.
-
-
-_March 20, 1863._
-
-Orderly Holmes is very sick. His discharge is under his pillow (or
-knapsack). He lies in a room next to this and I can hear him talk,
-giving orders to the company as if he were well.
-
-
-_March 21, 1863._
-
-_Saturday._ This is a hard spot to get well in. Two poor fellows are
-near their end to all appearances, and it is trying to hear then rave
-about home and their families. I am glad their friends cannot see and
-hear them. And yet the hardened wretches called nurses find something in
-it to laugh at. I wish I could change places between them and the sick
-ones. Wrote three letters to-day and don't feel so very tired. Begin to
-think Dr. Andrus was right. If he would only let me eat about four times
-as much, what a jewel he would be.
-
-
-_March 26, 1863._
-
-_Thursday._ The finest morning yet. The air is just right. The birds are
-singing, the sun shining bright and everything seems just right for
-getting well. A man named Barker died last night about midnight. He has
-seemed to be dying for a week and we have watched to see him breathe
-his last any minute. Orderly Holmes is better and may get well after
-all. Some of the boys killed an alligator to-day and cooked and ate his
-tail. They say it is just as good as fish and looked like fish.
-
-
-_March 27, 1863._
-
-Have been downstairs. My legs just made out to get me there and back.
-Will they ever get strong again? But I am getting there, slow but sure,
-as I can see by looking back only a short time.
-
-
-_March 28, 1863._
-
-Another fine day, and another trip downstairs. My legs behaved better
-this time. Am not near so tired. Now that I can write without getting
-tired I must put down some things I remember, but which I could not
-write at the time. I shall always remember them of course, but I want to
-see how near I can describe them on paper. First I want to say how very
-kind my comrades have been all through. I can think of many acts of
-kindness now that I paid little attention to then, but they kept coming
-along just the same. Whatever else I think of, the thought of their care
-for me and how they got passes and tramped miles to get me something to
-eat, always taking it to Dr. Andrus first to see if it would do for
-me--these thoughts keep coming up and my load of gratitude keeps getting
-heavier. Can I ever repay them? God has been good to me, better than I
-deserve. I was first taken to the room where I am now writing. I
-remember but little of what happened before I was taken out and put in
-the big hospital tent. It is a large affair, made up of several tents
-joined together endwise and wide enough for two rows of cots along the
-side, with an alley through the middle, towards which our feet all
-pointed.
-
-I remember the head medical man coming through every day or so and the
-doctors would take him to certain cots, where they would look on the
-fellows lying there and put down something in a book. I soon noticed
-that most always such a one died in a short time, and I watched for
-their coming to my cot. One day they did, and I remember how it made me
-feel. Dr. Andrus was so worked down that a strange doctor was in charge,
-but under Dr. Andrus, who had charge over all. When he came through I
-motioned to him and he came and sat on the next cot, when I told him I
-would get well if I could get something good to eat. "All right," said
-he, "what will you have?" I told him a small piece of beefsteak. He sent
-one of the nurses to his mess cook and he soon came back with a plate
-and on it a little piece of steak which he prepared to feed me. But the
-smell was enough and I could not even taste it. The doctor then
-proceeded to eat it, asking if I could think of anything else. I thought
-a bottle of beer would surely taste good and so he sent to the sutler's
-for it. But he had to drink that too, for I could not. He laughed at me
-and though I was disappointed, it cheered me up more than anything else
-had done for a long time. When I got so I could eat, I surely thought he
-would starve me to death.
-
-A poor fellow across the tent opposite me got crazy and it took several
-men to hold him on his cot. The doctor came and injected something in
-his breast which quieted him for the night, but when it wore off he was
-just as bad and he finally died in one of them. On my right lay a man
-sick unto death, while on my left lay another whose appetite had come
-and who was begging everybody for something to eat. His company boys
-brought him some bread and milk which he ate as if famished. The next
-morning when I awoke and looked about to see how many faces were covered
-up I found both my right and left hand neighbors had died in the night
-and their blankets were drawn up over their faces. The sights I saw
-while I was able to realize what was going on were not calculated to
-cheer me up and how I acted when I was out of my head I don't know. At
-any rate I got better and was brought back to this room, where I have
-since been.
-
-
-_March 29, 1863._
-
-_Sunday._ Had a thunder shower in the night and some sharp lightning.
-Was not allowed to go out to-day on account of the ground being wet. We
-hear of hard fighting up the river, but reports get so twisted I put
-little stock in them. Still I hope they are true, for they are most all
-favorable to our side.
-
-
-_April 1, 1863._
-
-Nothing worth writing for a few days. To-day those we left at quarantine
-came up looking hale and hearty. Most of them have had smallpox or
-varioloid. The weather is warm and the boys who have been out of camp
-report alligators are plenty in the swamp back of us, and snakes of many
-kinds also. I am rambling about camp nowadays, but am not discharged
-from the hospital yet. General Neal Dow found a place next door to camp
-to-day where liquor is sold. He took every bottle he could find and
-smashed them across the porch rail after first locking up the landlord.
-Camp is being cleared and every precaution taken to keep away yellow
-fever. There is none of it yet, but it is expected this summer on
-account of so many soldiers that are new to the climate. Lew Holmes has
-been worse for some days and we fear we shall lose him yet.
-
-_Midnight._ I am sitting up to let a tired out nurse get a nap. Holmes
-died a few minutes ago. He tried to tell me something, but his tongue
-was so swelled I could not understand what he said. He pulled me clear
-down to his face and his breath was awful. I pretended to understand,
-and he settled back as if satisfied and only breathed a few times more.
-His troubles are over, and those of his old father and mother and his
-wife and child will begin when the news reaches them. I am glad they did
-not see the end.
-
-
-_April 2, 1863._
-
-Company B chipped in for a metallic coffin and Holmes will go home. A
-hearse from the city has just been here and taken him away. He was one
-of the best of fellows, and very popular with the men. I wonder now if
-Kniffin will be tried on us again. There is some reason for it now, but
-it should go to Riley Burdick, who is next in line.
-
-
-_April 3, 1863._
-
-Two funerals to-day. We have quite a graveyard started. From all I can
-hear, by talking with soldiers of other regiments, none of them have
-been hit as hard as the 128th New York. And it all comes from our being
-stuffed into the hold of the Arago a month before we sailed. A big
-responsibility rests somewhere.
-
-
-_April 4, 1863._
-
-_Saturday._ Cleaning-house day in the hospital. I have been helping so
-one of the nurses can get off for a walk outside. We found a burying
-ground where I counted fifty from the 12th Connecticut Volunteers.
-Nearly all died in August and September last. So we have not had all the
-sickness and death. I will try and not complain as much as I have. There
-were only eight from our regiment besides two we have sent home. From
-there we followed the parapet to the Jackson & Mississippi R. R., which
-runs not far back from camp. Saw a regiment of negro soldiers, who
-seemed to feel fine, were having all sorts of games and were in
-first-rate spirits. Their camp was clean and at the head of each company
-street were flower beds. Just outside they had planted a garden and
-onions and other things were growing. The commissioned officers were
-white. Everything else was black. But for get-up and style they beat any
-white regiment I have yet seen. It made me ashamed to go home. When I
-get out of the hospital I mean to try and get the boys to be more like
-them.
-
-
-_April 5, 1863._
-
-_Sunday._ Some time while I was sick Chaplain Parker left us. I hear he
-had some differences of opinion with the officers, but don't know what.
-Major Foster was in it in some shape, for his name and the chaplain's
-are the most common in the yarns that are told about camp. I used to
-believe all I heard, but I have learned to wait for the truth, and that
-doesn't always come out. Lieutenant Colonel Smith is a rough and ready
-customer and stands in no more awe of the officers than of the men. So
-long as we behave half way decent he is kindness itself, but disobey
-orders and he is a raging lion. But he is our best friend, and is the
-only real soldier in the whole outfit. He is a regular army officer and
-his chief concern seems to be the welfare of the enlisted men. Now that
-I am able to be about camp and have no duties to perform, I enjoy seeing
-the captains and lieutenants put through their paces as well as the rank
-and file. For meeting to-day Major Foster read a chapter from the Bible,
-read a hymn and then sang it, after which he pronounced the benediction.
-
-
-_April 6, 1863._
-
-One of Company A's men died to-day. His name was Burch. A boat-load of
-negroes landed here to-day and were taken down towards the city, what
-for I did not learn. Many of the men in camp are having diarrhea, and
-some have to go to the hospital, where the diet can be regulated. Some
-corn and contraband goods were seized to-day a short distance up the
-river. A man has been suspected for a long time and to-day was seized
-upon with all his goods. We are expecting letters every day now. We
-watch the papers for the mail steamers, and if we get no letters are
-much disappointed.
-
-
-_April 7, 1863._
-
-Two steamers due and yet no letters. Been loafing about camp so long I
-feel as if I was an unprofitable servant. But as there is nothing doing
-I am about as profitable as the rest.
-
-
-_April 8, 1863._
-
-A little excitement to-day. An attempt was made to spike some guns near
-the negro troops headquarters. A few shots were fired but no one hit,
-hurt or captured. A letter from my sister, Mrs. Rowley. All well at
-home. For a change I have a troublesome boil on my leg. The weather is
-beautiful. Everything is growing--I never saw leaves and flowers come so
-fast.
-
-
-_April 10, 1863._
-
-Yesterday I took the place of a nurse who was ailing, and to-day have
-been with several others to explore the country roundabouts. We came to
-an orange orchard and found and cut some sprouts for canes. General Dow
-and his staff were riding past, and seeing us, rode full tilt towards
-us, as if to run over us. The general was so busy watching us he never
-saw a ditch, and into it he went. The horse went down and the general
-went on his head, landing in the tall grass on all fours. He was not
-hurt, and after his staff had caught up and helped him on his horse, he
-came up and said, "To what regiment do you men belong?" Being told, he
-snapped out, "Report to your quarters at once and don't be seen cutting
-orange trees again." It is said he roams about like this, driving in any
-he finds outside, and in other ways making himself unpopular with the
-boys. However, he didn't take our canes and we have some nice ones to
-show for the trip.
-
-Two letters to-day, and although they were a month old, they were full
-of news to me.
-
-
-_April 11-12, 1863._
-
-About camp and hospital yesterday, getting well every minute. Except
-that I am skin poor and tire out easily, I am well. My little
-looking-glass first told me what a change my sickness made in my looks,
-but I can see my old self coming back every day now. A short meeting
-to-day, the only thing besides my diary to remind me it is Sunday, God's
-day. He only asks one day in seven, and it seems as if more attention
-should be paid it.
-
-
-_April 13, 1863._
-
-Wrote and mailed some letters this morning. Wm. Partington died in this
-room this morning. He and I came here the same time and lay side by
-side. I was taken to the big tent and he left here. We were both hard
-sick and when I came back Bill was in just about the same condition I
-was. We both got round together and began to go out at the same time. A
-day or two ago diarrhea hit him and now he is taken and I left. So it
-goes. We plan for to-morrow and to-morrow we are wrapped in a blanket
-and out we go.
-
-
-_April 14, 1863._
-
-A letter from John Van, with one in it from George Wilson and one from
-T. Templeton of the 150th. They are feeling fine and the regiment has
-little or no sickness to report.
-
-
-_April 15, 1863._
-
-Reported for duty with the company this morning, but have to report to
-the doctor every day until I get my discharge from there. Have been
-appointed commissary sergeant. See to drawing the rations for Company B,
-and shall look out that they get their share. This relieves me from
-guard duty and from everything that interferes with my duties as
-commissary. It relieves me from duty in the ranks, adds another stripe
-to my arm, and two dollars per month to my pay. I am glad to have
-something to do. At night a citizen tried to go through camp and when
-halted by the guards started to run and was shot. What he was, or why he
-acted as he did I don't know, and he can't tell.
-
-
-_April 16, 1863._
-
-_Thursday._ A letter from Walt Loucks asking me to come and see him.
-Shall surely go if I can get a pass.
-
-
-_April 17, 1863._
-
-_Friday._ Went to see Walt. I had a first-rate visit. He is about well.
-I did little but answer questions about what has been going on since we
-parted at Camp Chalmette, who is living and who have died and what sort
-of a place we are in. Found three letters for me when I came back.
-
-_Later._ Marching orders with two days' cooked rations and 100 rounds of
-ammunition, blankets and overcoats. I am going, too, unless Dr. Andrus
-stops me. Must stop and write a letter before taps.
-
-
-_April 18, 1863._
-
-_Saturday._ The regiment has gone and I am left. When will I get clear
-from the hospital? One of the hospital cooks, E. Furguson, died to-day.
-There are hardly enough men in camp to bury him, only the sick and
-convalescent being left.
-
-
-_April 19, 1863._
-
-_Sunday._ We buried Furguson to-day. The grave was full of water and we
-had to punch the box down with sticks until the earth held it. Hear
-nothing from the regiment.
-
-
-_April 20, 1863._
-
-No real news yet. Lots of rumors though, one of which is that they are
-all cut up and the rest captured. We don't believe it.
-
-
-_April 21, 1863._
-
-Drew ten days' rations to-day, so I guess there is some of Company B
-left and that they will be back to eat it.
-
-
-_April 22, 1863._
-
-_Wednesday._ The regiment came back to-day. Have been gone four days.
-Had some hard marching and lived high on pigs and chickens found by the
-way. They went up the Pearl River, and captured a small steamer loaded
-with tar and rosin. They feel fine and to hear them talk one would think
-this matter of putting down the Rebellion is nothing if only the 128th
-is given a good whack at it.
-
-
-_April 23, 1863._
-
-The officers have drawn new tents and the captains have given the cooks
-their old ones for cook-houses. We tore down the old shanty, and put up
-the new house in short order.
-
-
-_April 24, 1863._
-
-The morning paper gives a glowing account of the great expedition of the
-128th. Speaks well of the behavior of both officers and men and their
-great respect for private property. But Colonel Cowles has been
-lecturing them and his account differs from the newspaper reports on
-nearly all points.
-
-We were paid off to-day and the money flies. We have floors in our tents
-now. An order has gone forth for camp inspection once each day. The
-tents, the cook-houses and cooking utensils and everything will be
-inspected, and must be as clean as possible or trouble will come. Taking
-it all in all we have good times. One of the boys has a fiddle, and some
-are good singers. We have only enough to do to make us hungry when meal
-time comes.
-
-
-_April 30, 1863._
-
-Walter Loucks has returned to camp and looks well. He feels some sore
-from sleeping on a board, after his stay in the hospital, but that will
-wear off. General Dow has cleared the peddlers out of camp and torn down
-some shanties near, where pies, etc., were sold. My throat has got sore
-again and I must get Dr. Andrus to fix it up. We have had marching
-orders a couple of times, but each time they were countermanded.
-
-
-_May 6, 1863._
-
-Nothing unusual has happened since my last entry. I have written and
-have received several letters; have been on duty all the time, although
-I am supposed to be in the hospital yet. Have seen the doctor every day
-and he keeps tinkering at me. We hear all sorts of rumors of big battles
-and big victories and believe what we are a mind to. My office,
-commissary of Company B, is not very exacting while in camp. It keeps me
-out of the ranks though and until I get round again I am glad of it.
-
-
-_May 10, 1863._
-
-_Sunday._ Yesterday this regiment and many others were reviewed by
-General Banks. Evidently something is going to happen soon. The health
-of our regiment is fairly good now. I begin to find out that some had
-rather be sick than to be on duty, and they play it till Dr. Andrus
-sends them back to camp. We have some very hot weather, and then again
-some not so hot. Mosquitoes are the pest of our lives. They hide in our
-tents, ready to pounce upon us the minute we enter, and the only place
-we are free from them is in the hot sun outside. At night and on cloudy
-days they give us no peace. Their name is legion.
-
-
-_May 11, 1863._
-
-_Monday._ Charles Wardwell, and a fellow named Hamlin made me a call
-to-day. I was as much surprised as if they had risen right out of the
-ground before us. I did not know Charlie had enlisted. He is in the 23d
-Connecticut, which is doing guard duty along the railroad between
-Algiers and Brashear City, which they say is not very far from here. It
-is a nine months' regiment and their time is out in August. Though the
-news they could tell was rather old, I was very glad to see someone from
-God's country again, and we had much to tell each other of our
-experiences. They had only about a week on the transport and came
-through in good shape. They swallowed hard and tried to take down what I
-told them of our experience on board the Arago and in camp and hospital
-since, but I don't feel like blaming them if they did think I was lying.
-But in the short time we were together the half could not be told.
-
-_Night._ Marching orders. Three days' cooked rations and ten days' raw,
-to be packed for an early start to-morrow. Wardwell and his friend stay
-with us to-night.
-
-
-_May 12, 1863._
-
-"PASS MAN SHAK," or SOUTH PASS, LA. _Tuesday._ We left camp in charge of
-an officer and the convalescents and marched out on the plain about a
-mile, where a train stood waiting early this morning, and after a short
-ride stopped here, the most God-forsaken looking place I have yet seen.
-It is a sort of connecting link between Lake Ponchartrain and Lake
-Marapaugh.[5] Our regiment and the 6th Michigan came. We soon came to
-the woods we had so often looked at from camp, and from that on it was
-one unbroken forest of the biggest and tallest trees I have yet seen.
-There was water in pools all along and on every hand as far as can be
-seen. The railroad is built on piles driven in the mud, sawed off on a
-line and huge hewn timbers laid on them to support the ties and track.
-Not a foot of dry ground anywhere and not a ray of sunshine could get
-through. But mosquitoes, I thought we had them in camp, but we did not.
-It was only the skirmish line; the main body is here. I am writing this
-with one hand while the other is waving a bush to keep them from eating
-me alive. The men were ferried across on a small steamer and they went
-on out of sight, scrambling over the ties as best they could, for in
-places the woodwork has been burned out and then they had to climb down
-and wallow through the mud and then up on the ties again until the last
-of them were out of sight. I have really no business to be here as the
-captain objected, fearing I would be more bother than I was worth. Dr.
-Andrus was not even consulted. When the train started I could not resist
-the temptation to go and I swung on and here I am with the quartermaster
-and the commissary stores, which are to go up the pass to where the men
-have gone. There is a large space planked over, and we are in the dry
-and waiting for the boat to come for us. Men are busy rebuilding the
-burned out places in the trestlework and bridging the river, which is
-narrow here. Everyone calls it a "pass," but it has quite a current and
-is a river just the same.
-
-
-_May 13, 1863._
-
-We heard firing this morning and think the boys may be at work. A man
-came back about midnight last night. How he ever did it I don't see, but
-he said two soldiers fell through the trestlework and were hurt and had
-to be left behind.
-
-_10 a. m._ The men who got hurt have crawled back and are here, just
-bruised up a little. I guess they didn't try very hard or they might
-have gone on.
-
-_2 p. m._ Another straggler has come back and says the boys captured
-fourteen Indians after a short skirmish. They are being sent back under
-guard and will soon be here. Here they come, and a tough-looking lot
-they are; fourteen of them are said to be Indians, but they look more
-like plain niggers to me. There are three white men. Rebels I suppose,
-but they don't act like very ferocious ones.
-
-
-_May 18, 1863._
-
-We slept in a drizzling rain, but the mosquitoes kept us so busy we took
-no cold. A boat came in the morning and we loaded the stores and started
-up the river, reaching a small lake called Lake Marapaugh (don't know
-how these names are spelled, so put them down according to sound), which
-is rather a widening of the river than a lake. The river is narrow and
-very crooked. The boat would run up to a bank, send a rowboat across
-with a line, which was made fast to a tree and the boat turned around a
-corner. This was done many times on the way up. Alligators lay on fallen
-trees and on the bank and many were swimming in the river. One came
-close to the bow of a barge which was lashed to the steamboat, and I hit
-him a whack on the snout with a piece of coal. From his actions he
-didn't like it. The water and the land seem to be on the same level. The
-tall cypress trees grow thick all the way and no opening appeared of any
-size. Some trees hang over the water so it was all we could do to get
-past and one did sweep the commissary's scales overboard. We finally
-came to hard ground and the live oaks and other trees took the place of
-the cypress, which only seems to grow in wet ground. A curious thing
-about the cypress is the way the roots grow up out of the ground.
-Cypress knees, they call them. They grow straight up, sometimes as high
-as ten feet and all the way down from that. No branches or shoots grow
-from them and they vary in size as much as in height. We finally tied up
-at a place called Wadensburgh, a small village which proved to be the
-end of our journey by water. Sergeant Drake and a couple of men went
-back in a boat and were fortunate enough to hook onto the scales that
-were lost and bring them up. In getting ashore I landed right beside a
-cottonmouth moccasin snake, said to be as poisonous as a rattlesnake. He
-lay in some weeds and raised up as if to strike at me. I still had hold
-of a pole I had used to jump off with, and with it I hit him and broke
-his back. A man standing by told me what it was. Quartermaster Mace, who
-came up with the regiment, soon appeared with some teams and as soon as
-loaded we started for Ponchatoula, where the regiment is. It was dark
-when we started. It was said to be three and a half miles, but they were
-long ones. We got stuck in the mud, the wagon broke down, and we were
-wet to the skin with rain before we reached our destination. We had no
-lights and only knew we were in the road because we were not in the
-bushes which grow thick along it. We reached Ponchatoula about ten
-o'clock, wet, tired and hungry, but not cold, for the weather is quite
-warm. Our coming alarmed the guards and the entire force turned out to
-receive the enemy. We lay down on the floor of an empty building, and
-wet as we were, slept sound until morning. The sun shone bright the next
-morning, May 15th, and as soon as our joints began to limber up, hunted
-for and found Company B. They are in good spirits and have enjoyed the
-outing from camp very much. But they were glad when the cook called them
-up for coffee and hard-tack. The ground is high and dry for this
-country. A pine forest of immense trees is close by on one side and in
-sight everywhere. The Jackson & Mississippi R. R. goes through here, and
-is the one that the troops came on. A picket line is somewhere outside
-and cavalry videttes outside of that. Fresh beef is plenty and there is
-now and then a chicken. The people are as civil and respectful as can be
-expected, when we remember what a lot of uninvited guests they are
-called upon to entertain.
-
-
-_May 16, 1863._
-
-A cavalryman came in for a horse this morning, his having been killed in
-the night. We heard firing in the night, but it seemed a long way off.
-Company B went on the picket line this morning and I find being
-commissary in camp and being commissary in the field are two different
-things. The company must be fed no matter where they are. I got hold of
-a horse and cart and with it made the rounds. A couple of cavalrymen who
-were wounded during the night have been brought in. At night a report
-came that a rebel detachment had got past the vidette guard and would
-most likely be heard from before morning. Orders are being given out and
-ours is to stand fast in case of an attack. That sounds easy at any
-rate.
-
-
-_May 17, 1863._
-
-No attack came. The only enemies that found us were the mosquitoes and
-how they did punish us! My hands, face and ankles are swollen full, and
-this when I was awake all night and fighting them off in every way I
-could think of. Seventeen prisoners have just been brought in and after
-a feed started on toward Pass Man Shak.
-
-
-_May 18, 1863._
-
-There has been much shifting about to-day. Orderlies riding here and
-there, and a move of some sort is the next thing to look for. Have
-orders to be ready with coffee and a day's cooked rations. That doesn't
-mean a long journey.
-
-_Later._ The quartermaster's stores have gone towards Wadensburgh.
-
-
-_May 19, 1863._
-
-_Night._ Camp Parapet again. We started from Ponchatoula about 4 A. M.
-and at 11 reached Pass Man Shak, by way of the railroad. The trestlework
-is burned in places and across these we passed the best we could. One
-man dropped a frying pan he had stolen, and in getting it stirred up an
-alligator, and decided he didn't want the frying pan after all. Several
-fell and were more or less hurt, but we all came through and were nearly
-the rest of the day being taken across in small boats. Then without
-mishap we came on to a point opposite camp and were soon here. The trip
-has done me a world of good. I don't ask any odds of any now that I am
-well again. I guess I only needed parboiling, and that I got sleeping in
-clothes soaking wet. The men are all feeling fine and the stories they
-are telling such as did not go are wonderful to hear.
-
-
-_May 20, 1863._
-
-CAMP PARAPET, LA. We settled down early last night and on account of the
-little sleep we had had were not called this morning. I slept right
-through the night and until after twelve to-day, then found orders for
-another move. Must get two days' rations ready right away. I wonder
-where we go this time.
-
-
-FOOTNOTES:
-
-[5] Spelled as they sound.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VIII
-
-Port Hudson, La.
-
- Good-bye, Camp Parapet--Going up the river--Stop at
- Springfield--Landing--Before the works--Capt. Gifford missing--The
- first assault--Stealing honey--Scared by a snake--The second
- assault--The "Forlorn Hope"--Captain Gifford comes back--Vicksburg
- surrenders--Port Hudson follows suit--The laying down of arms.
-
-
-_May 21, 1863._
-
-We left Camp Parapet about eight last night and marched to Carrolton,
-only a mile or two below camp, where we stopped in the street. Getting
-no further orders we, one after another, sat down and finally lay down
-on the cobblestone pavements and slept till morning. We then went on
-board a steamer, the United States, lying at the dock and found it
-crammed full of soldiers. We soon cut loose and started up-stream, and
-as we passed Camp Parapet, I wondered if it would ever be our home
-again. Lieutenant Pierce is in command, and says Captain B. has left us
-to become major for a negro regiment. Some are glad and some are sorry,
-but all are indignant at his way of going off. Never as much as said
-good-bye. Sneaked off in the night, it is said, and it looks like it.
-Maybe he feared we would remind him of his many voluntary promises that
-he would never leave Company B as long as a man was left in it.
-
-At noon I asked one of the boat crew if it was possible to buy or beg a
-cup of coffee and he took me to the forecastle and gave me a full
-dinner. Up the river we went until night and then began to look for a
-spot big enough to lie down on.
-
-
-_May 22, 1863._
-
-_Friday morning._ We awoke from the little sleep we were able to get and
-found ourselves at anchor opposite Baton Rouge. The dropping of the
-anchor nearly scared the life out of me. I slept under a built up
-portion of the deck where the anchor chain lay coiled and when it went
-out it made a terrible racket. I wonder none of us were hit by it, for
-every space around it was occupied by a sleeping soldier. The city lies
-on high ground, which gave us a pretty good view of it. There seems to
-be a few fine buildings, but the most are small and not over two or
-three stories high. About 9 A. M. we went alongside the steamer Creole
-and got some rations, which we needed badly. We soon started, still
-going up-stream and felt certain Port Hudson would be our next
-stopping-place. We stopped finally and landed in the woods. Not a foot
-of cleared land in sight. There are four regiments here with ours. The
-Sixth Michigan, Fifteenth New Hampshire and a negro regiment. Boats kept
-coming and unloading all the afternoon. The Indiana Mule Battery is here
-and it appeared to be a gathering-place for all sorts of troops. It
-rained most of the afternoon, but it rained warm water, so we didn't
-mind it. The troops all moved forward during the night, leaving only a
-guard for the commissary and quartermaster's stores.
-
-
-_May 23, 1863._
-
-In the morning Isaac Mitchell and I set out to find the 128th. We
-followed the road, which was now a quagmire, but were met by an
-ambulance with wounded men and a cavalry guard, who told us that only an
-armed force could get through and that it was eight miles to where our
-brigade was then. We decided to wait. The wounded were put on the Sallie
-Robinson, to be taken to some hospital. About midnight the mortar fleet,
-which is farther up-stream, began firing and made a noise worse than
-several Fourths of July. We could follow the shells by the burning fuse,
-which looks like a shooting star. This we see first, then hear the boom
-of the mortar, then the hiss of the shell through the air and last the
-explosion when it strikes the ground.
-
-_Sunday night._ A team for the quartermaster's stores came early and we
-were all day getting through to the regiment. Soldiers covered the
-ground. I have no idea how many there were. We were near the
-breastworks, but a belt of timber hid our view of them. We were in a
-clearing maybe one-half mile square, with woods on all sides. There was
-a house near us, the only building in sight.
-
-
-_May 25, 1863._
-
-_Monday morning._ We had orders to advance last night and our brigade
-formed in column, where we remained all night, and where we are yet. One
-by one we dropped down and went to sleep on the grass, where the dew
-soon soaked one side while the wet ground soaked the other. A man lying
-near me jumped up and raved around like a crazy man; he kept pawing at
-his ear as if in great pain. A doctor sleeping near was soon at him and
-found a bug had crawled into his ear. After the sun had dried us off we
-began to look for rations. The mail soon after came, and I had two
-letters. One of them contained a photograph of my dear old father and
-mother. I won't try to tell how rejoiced I am to have this with me. I
-don't think either of them ever had one taken before. Dear old couple,
-how glad I am they cannot see their boy and his surrounding's just now!
-
-_Night._ Lots of powder has been burned to-day, but Port Hudson is still
-there. Our brigade has been skirmishing and one of the Sixth Michigan is
-wounded. Roads are being cut through the woods, and everything looks and
-acts as if business would soon begin. It does no good to ask questions,
-no one seems to know any more than I do, and I only know what goes on
-right close by me. Generals with their staffs are racing about, and
-everything is in a whirl. Evidently something is going to happen. All
-sorts of rumors are in the air. Human nature shows even here. Some news
-gatherers seem to know all about it, but I notice that what happens
-rarely agrees with their predictions. One of Company B, I won't write
-his name, is nearly scared to death. The doctor says he will die of
-fright if kept in the ranks. Another is nearly as badly off, and he has
-been the biggest brag of all; has hungered and thirsted for a chance to
-fight and now that he has it, has wilted. I hope he will be kept at it.
-I have often envied him his courage, but I shall never do it again. I
-don't deny that I am a coward, but I have so far succeeded in keeping it
-to myself. The 128th is nearest the point where the road enters the
-woods in the direction of the biggest noise. The skirmishers that have
-been down this road say it soon reaches the corner of another open
-field; that a house and outbuildings are on the side next the
-fortifications and only a short distance from them; that rebel
-sharpshooters are in those buildings and it is they who are picking off
-every man that sticks his nose out of the woods on that side. From one
-of the Sixth Michigan who was on the skirmish line I have such a vivid
-description I have mapped out what he says is about the thing.
-
-Every now and then a shell comes tearing through the woods, and so far,
-in the direction of the 128th. None of them have yet burst, but from an
-examination I made of one, they are intended to. This one was perfectly
-round and painted black. A big screw head shows on one side, and is
-turned off smooth with the shell. It is about six inches in diameter. It
-hit the ground beyond us and rolled up against the foundation of the
-house I have mentioned and stopped. It was then I examined it.
-
-_Later._ Just as I had written the above, one did burst right over
-Company B. The pieces, however, kept on in the same direction the shell
-was going and no one was hit or hurt. Such dodging though I never saw,
-and I didn't see all of it at that. Myself and two others were filling
-our canteens from a kettle of coffee which sat on the ground near a big
-tree. When we heard the shell coming through the tree tops we expected
-it would go past as all the others had done. But it burst when right
-over us. We all jumped for the tree, and our heads came together with a
-bang. The first thing I saw was stars, and the next was men all over the
-field dodging in every direction. This was our first experience under
-fire. One could not laugh at another, for so far as I could see all
-acted alike.
-
-_Later._ They keep coming, and we dodge less and less. If they keep at
-it long enough I suppose we shall get used to it, as we have to a great
-many other things. A cavalryman went down the road marked with an arrow,
-and his horse has just come back without him.
-
-_Night._ About 5 P. M. a detachment from another regiment and Companies
-A, C, H and I from ours, went down this same road, and soon the most
-infernal racket began. They drove the rebels out of the "Slaughter
-House," and set fire to every building there. (The man who owned the
-house is named Slaughter). Only one man was wounded, but Captain Gifford
-of Company A has not returned, and we fear the Rebs got him. The house
-near us has been taken for a hospital. From appearances we will need it.
-Our brigade remains where first halted, but troops of all kinds are
-constantly on the move about us, some going one way and some another. It
-is plain that a general movement is soon going to be made. It seems to
-me as if all of Uncle Sam's army must be here, there are so many. The
-128th is only a small affair just now. We have thought our brigade was
-about all there was of it, and that that was largely composed of the
-128th New York. I will put up my diary, and get what sleep I can with
-all this confusion about me.
-
-
-_May 27, 1863._
-
-Was awake early. In fact was often awake all night long. No news of
-Captain Gifford yet. His men have searched everywhere it is possible to
-go, and we think he must have been captured, just how, none of his
-company can imagine, for he was with them all through the squabble at
-the Slaughter house, and himself gave the order to fall back. Heavy
-firing is heard to the right and left of us. This must keep the Rebs in
-our front busy, for no shot or shell have yet come our way. Commissary
-sergeants have orders to be ready with rations all the time. It looks as
-if the fight would be over and the 128th have no hand in the taking of
-Port Hudson.
-
-_Later._ The noise grows louder all the time. A general assault on Port
-Hudson must be what is going on, and Dow's Brigade seems to be
-forgotten. On the right and left, as far as sound can be heard, there is
-heavy artillery firing, and now and then the rattle of musket firing
-gets through the noise of the bigger guns.
-
-
-_May 28, 1863._
-
-There was too much going on yesterday for me to write any more. Dow's
-Brigade was not forgotten. Soon after noon it went through the woods to
-the open space beyond, and was soon in the thickest of the fight. The
-guns in our front, that had sent us no message all the forenoon, soon
-began to send them rattling through the tree tops again. We
-non-combatants were in a terrible suspense. Finally my curiosity got the
-better of my fears and I started after them, for I wanted to see what a
-real battle was like. When I got to the cleared space I saw very little
-but smoke. I met a wagon with a wounded man on the seat with the driver,
-his face covered with blood, which ran over it from a wound on his head.
-He was mad clear through, and swore vengeance on the Rebs, when he got
-at them again. In the wagon, lying on his back, was another who was
-groaning terribly, but so far as I could see was not likely to die from
-his wounds, for only a little finger was gone from one hand, which he
-tenderly held up with the other. I was glad to note he did not belong to
-the 128th. I ventured on and came upon Sergeant Bell of Company G
-standing beside the dead body of Colonel Cowles. Bell said the colonel
-was killed when the Rebs first opened on them, his uniform making him a
-marked man. Bell said he was near him when he fell and helped him to a
-sitting position, turning him about, as he said he wanted to die facing
-the enemy. Captain Keese of Company C was also near when the colonel was
-hit and was directed to take command. Several others lay around where
-they had fallen. Venturing on I came to the magnolia grove in which the
-Slaughter mansion stood. Company B was here, in support of a section of
-the Indiana Mule Battery. Having nothing to do but defend the battery,
-if an attempt was made to capture it, they were lying close to the
-ground behind the big trees. The battery was shelling the Rebs, and the
-Rebs were shelling the battery, and the shot or shells had furrowed the
-ground. The boys said Philip Allen and Sergeant Kniffin were both badly
-wounded, and had been taken off the field. Riley Burdick, our orderly
-sergeant, was missing, as were several others. I could see nothing of
-the rebel works for the smoke, but the noise was deafening. As it might
-be an all-night job, I decided to go back and try and get something for
-them to eat. I got back as fast as I could and with the cooks started
-with a big kettle of coffee and some hard-tack. We kept in the edge of
-the woods to a point nearest the company and at right angles to the line
-of fire and then I scuttled across with the coffee. After passing it
-around I returned for the hard-tack, and was giving them out when a
-shell came through, hitting the ground and throwing dirt all over us.
-Soon another one came, hitting a big tree a glancing blow, and went on
-into the woods beyond. The sergeant of the battery said he could see the
-flash and would sing out, which would give me time to fall before the
-shell got there, and I legged it for all I was worth. About halfway
-across he yelled, and I tried to fall, but before I hit the ground the
-thing was beyond me. In fact it didn't come very near me. I was going at
-right angles to the line of fire, and might have known they couldn't see
-me for the smoke, and would not waste a big shell on one man. The
-musket firing was on lower ground and nearer the breastworks, but I only
-knew by the popping of the rifles and what the boys told me, for the
-smoke hid everything. We got back just in time to see the doctors fix up
-a shattered shin bone for General Sherman. He lay on a stretcher and was
-talking constantly, though the doctors said he knew nothing and felt
-nothing. From the hole in his leg, something bigger than a bullet had
-gone through it. They pulled out the loose pieces of bone with pincers,
-taking hold and yanking at every end that showed. Then they ran their
-fingers in and felt for more. Finally they stuffed it full of cotton to
-stop the blood and then bound it up with long strips of muslin. The
-firing grew less and less, but the wounded came faster and faster.
-Colonel Cowles' body was sent under a guard to the landing, on its way
-to New Orleans, where it will be made ready to send home. Sergeant Bell
-went with it, taking his sword, watch, and other personal effects, also
-his dying message, "Tell my mother I died with my face to the enemy."
-General Dow, our brigadier, was shot in the foot and taken to the house
-right by us. George Story is detailed for his bodyguard. One of the boys
-said the Rebs began at the wrong end of the general. The dead soldiers
-were left where they fell. After we got settled down and the excitement
-began to wear off the question of something to eat came up. The boys on
-duty at the front would be hungry by morning, and we wondered if we
-couldn't find something more filling than hard-tack. John Pitcher had
-found out that not far away some Irish potatoes were growing and big
-enough to eat; also that directly behind the house where General Dow was
-nursing his foot was a yard with a high board fence around it, with two
-bloodhounds on guard inside, and that along one side of it was a bench
-upon which were several hives of bees, and that a gate or door in the
-fence opened out, and only a little way from the end of the bench. We
-got a rope from the quartermaster sergeant and set out. The potatoes
-were easy--simply had to crawl into the patch and dig with our fingers
-until our haversacks were full. The bees, however, were not so easy on
-account of the dogs. As they had barked pretty much all the time since
-we landed in the neighborhood, no one came from the house to see about
-it. We found they would follow on their side of the fence wherever we
-went on ours. John then went along the fence, and the dogs followed,
-leaving me at the gate. When they were at the farthest side, I opened
-the gate and having made a slipnoose in the rope, I had just time to
-slip it over the nearest beehive and get out before they were there. I
-kept still and soon John had them on his side of the yard again, when by
-quick work I yanked the hive through the gate and closed it before they
-got to me. The hive had landed on its top, and the bees and honey, were
-all smashed together. But enough of them could crawl to make it lively
-for us before we got the mixture into a mess pan. We were stung several
-times before we got home, but we got there and all hands had a feast of
-hard-tack and honey. We had no way to strain the bees out, so we spread
-bees and honey on the hard-tack and then picked the bees off as well as
-we could. As it was, I got a stinger in my tongue, which soon began to
-swell. It kept on until I was afraid I would need a doctor and in that
-way give the whole thing away. But it finally stopped and by morning I
-was all right again. This brings us up to this morning, May 29th.
-
-
-_May 30, 1863._
-
-The big guns' firing began early. The detail from Company B was relieved
-and all evidences of honey and potatoes were soon out of sight. General
-Dow sent out to know who had stolen the honey, but no one knew anything
-about it. Philip Allen died during the night. The wounded were carted
-off on their way to some hospital. Sergeant Kniffin was badly wounded in
-the head, and it is doubtful if he lives.
-
-About 8 A. M. an agreement was made to stop fighting until 2 P. M., so
-the dead can be picked up and buried.
-
-Orderly Burdick's body was found and some others who had been reported
-missing. The Rebs say Captain Gifford is a prisoner in Port Hudson. We
-were glad to know he is alive and well, for we will get him when we get
-the place. Lieutenant Colonel Smith came up from the city and took
-command. He called the regiment together in the woods and made a little
-speech, some of which was good and some of which seemed uncalled for. He
-said he had been told that some of the men hid behind trees and stumps,
-and, turning to the officers said, "If you catch any of them doing that
-again, shoot them down." Then he added, "I have also been told that some
-of the officers hid themselves in that same way," and, turning to the
-men, said, "If you catch them doing that again, shoot them down." That
-evened up matters, so we gave him a good hearty "hurrah." Then he said,
-"Heretofore guards have been posted to keep you from running off, but
-that won't happen while I command. You can go where you want to, but God
-help you if you are not here when I want you."
-
-The 128th was stationed in the edge of the woods facing the rebel works,
-to support the Indiana Battery, which had been scattered along in the
-bushes. There being no smoke I was able to get a better understanding of
-the lay of land than yesterday. The grove that stood about the Slaughter
-house is directly in our front, where the ground begins to slope towards
-the rebel breastwork, and that accounts for the shells hitting the
-ground where we were yesterday, and then going high over our
-sleeping-quarters. The breastwork looks like a big pile of dirt. In
-shape it is most like the letter U, with the curved end towards us and
-running up hill each way from us, so that the ground inside is plainly
-in sight for some distance. There is great activity there as well as on
-our side, and I suppose both are taking advantage of the lull in firing
-to get in the best position when it begins again.
-
-By asking questions, and by keeping my eyes open I have learned that for
-miles in front of the fortifications the Rebels were scattered before we
-came. They had rifle pits, which are nothing but ditches, deep enough so
-that the ditch and the dirt thrown from it will hide a man when standing
-up. They also had mud forts, which are like the rifle pits, only wider,
-and had big guns in them, intending to whip us before we got near the
-main works. Our advance had some sharp fighting to drive them out of
-these and into the main fortification, where they were before I saw the
-place. That accounts for the wounded men that were sent back before we
-left Springfield Landing.
-
-
-_May 30, 1863._
-
-The Rebs shelled our quarters at night and we were ordered back to our
-old sleeping ground. Bill Snyder and I had such a good place behind a
-big tree that we staid there and slept sound all night, although a big
-chunk of bark was knocked off the tree in the night, and our gunners
-kept up a steady fire all night long. This shows that my reputation as a
-sound sleeper has not suffered. About 8 o'clock our guns dismounted the
-rebel gun that has been our greatest pest, and have twice since that
-knocked it down just as they had it almost in position. We have nothing
-to do but lay here and swap yarns with the battery men. From all I can
-learn, some one has made a big blunder, and a great many lives and a
-great deal of expense to Uncle Sam is directly chargeable to it. It
-appears a general assault all along the line was planned to come off
-early on the morning of the 27th. General Weitzel on the right began the
-charge on time, and the Rebels massed all their forces against him. When
-they had nicely disposed of him, the left under General Augur went in
-and they, too, were cut up and driven back. The center, under General
-Sherman, about the middle of the afternoon went in and took their
-medicine. This plan of attack allowed the Rebs to shift from one point
-to another, and whip us by detail. What would have happened if we had
-all charged at the same time none of us know for sure, but we all think
-Port Hudson would now be ours. Reports say the 128th lost two officers
-and twenty men killed, and the whole army about 300 killed and 1500
-wounded. It doesn't seem possible that so much lead and iron could have
-been fired at us and so few men killed and wounded. The mules and horses
-killed were left where they fell. The stench is awful, and seems to be
-getting worse all the time. Great birds, as big as hen turkeys, are
-tearing them to pieces; turkey buzzards, they call them, and in fact
-they look just like turkeys at a little distance. They are not afraid of
-us, but keep coming and going, quarreling among themselves over the
-choice bits. General Dwight now commands Sherman's division, and Colonel
-Clark, of the Sixth Michigan, takes General Dow's place in our brigade.
-The Sixth Michigan and the 128th New York have been so much together
-that we have come to be like one big family and are fast friends.
-
-
-_May 31, 1863._
-
-_Sunday, p. m._ This morning a foraging party, made up of a squad from
-each company, went outside, on Port Hudson Plains, a beautiful country,
-to try for some fresh meat. I managed to get on the detail from Company
-B. We had the quartermaster's wagon to bring in what we might find. We
-soon got separated, and each detail going its own way, that from Company
-B were lucky enough to come upon and shoot down a two-year-old heifer.
-We dressed the animal and strung the hindquarters on a pole and started
-back, leaving a man to watch the rest until the wagon came around. We
-lugged the beef home and it was soon being cooked, some of it in the
-kettles and some on the ends of ramrods stuck in the fire. After we were
-full we began to feel generous, and invited in our friends until only
-the bones were left. We sent some in to General Dow, and asked Colonel
-Smith and the other officers to have some. Nobody refused, not even
-General Dow, who is so dead set against foraging. About noon the wagon
-came in and the whole regiment had a feast. I never tasted anything so
-good as that chunk of beef roasted in the fire. This does not reflect on
-your cooking, mother. You never let me get so hungry as Uncle Sam has.
-No doubt you would make it taste even better than it did. I did not know
-I was so hungry until I began to eat. It tasted so good I was actually
-sorry when I could eat no more. There are lots of things I have not
-written about, and now that my crop is full, and there is nothing else
-to do, I will try and catch up. In the first place, I must say that this
-region is headquarters for snakes. I don't suppose there is a spot on
-earth where there are so many snakes to the acre as right here. We have
-cleared them off from our near neighborhood, but go in any direction on
-ground that is not occupied and there they are. The most common is the
-moccasin; two kinds, one with a white mouth, called cottonmouth
-moccasins and said to be poisonous. The other looks just like our water
-snakes at home. Black snakes and king snakes come next, the latter the
-nearest to handsome of any snake I ever saw. They are of a
-pepper-and-salt color, and grow large, those I have seen being between
-five and six feet long and large in proportion. They are said to be
-deadly enemies to all other snakes and that they kill and eat any of the
-other kinds.
-
-Several rattlesnakes have been killed, but I have only seen one. That
-was lying across a path we had made through the weeds, and I came near
-stepping on it. Just as one foot was coming down I saw him, and managed
-someway to jump clear over him from the one foot that was on the ground.
-I have tried to make such a jump since, but cannot go half so high or so
-far as I did then. I hunted up a club and hit him across the back, when
-I first found out that some rascal had killed him, cut off his tail and
-then placed him across the path to scare some other fellow. I left him
-there to scare someone else. Then all over and everywhere are a sort of
-lizard that they call chameleons. They change color, taking on the shade
-of anything they are on. They are as spry as squirrels, and seem to
-enjoy running over us when we lie down and then darting up a tree, or
-off through the bushes. There are some mosquitoes, but they are not
-nearly so plenty or so bloodthirsty as in other places we have been. The
-meanest thing is a small black bug, just like what we call at home
-snapping bugs. Their delight is to crawl in someone's ear when asleep.
-We sleep with cotton in our ears every night. They make a man raving
-crazy. The doctors pour oil in first, and then syringe them out. Nearly
-every night there is a bug case. The woods are full of squirrels. I have
-seen black squirrels, gray squirrels and a fox squirrel, all in sight at
-one time. The blacks and grays are very common. The one fox squirrel I
-saw was about as big as a half-grown cat. The blacks are between our red
-squirrels and grays for size. Blackberries, the high bush kind, are ripe
-here now and are plenty, but we have to go farther and farther to get
-them, on account of there being so many pickers. There are plenty of
-magnolia trees right here in the woods about us. They are in bloom now,
-though the blossoms are so high up we can get none. After a shower the
-scent is so strong as to be sickening. The trees are like our large
-forest trees. The leaves are long but not very wide, are a sort of brown
-on the under side, but the deepest dark green on top. We have some hard
-thunderstorms. The loudest thunder crashes and the sharpest lightning
-flashes I ever saw. Lying in the woods as we do, it is strange none of
-the trees are struck or that nobody is killed. We are soaked to the skin
-on an average once every day. Sometimes several times in one day and
-night. We have only the clothes on our backs, so we make no changes. If
-the sun shines we sometimes wring out and hang on a bush for a while.
-But it is so warm we don't mind it. Some have blankets. Everyone is
-supposed to have one, but many got lost, mine among the number. I don't
-much care, for now I don't have to lug it about. Wet or dry we take no
-cold. We are tough as grain-fed horses and in fact we sometimes have to
-endure what a horse could not. God is good to us, otherwise we could not
-live and thrive as we do.
-
-_Night._ A new style of a fighting machine has just gone from here, on
-its way to the right wing. There were two light carriages, upon each of
-which were mounted twenty-four rifle barrels, all made to be loaded and
-fired by one operation of a lever. Good-bye Johnnies when they get at
-you. It is too dark to write more.
-
-
-_June 1, 1863._
-
-_Monday._ The artillery keeps up an irregular firing, and now and then
-the Rebs reply. Major Bostwick and the negro troops are busy every night
-digging rifle pits, and to-day there is what looks like a fort, which
-must have been built in the night, and from which there is firing
-to-day. We hear to-day General Sherman has died of his wounds.
-
-One or two of Company B are on the sick list. I wish they would hurry up
-and do something, for the more there is going on, the better we all
-feel.
-
-
-_June 2, 1863._
-
-_Tuesday._ Another day of doing nothing. A man got up this morning and
-found a big king snake had crawled up close to his back for warmth, and
-was fast asleep yet when the man got up. Once this would have made a
-commotion in camp, but little was thought of it, and Mr. Snake was
-scared off into the bushes to look up and breakfast on some other snake.
-
-
-_June 3, 1863._
-
-_Wednesday._ The artillery kept firing all night, and the mortar fleet,
-which is said to be right opposite us, also sent shell after shell over
-into the works. The Rebs got real careless too, and fired right at our
-sleeping quarters. They seem to have a better range on us than ever
-before. I got behind my tree and went to sleep again. One of Company G
-was hit and badly hurt, and it is said a man farther down the line had
-both legs shot off.
-
-
-_June 4, 1863._
-
-_Thursday._ Last night we had another serenade. No one was hurt so far
-as I can find out. The regiment was routed out again and moved back to
-the other side of the woods, on account of the shot and shell which have
-a way of coming right at us lately. I stuck to my big tree, for although
-it has been hit two or three times, nothing can ever go through it. The
-day has passed like the others lately, with nothing to do but loaf
-about. Two deserters came out of the woods across the field in our
-front. They say there is but little in Port Hudson to eat, and a great
-many there to eat it, and that they will eat themselves out soon, even
-if not another gun is fired.
-
-
-_June 5, 1863._
-
-_Friday._ The mail went out to-day and I sent a letter, also my diary up
-to this time. The Rebs have done all the shooting to-day. Why our side
-don't answer I don't know. I expect something is going on, maybe getting
-up a surprise party. I hope it may surprise the enemy worse than the
-other did. Deserters came out again this morning. They sneak out during
-the night and hide in the bushes until daylight and then come in. They
-are first fed and then sent to the landing, and I suppose to some prison
-down the river. They all tell the same story, that Port Hudson must soon
-surrender on account of fodder giving out. The Rebs have been shooting a
-new kind of shot at us to-day. I got hold of one that held together and
-will describe it. There are six iron plates about a half inch thick,
-with a small hole in the middle and a row of larger holes about halfway
-from the center to the outside. In these larger holes are cast iron
-balls, held in place between the plates by the larger holes, and the
-whole thing held together by a rod through the center holes. The plates
-are round and fit the bore of the gun. They make a different and much
-louder noise going through the air than anything else that has come our
-way. But like the others, they do little more than trim the trees about
-us. Colonel Smith thinks the cook-fires show through the trees, and give
-them our range, so he has ordered them back out of sight.
-
-
-_June 6, 1863._
-
-_Saturday._ Nothing more than usual has happened to-day, but it is plain
-to see that preparations are being made for a move of some sort.
-Artillery, infantry and cavalry are constantly on the move. Officers are
-riding helter-skelter in every direction, and everything and everybody
-seems to be busy but ourselves. So long as the battery is not attacked
-we have only to look on. If that should happen, my diary might read
-different, if it read at all. We lie here doing nothing but eat, sleep
-and guess what is going on. Whatever it is, is kept mighty secret, for
-we have ways of finding out most everything but what the next move will
-be. Some firing to-day, but not as much as for the past few days.
-
-
-_June 7, 1863._
-
-_Sunday._ Lieutenant Pierce has gone off sick. This leaves Sergeant
-Hummiston in command of Company B. He is a good fellow and no doubt will
-give a good account of himself. The day has been a busy one. Just as if
-the final preparations for some great move were being made. We all
-expect it to-morrow. Now while I have a chance I must tell how a snake
-scared me to-day. Some of the boys told of great big blackberries about
-a mile out, and we went for them. They were even bigger than we were
-told, and we ate all we could, and put some in our haversacks for the
-rest. An old rail fence ran into the bushes, which were thick for a rod
-or more on each side. We walked the fence, holding onto the bushes, and
-picking as we went. I happened to be the farthest in, and seeing some
-that looked even better than any we had yet found, I kept crawling along
-on the rickety old fence until I was out of sight from the rest. Just as
-I was going to quit, I saw such a big bunch that I could not resist
-getting them. The bush was high above me and I could only reach a leaf
-by which I gently pulled it down until I got a better hold, and almost
-had the berries within reach when a great big black head and neck raised
-up and looked right at me. If my eyes did not magnify, the head was as
-big as my fist, and such part of the neck as I saw was as big as my
-wrist. I had only my bare hands to fight with, and was at a terrible
-disadvantage on the top of that shaky old fence, with no place to jump
-off for a long ways. I was scared nearly out of my senses. I let the
-bush go back in the same careful manner in which I had pulled it down,
-and then made my way out as fast as I could go, which by the way seemed
-awfully slow to me. What the snake did, or what became of him, I don't
-know. I saw the last of him as the bush came between us. I made the
-mistake of telling how big the snake was. The boys were ready to believe
-I had seen one, for they said my looks showed I had seen something, but
-when I told its size they rolled on the ground and laughed. The idea of
-such a thing as I described lying on the top of a blackberry bush was
-too much for them. I don't know what he lay on nor do I care. All I know
-is that he was there. What held him up was of no consequence to me. He
-was the biggest snake I ever saw by all odds, and I don't yet think I
-stretched the story at all. But the boys added to it every time they
-told it. It is going about with all the variations they can think of. It
-is the first real good one they have had on me, so let them go it. If
-the expected battle comes off to-morrow it is time to go to bed, so
-here goes.
-
-
-_June 8, 1863._
-
-_Monday._ No more signs of a battle than there have been for a week
-back. I may as well finish up my snake story, for there is nothing else
-in the air. The wind-up was the most exciting part of it. I dreamed
-about it as soon as I was asleep. Many of us have bush houses to sleep
-in. Bill Snyder and I were partners in one. We had set up poles against
-our big tree, and covered them with weeds and bushes, leaving a hole on
-one side to crawl in. I crawled in first and was soon asleep. Just as
-Bill was crawling in, the snake, which I had seen coming for me for
-hours, it seemed to me, made a jump and landed on me. I jumped, and at
-the same time gave a yell that aroused the whole regiment, and the boys
-say was heard on the picket lines. I went clear over Snyder, who
-grabbed, and got hold of me just as I was diving into the bushes
-outside. The first I knew I was being shaken so my teeth rattled. It was
-some time before we got settled down again. The snake let me alone after
-that. The boys say the snake did come, and it was to pay me for lying so
-about him. The Rebs made a move last night farther to the left, and came
-outside their works in quite a body. After a short but rather sharp
-skirmish they went back and staid there. The mail has come and I had six
-letters and three papers. Good news from home, or at least no bad news.
-Am glad enough to hear from them and to know they are well. One letter
-was from John, and from its tone he is well and feeling fine. The 150th
-is still in Baltimore.
-
-
-_June 9, 1863._
-
-_Tuesday._ All quiet yet. Now and then a shell comes out of the rebel
-works, I suppose to let us know they are still there. We are waiting for
-the signal to go at them. Things have settled down, as if the troops
-were all in position. I went down along the left wing to-day, but could
-see nothing but soldiers. There are enough here to take Port Hudson, if
-numbers can do it, and why it isn't done none of us can imagine.
-
-
-_June 10, 1863._
-
-_Wednesday._ There has been considerable firing along the lines both to
-the right and left of us. From all I can find out, we, on the center,
-are the nearest to the rebel works of any, and our batteries are able to
-keep them inside. Both to the right and left there seems to be a strip
-of disputed ground, occupied by both sides, who are entrenched in rifle
-pits, which each side keeps pushing forward, and it is the fighting over
-these that we hear most every night. Last night they fired on our
-position for a while, and at one time they came so fast my bedfellow
-left me and went back with the regiment. But my old tree had not failed
-me yet, and I was not going back on it, so I staid and slept like a baby
-through what, by the looks of the trees and limbs, was quite a sharp
-cannonading.
-
-
-_June 11, 1863._
-
-_Thursday._ About three this morning one of the hardest showers we have
-had broke right over us, and we were nearly drowned. So much water ran
-down the tree that I thought I was going to be washed away. So I crawled
-out and found that by standing up I did not catch half as much water as
-when lying down. But a little more or less made no difference, for I was
-soaked as wet as water could make me. The lightning was something awful
-and the thunder beat even the bombardment on the day of the fight. The
-lightning lit up the woods in great shape, and between flashes it was
-blackness itself. As soon as it was over and daylight came, we stripped
-and wrung the water out of our clothes, after which we had some hot
-coffee, which made it all right again. The batteries kept up their
-five-minute firing just as if the sun shone, and about the usual number
-of replies were made by the Johnnies.
-
-A detail from Company B and another from Company H had a wrangle over a
-spring where the Rebs had been getting water in the night. One of
-Company H was badly wounded. Deserters come out every morning, and all
-tell the same story, that Port Hudson is ours just as soon as we are a
-mind to go and take it.
-
-A Wisconsin regiment marched past our quarters to-day going towards the
-left. Next the colors was a man with a pole like a flagstaff, on the top
-of which was a board about three feet square. The board was set on a
-slant and the staff appeared to run through it for a foot or so, and
-ended up with a short crosspiece, upon which sat a live eagle. He looked
-like a hawk, only larger. He had a chain on one leg, the other end of
-which was fast to his perch. Sometimes he would rise as high as the
-chain would allow, and fly along, no faster than the man walked. I
-quizzed one of the men, who said the eagle was given the regiment before
-it left home and that they had kept it with them ever since. That a man
-was detailed to carry and care for it, who had nothing else to do. There
-is something mysterious going to happen soon. Loads and loads of cotton
-bales are being piled up to the left of our position, and hundreds of
-picks and shovels and axes are stacked up near the cotton. I guess they
-are going to bury it.
-
-
-_June 12, 1863._
-
-_Friday._ A detail from our regiment was called out during the night,
-and this morning the mystery about the cotton is solved. They met other
-details near the cotton bales, and they rolled them out to within about
-twenty rods of the breastworks, and piled them up in fort shape. Then
-with picks and shovels they piled the dirt against them, others filling
-bags with dirt and piling them up where directed, and as directed. A
-"bomb proof" they call it. It is large enough to hold two or three
-regiments. These were marched in and it is up to them to hold the fort
-until night comes again, when guns are to be planted there. The Rebels
-did not know a thing of it until this morning, and then they banged away
-at it for a while, until our guns from above and below took their
-attention. The men kept there are safe enough from the Rebs, but the sun
-will roast them. There isn't a particle of shade, and the sun is a hot
-one in the middle of the day. It is reported that another cotton fort
-was built up on the right, in the same way.
-
-One of our men got hit on the arm by another fellow's pick, otherwise no
-one was hurt. Deserters who came out this morning say there is great
-activity in Port Hudson these days, though food for man and beast is
-very scarce. It has been an unlucky day for Company B. One man shot his
-finger off and another cut off his big toe cutting wood for the cooks.
-The toeless man went to the hospital, but his toe has been going around
-from one to another and turning up in the most unexpected places. Just
-before night we were called together, and an order from General Banks'
-headquarters read to us. In effect it said that the 128th New York
-Volunteers had so far performed their duties in such a manner as to give
-great satisfaction to the commanding general. That in the immediate
-future their duties would be still more hard and dangerous. That any
-member of it whose conduct in the past and in the future entitled him to
-promotion should receive it. It then went on to say that any violation
-of orders would call down speedy vengeance on our heads. That looks as
-if something was going to be done, and the 128th would have a hand in
-it.
-
-
-_June 13, 1863._
-
-_Saturday._ The cotton fort, as we call it, was finished during the
-night. We were left alone, for a wonder. When the big guns were being
-mounted the Rebs made quite a time about it, firing every gun they could
-bring to bear on it. Also at the right, as well as farther to our left,
-there was heavy firing. It seems as if we are pretty well fixed for it
-in case another try is made. Much better than before. Besides, they have
-lost a great many men by desertion since then. Have just learned that
-two men and a horse were killed on our front, and that on our right
-there was a real stubborn fight over the gun planting.
-
-_P. M._ About 10 o'clock a terrific fire from our new and old batteries
-began and lasted for an hour. So far as I could see not a rebel gun was
-fired in reply. The 128th was then given a taste of the dangerous duty
-spoken of in the order last night. They were marched out in front of the
-enemy and went through several evolutions like a battalion-drill, the
-object being to draw the enemy's fire so our gunners could get their
-range. But it didn't work, for not a gun was fired at them, and they
-came back with the fife and drum playing a quickstep.
-
-_Later._ A white flag is waving over the cotton fort. What it can mean
-none of us know.
-
-_Later still._ It is said General Banks by way of the white flag has
-notified the Rebs to get all their women and children and non-combatants
-out of the way, as he intends advancing on their works to-morrow.
-
-
-_June 14, 1863._
-
-_Sunday._ The noisiest kind of a sermon is being preached here to-day.
-It has been a busy day. We served rations at 3 o'clock this morning and
-have orders to be ready for a change in position at any minute. That has
-kept us picked up and waiting, but up to this time, 9 A. M., have had no
-other orders. The 128th and the Twenty-sixth Connecticut went off in the
-direction of Springfield Landing. The firing seems to be all along the
-line. The Rebs must have more guns than we thought, for they are talking
-back at a great rate.
-
-_11 a. m._ Walter Orr has just come in with a thumb shot off. He says
-they went but a little way towards the landing before they came to a
-road leading to the left, and they went into action as skirmishers about
-a mile from here, through bushes and over rough ground. The rebel
-skirmish line lay hid in the bushes until our line was almost on them,
-and then rose up and fired right in their faces. Walt is the only one
-hurt on our side, so far as he knows.
-
-
-_June 15, 1863._
-
-_Monday._ As I heard no more about a move, and as the regiment did not
-show up, I set out to look them up. I got the best direction I could
-from Orr and went and went, and kept going, inquiring all the time for
-the 128th New York. No one seemed to know. The troops were all
-strangers. I could not even find our brigade. Darkness came and I was
-completely lost. The firing had about stopped, and men lay everywhere,
-some dead and the rest sleeping. I don't know what time it was when I
-gave up the search, but all at once I found myself completely tired out.
-I was following a path, and not daring to lay down in it, I crawled
-under a bush near it and in a minute was sleeping as sound as the rest.
-When I awoke this morning the sun was shining. I lay still trying to get
-my wits to working again, and the first I remember was a great buzzing
-of flies behind me. I mistrusted a dead soldier was close by and upon
-getting up found two, a captain and a lieutenant, that had been laid
-there to keep them from being run over in the night. There was only a
-little picket shooting going on, everything else was resting up after
-the hard work of the day before. About 10 A. M. I found the 128th way
-down towards the river, and within musket shot of the rebel works. Walt
-Orr's thumb was the only loss to Company B, but several were wounded in
-the other companies. As this was to be our permanent quarters I hurried
-back to get the commissary stores ready to move.
-
-
-_June 16, 1863._
-
-_Tuesday._ In our new quarters on the field, I had just got back
-yesterday, and had a drink of coffee, when the adjutant rode up with
-orders to pack up, as the wagons would soon be there. I was so near
-played out that I gave the order and then went to sleep. Everything was
-loaded and ready for a start before I woke up, and we reached here in
-time for supper. When I get rested and slept out I will tell what sort
-of a place we are in, and how we got here.
-
-
-_June 17, 1863._
-
-_Wednesday._ We were nearly drowned again last night. One of the
-showers, such as only this place can get up, came down on us just as we
-dozing off. Every hollow became a puddle before the fellows sleeping in
-it could get out. The best thing about these downpours is, we don't have
-to dread them. We are soaking wet before we know it. Then they only last
-a short time, and the weather being hot we are not chilled. We stand
-around and growl for a while and then settle down and are soon asleep
-again.
-
-I have been to the river and had a swim, also washed out my clothes. We
-are near neighbors with the enemy now. Directly opposite us is their
-water battery, so called because it is near the river. Just beyond us,
-to the right, the ground is about covered with rifle pits belonging to
-both sides, and near enough together to talk across. Both sides are
-resting up I guess, for there is next to no firing to-day. A strip of
-road just beyond us, and where we had to go over when we came here, is
-open to the enemy's fire and they made us scratch yesterday. They are
-bad marksmen, for so far they have hit no one. The men crossing this
-open space are the only ones they have tried to shoot.
-
-_Night._ An order--they call everything an order here--has just been
-read, calling for 1,000 volunteers to go into Port Hudson, or die in the
-attempt. A "_Forlorn Hope_," it is called. I believe it must be a joke.
-If the whole 19th Army Corps together can't get in, how can a thousand
-men expect to do it? The order congratulates the troops on their good
-behavior, and the steady advance they have made on the enemy's works. We
-are at all points upon the enemy's threshold. "One more advance and they
-are ours." Then it calls upon the bold men of the corps to organize a
-storming party of a thousand men, to vindicate the Flag of our Union,
-and the memory of the defenders who have already fallen. Officers who
-lead the column shall be promoted, and the men composing the storming
-party shall each have a medal, and have their names put on the roll of
-honor. That is the substance of the order, which has raised the greatest
-sort of a commotion among us.
-
-_Later._ Although we have until morning to decide, Company B has made up
-its mind not to try for the medals. We don't believe one thousand men
-can hope to do what all the thousands of the 19th Army Corps have twice
-failed to do. I wish General Banks and his army of advisers could have
-been at our conference, for we spoke our minds no matter who it hit.
-From the best evidence possible to get, viz., the deserters that daily
-come out, General Banks has at least ten men to the enemy's one. We
-could swarm over the breastworks on some dark night and bring every man
-in Port Hudson back with us. We wouldn't send them word to get ready,
-and have their guns pointed at us before we started, neither would we
-allow the cannon to bellow the news of our coming for an hour or two
-beforehand. This was done on May 27, and of the last attempt word was
-sent in by a flag of truce the day before. Companies G and E are of the
-same mind as Company B, so if any go from the 128th it must be from the
-other companies.
-
-
-_June 18, 1863._
-
-_Thursday._ Another squad of deserters came in this morning. I suppose
-they come in on other parts of the line just the same. This must weaken
-the enemy faster than our fighting has done. They all tell of hard times
-and short rations. The weather is hot, and a horrible stench comes from
-the dead horses and mules, which the buzzards are tearing to pieces.
-There is scarcely any firing between the sharpshooters. The lines here
-are so close the men talk with each other, and have agreed to warn each
-other when the officers come around. At other times it is more like
-visiting than anything else. It is terribly hot in the rifle pits. I
-made the rounds to-day, and had a chat with a middle-aged Johnnie. He
-said we were not at all like they had been told, and there were some who
-believed we had horns on our heads, and had feet like cattle. Now that
-they know better they don't want to fight us, and will only do so when
-obliged to. Three men were sunstruck while in the trenches to-day.
-
-
-_June 19, 1863._
-
-_Friday._ Three more men knocked out to-day. One sunstruck and two
-wounded. The Rebs have men posted way back inside the works, with rifles
-having telescope sights, and it is these that do the mischief, rather
-than those in the rifle pits. Now that we are warned of these fellows,
-we must look sharp, and maybe then get a clip. This explains how a
-couple of balls whistled past me yesterday when no sound of a gun was
-heard.
-
-
-_June 20, 1863._
-
-_Saturday._ One of Company B, while poking about yesterday, had the good
-luck to shoot a cow, and last night he came in dragging as much of it as
-he could. So we have had another fill up and the world seems well with
-us now. I went for another swim in the river, and gave my clothes
-another washing. My one shirt has shrunk so I can hardly get into it.
-Not a button is left on it. The wristbands only come a little below my
-elbows, and the bottom only just reaches to my trousers. I have no way
-to tell how I look, but the others are about as black as the negro
-troops, and I suppose I must be ditto. The rifle pits are being extended
-and the Rebs are shoving theirs just as fast, each keeping about the
-same distance from the other. No shooting is done, a sort of agreement
-having been made not to fire on each other until another assault is made
-along the whole line.
-
-
-_June 21, 1863._
-
-_Sunday._ My diary says to-day is Sunday. If I have kept my reckoning
-right it is, but nothing else hints at its being the day set apart for
-rest. Directly in front of our sleeping quarters is a high knob or hill,
-and directly back of that is the water battery on ground just as high
-and only separated from it by a V-shaped hollow between. There are men
-making a road up that knob, and I think it is going to be fortified. The
-storming party is said to be full, and are to report at General Banks'
-headquarters to-night. It is said thirty-five go from the 128th. If all
-the regiments send a like number there will be several thousand instead
-of one, as was called for. Nearly half from this regiment are from
-Company C. Company A is next, with nine, and the rest are from the other
-companies, except B, G, and E, which send none. They go way up to the
-right of the line, but where they will make the attempt is not told, if
-it is known. Captain Keese goes in command of the squad from the 128th,
-and with sixteen from his own Company C, nine from Company A, three from
-Company D, one from Company F, two from Company H, three from Company I,
-and two from Company K, making thirty-six in all, making a big showing
-from our regiment. We bid them good-bye, for some of them, and perhaps
-all, have gone on their last march. There are men left who have proved
-themselves just as brave as these have ever done. We don't all see it
-alike, that's all. We feel as if we had had a big funeral in the family,
-and are a sober set to-night.
-
-
-_June 22, 1863._
-
-_Monday._ Another drenching shower last night made our night miserable,
-though the sun soon dried us off this morning. A foraging party was sent
-out for fresh beef to-day, and came in minus one man, who it is supposed
-was picked up by guerrillas. Parties of them are said to be hovering
-about outside of our lines. The Rebs asked our pickets to-day when that
-thousand men was to come and get them. They would not tell how they knew
-of it, but perhaps General Banks has sent them word, as he has done of
-every move yet. No doubt the exact time and place will be told them by
-some one. I am more glad than ever now, that none of Company B went. The
-general opinion is now that the boys that have volunteered have been
-sacrificed, and that if the thing was to be tried over again, few, if
-any, would stir a step.
-
-All quiet to-day except now and then a gun just to keep up appearances.
-
-
-_June 23, 1863._
-
-_Tuesday._ Another detail for foragers to-day. I made out to get on this
-time. The quartermaster's team goes to bring in the beef or mutton or
-whatever it is we may get.
-
-
-_June 24, 1863._
-
-_Wednesday._ It is only by pure good luck that I am in my usual place of
-abode to-day, and able to write in my diary of yesterday's foraging
-expedition. A detail of three from each company set out with a four-mule
-team. We went until about opposite our old quarters, on the center, and
-then turned towards Port Hudson Plain. We divided up into squads, Smith
-Darling, the drummer boy, and myself of Company B making one, and each
-hunting on our own hook. If firing was heard, it would indicate a kill,
-and the wagon was to come for the game. We found cattle, but they were
-wild, and very soon the Company B squad found itself alone and out of
-sight or hearing of the others. Along in the afternoon we started to
-find our way back to camp and soon after came upon and shot a
-two-year-old steer. We fired our guns several times and then went to
-work and dressed the animal as well as we could with only our knives. We
-got the backbone apart and strung the hindquarters on a stake. Giving
-the drummer the liver and tongue, we started, hoping the wagon would
-pick us up on its way back. The country seemed new to us and we soon
-made up our minds we were lost, as likely to be going away from Port
-Hudson as towards it. Just about sundown we came in sight of a house,
-and before we got to it saw General Dow and George Story ride up. They
-dismounted, and the General went into the house, leaving George to put
-up the horses. George had pulled the saddle from his horse when we came
-up and hailed him. He was as glad to see us as we were to see him. He
-said the General was stopping there and his foot was getting well fast.
-He told us to take a path through the bushes and we would soon come to a
-negro shanty, where he thought we could trade some beef for an old mule
-the darkey had and so get the rest of the meat into camp. Just then we
-heard the clank of sabres coming, and fearing it might be some hungry
-cavalry squad who would want us to divide, we got into the bushes as
-fast as we could. We were just nicely hidden when they dashed up. We
-heard them talking with Story and soon after heard them ride on down the
-road in the direction from which we had come. Why the general left the
-good quarters inside the lines for this out-of-the-way place is a query
-we don't understand. We soon reached a clearing and were able to trade a
-chunk of beef for an old gray mule. It was then dark, but with
-directions from the darkey we were able to strike the road to camp.
-Smith rode the mule with the beef strung across in front, and the
-drummer and I followed on with the liver and tongue. When we were within
-a couple of miles of home a shower came upon us and soon soaked us
-through. The thunder and lightning was something awful, but except for
-the lightning I don't know how we would have kept the road. We reached
-camp at 10 o'clock, wet, tired and hungry enough to eat raw beef. The
-team with the rest of the foraging party had got in about dark, and
-until we came in, it was supposed some wandering squad of rebel cavalry
-had bagged us. Altogether we had a sufficient supply of beef to last us
-for some days.
-
-
-_June 25, 1863._
-
-_Thursday._ We have been listening and expecting to hear the beginning
-of the third attempt to take Port Hudson by storm. But the day has
-passed without any great excitement. Five deserters came in this
-morning, and said there was others that would come if they were sure of
-good, fair treatment. They had agreed upon a signal, which was to be a
-green bush fastened upon the end of an old building close by. If the
-bush was put up it would mean they were well treated, otherwise they
-were to say nothing about the signal, and it would be a warning to their
-comrades to stay where they are.
-
-A letter from Jane to-day. They have just heard where we are, and are
-very anxious. The newspapers have Banks' army all cut to pieces.
-
-
-_June 26, 1863._
-
-_Friday._ Lieutenant Pierce is half sick yet, and ought not to be here.
-He wished this morning he had some blackberries, so three of us got
-permission to go for some. So many pickers have cleaned them up, so we
-found only a few here and there. We went a long way out, and made a
-thorough search. A shower overtook us and gave us a fine washing. Just
-after noon we heard the ball open again. It seemed to be all along the
-line from right to left. One said it was General Banks' notice to the
-Rebs to get ready to whip him again. We hurried back with what berries
-we had. The shot and shells were flying both ways. Company B was out on
-the skirmish line, and did not get in until morning. The firing stopped
-about dark, and so far as I can find out no one has been killed or
-wounded.
-
-
-_June 27, 1863._
-
-_Saturday._ Too many blackberries yesterday have made me sick to-day. I
-certainly feel slim. I don't care who has Port Hudson; I don't want it.
-I wouldn't turn my hand over for the whole Confederacy.
-
-_Later._ Am feeling better, but don't hanker after blackberries yet.
-Company B turned up four men short but they came in later. They got so
-close they had to crawl on their bellies for a long ways before they
-dare stand up.
-
-
-_June 28, 1863._
-
-_Sunday._ Am all right again. To-day has been a busy one. A big gun, the
-biggest I ever saw, "Old Abe" it is called, was dragged here last night
-and got up on the point opposite the Rebels' water battery. To-day the
-gun has been got into position. Being so near, and having so little to
-do, I put in the day with them, helping in any way I could. The fort is
-made of cotton bales, backed up by bags of earth too thick to be shot
-through. When all was ready it was most sundown. A limb with thick
-leaves hung over one side, and under this I got to see what happened.
-When "Old Abe" finally did speak, the shell went into the ground way
-under the rebel gun, and after what seemed a long time exploded. The
-whole thing went up in the air, and when the dust settled, the muzzle of
-the gun lay sticking over the bank, pointed up toward the moon. So
-ended the famous "water battery" that we have heard so much about.
-"Billy Wilson's" Zouave regiment, our left-hand neighbor, then came up
-the ravine dragging a long rope they had got from the gunboats, and
-slipped it over the muzzle of the gun, intending to drag it over. But
-they couldn't budge it, and finally gave it up. Next they came back with
-hand grenades which they fired and tossed over. They had cut the fuses
-too long and they had no more than landed on the other side when the
-Rebs threw them back. That made the red legs skedaddle, and all that
-saved them was the fact that in coming up they had come on a slant,
-while the grenades rolled directly down. As it was, a piece hit a
-drummer boy, and he lies here on the ground apparently breathing his
-last. The top of his head has a large piece chipped off. There has been
-a good deal of powder burned to-day. What has been done besides tearing
-up the water battery I don't know. To-night the mortar boats have been
-throwing shells into the works. They pass directly over us. We are so
-near, the report is almost stunning. The fuse is cut long enough to last
-until they drop. I hope none of them may go off while over our quarters.
-
-
-_June 29, 1863._
-
-_Monday._ The Rebs shelled our quarters last night, and kept us huddled
-in the ravine until some were asleep. The weather grows hotter every
-day. Many give out in the rifle pits, though they contrive every way to
-get in the shade of something.
-
-
-_June 30, 1863._
-
-_Tuesday._ Last night the Zouaves made another try to get the guns from
-the water battery. Two of them came back on stretchers, and the guns are
-still there. A man was killed to-day while lying on the ground right
-among us. He was resting his head on one hand, when a shell burst and a
-piece as large as my hand came down and passed through his shoulder and
-so on through his body, coming out near his hip. He merely sank down and
-did not stir. An order has just come from General Dwight for every man
-to sleep with his accoutrements on, ready to move at a minute's notice.
-
-
-_July 1, 1863._
-
-_Wednesday._ Nothing happened at our house last night, although we were
-ready for visitors or to go visiting at the shortest possible notice. It
-is reported that a part of the Sixth Michigan got into the water battery
-last night and brought out a rebel captain with them, and without loss
-on their part. The enemy are reported gathering in our rear. They
-captured General Dow and George Story yesterday. We are sorry about
-George, but no one feels very sorry about the general. A man from the
-right says General Banks made a speech to the storming party last night,
-and promised them that Port Hudson would be taken inside of the next
-three days.
-
-
-_July 2, 1863._
-
-_Thursday._ Last night the shot and shells flew thicker than at any
-time. The Rebs seem to be getting madder all the time. I got my closest
-call, too. I was sitting on a plank laid across the ravine when a shell
-burst in front of me. I don't know how I knew, but I did know a hunk of
-it was coming straight for me, and I dove off into the weeds just as it
-struck and tore up the ground behind me. It must have gone within an
-inch or less of the plank, and right where I sat. It is reported that
-General Dow and Story were recaptured last night by our cavalry. We hope
-for Story's sake it is true. An orderly rode in a few minutes ago with
-an order for troops, saying the Rebels had attacked Springfield Landing.
-The Zouaves and the 162d New York have started, and probably others from
-farther up the line. All our stores of supplies are there. The Essex
-has up with her anchor and gone down there and if there is any fighting
-we shall hear it soon. If our supplies are captured we will have to
-fight on empty stomachs or be captured ourselves. How the Rebs would
-laugh at us if such a thing should happen, and who could blame them!
-
-
-_July 3, 1863._
-
-_Friday._ It was only a scare. The troops came back before midnight. A
-guerrilla squad attacked a wagon train and were fought off by the
-guards. But it gave us something new to think and to talk about at any
-rate. If General Banks hoists the stars and stripes in Port Hudson
-to-morrow, he will probably begin getting ready to-day. No doubt for
-some of us it will be our last celebration. Who will be taken and who
-will be left none of us know, and what a blessed thing it is we don't!
-Now we can each think it will be the other fellow. We have never had any
-great love for our head surgeon, Dr. Cole, and to-night we hate him more
-than ever. Yesterday Corporal Blunt of Company K went to him for an
-excuse from duty, as he was sick. He told him he was able for duty and
-he went back into the rifle pit and died. How we wish it had been the
-doctor instead. Just at night a pair of oxen were discovered in the
-bushes near by and Smith Darling and I were sent out to capture them. We
-got near enough for a shot without being discovered, and each got his ox
-at the first shot. The mules came and dragged them out where they are
-handy and to-morrow we expect a beef stew. The officers will have
-beefsteak, of course, but we are not particular about the part so long
-as we get some. Three of the Zouaves, who were captured during the fight
-on May 27, made their escape and came in to-night. They had got into the
-river and swam down, coming in as naked as they were born, and almost
-starved.
-
-
-_July 4, 1863._
-
-_Saturday._ Company K lost another man by sickness to-day. There are a
-good many sick. The health of the 128th has, up to a very recent time,
-been good. We have had hard usage but seemed to thrive under it until
-this terrible hot weather came on. Two of Company B go to the hospital
-to-day, and several others are grunting. Out of the eleven hundred we
-set out with we have only three hundred and fifty now, and the other
-regiments can tell the same sort of a story, and some of them even a
-worse one.
-
-Being a sort of jack-at-all-trades, I help out in any way I can, for so
-many being laid off, makes double duty for some others. I have been
-filling out the last two months' pay and muster rolls to-day and that
-gives me a chance to know about my own company and regiment. So far as
-we know, General Banks did not take Port Hudson to-day. If I were he I
-wouldn't set any more dates. It has been a very quiet Fourth of July.
-Have heard a bigger noise at the "City" many a time.
-
-
-_July 5, 1863._
-
-_Sunday._ Something wrong with the pay rolls, and I have been all day
-trying to find out what it is.
-
-Captain Gifford, of Company A, who was captured when the Slaughter
-buildings were burned, came in to-day. He escaped last night, swimming
-the river and getting here about naked. He says from all he was able to
-discover, the bulk of the enemy's forces are in front of us, here on the
-left. Where is that storming party? Somewhere on the right, I suppose,
-unwinding red tape. I'll bet, if every officer in Banks' army, and
-General Banks with them, was tied up in a bag and dumped in the river,
-the privates could take Port Hudson in the next twenty-four hours.
-
-
-_July 6, 1863._
-
-_Monday._ Another hitch in the pay rolls, though made out as they always
-have been since I had anything to do with them. The figures are right,
-but the form is not. This time they are according to the new form and I
-suppose will stay put. The Rebs are getting real saucy again. They have
-taken to shooting at the men who carry rations to the men in the rifle
-pits. Last night a darkey was carrying a kettle of coffee to Company E
-and a ball struck the rim of the kettle, knocking one side against the
-other, and also knocking down the darkey and spilling the coffee all
-over him. Narrow escapes are an everyday occurrence. To-day a man took
-off his hat to scratch his head. That brought the hat up in sight and a
-rebel bullet went through his fingers, crippling his hand. Four men died
-from sunstroke to-day. The weather is very warm though we have no way to
-tell just how warm.
-
-
-_July 7, 1863._
-
-_Tuesday._ Hip, hip, hurrah! Vicksburg has surrendered. The news has
-just reached us, although the place surrendered on Saturday at 10
-o'clock. The gunboats got the news some way. The first thing was three
-cheers from the men, and then three broadside salutes. Next, we have
-shouted ourselves hoarse, and the news is passing along up the line to
-the extreme right. The Rebs sent out a flag, to know what ailed us, and
-were told the joyful news. Someway they didn't seem as glad as we are.
-
-_Afternoon._ Our regiment and the Sixth Michigan have got marching
-orders. I wonder what is up now.
-
-_Later._ The Rebs have again threatened Springfield Landing and the
-128th New York, the Sixth Michigan, and the Gray Horse Battery have gone
-off on the double quick. We hear that 27,000 men and over 200 guns were
-surrendered at Vicksburg. There is no doubt about it now. Details are
-coming in all the time, and a whole lot of powder has been burned
-celebrating. The Rebs on our front seem as glad as we, for they know
-Port Hudson must surrender or be smashed between the forces of Banks and
-Grant. The detail sent out towards Springfield Landing has come in and
-reports the trouble all got along with. They didn't fire a gun. We are
-happy to-night, about as happy as if Port Hudson was ours. In fact it is
-ours, for they must give up now or catch it from front and rear at the
-same time.
-
-
-_July 8, 1863._
-
-_Wednesday._ A flag of truce came out this morning, and after a short
-council went back. We don't know what it means, but can guess it is the
-beginning of the end of the siege of Port Hudson.
-
-_Later._ The flag was to ask for twenty-four hours cessation of
-hostilities, looking to a surrender. A few hours were given them to
-think it over, and we put in the time comparing notes with the Johnnies
-on our front. They are hard up for tobacco, and for bread. They have
-plenty of corn meal and molasses, but very little else. I have given
-away and swapped off everything eatable I have, and am going to make a
-johnny-cake, for a change. The meal is as much of a treat for us as our
-hard-tack is for them.
-
-_Afternoon._ Port Hudson has surrendered and possession is to be given
-at once. The story goes that only a few regiments will go in with the
-staff officers to receive the surrender. We are so in hopes our regiment
-will be one of that few. I am dying with curiosity to know what the
-ceremony of a surrender is like, and I also want to see what the inside
-of Port Hudson is like. The outside I know all I care to know of, but to
-go away and not see or know how the place looks after the banging it has
-had, is too bad. But there is no use thinking about it. Some higher
-power will decide, and we have only to put up with it.
-
-
-_July 9, 1863._
-
-_Thursday._ In Port Hudson. Just as I was wondering what regiments would
-be taken in to receive the surrender, and was worrying for fear ours
-would not be one, the order came to pack up and go. We marched up to
-General Augur's headquarters, and slept in the road last night. There
-was a drizzling rain most all night, but this morning was bright and we
-soon dried off.
-
-We marched on towards the right until we came to a road that entered the
-fort, but which did not show signs of recent usage. Here we formed in
-the order we were to go in, the storming party at the head, then came
-the 116th and 75th New York, and then the 128th New York. After us were
-several regiments, about six I think, for I have seen members of that
-many regiments here to-day. At eight o'clock we marched in, and I should
-say went three-quarters of a mile, when we found the Rebs in line. We
-marched along their front and halted, faced to the left, and stood
-facing each other, some twenty feet apart. Both lines were at "order
-arms." The officers held a short confab, and then took their respective
-places, as if on parade. Our regiment was directly opposite "Miles'
-Legion," or what is left of it. The commanding general then gave the
-order, "ground arms." This was repeated by the company commanders, and
-then for the first time I felt sorry for the brave fellows. If their
-cause is not just, they have been true to it, and it must be like death
-itself for a brave fighter to lay his arms down before his enemy.
-However, I did not see any signs of tears. A detail was made to collect
-and take care of the guns and ammunition, and the order came from both
-sides to break ranks. In a twinkling we were together. I met the man I
-had the corn meal from, and we put in some time together. The Rebs are
-mostly large, fine-looking men. They are about as hard up for clothes as
-we are. What clothing they have on is gray, while ours is what has been
-a sickly blue, but is now nearly the color of the ground on which we
-have slept so long. Some of them are glad the fight is over, and others
-are sorry, at least that is the way they talk. They are asking all sorts
-of questions about the thousand men who were to storm their works. They
-think it the biggest kind of a joke. They have known all along much more
-about what went on outside than we did about the inside. Their scouts
-have been right among us, wearing the clothes of those they captured on
-May 27. The officers, without an exception, appear like gentlemen, in
-spite of the ragged clothes they wear. They have treated the prisoners
-as well as they could, giving them the same sort of food they ate
-themselves. Provisions are very scarce, and the men say they have had no
-meat but mule beef for some time. A whole wagon train loaded with
-provisions has come in and they eat as if famished. There are acres of
-fresh-looking graves, showing that they have suffered as well as we.
-They say, however, that few have been killed, considering the many
-efforts made to kill them, but there has been a great deal of sickness,
-which has caused the greatest destruction among them. There are about
-500 in the hospital, sick and wounded together. They have suffered for
-medicines. The wounded had to be operated on without chloroform, and
-many died while being operated on.
-
-The rebel soldiers are to be paroled, but what will be done with the
-officers I have not learned. Some of the men say they will fight again
-as soon as they have a chance, and others say they have had enough. The
-majority of them that I have talked with feel that their cause will
-finally lose, and they are for ending it now. There is a large space
-covered with barrels of sugar and molasses and there is quite a quantity
-of corn left. They have a curious mill for grinding the corn. A
-locomotive stands on the track with the drivers jacked up clear from the
-track. On the driver is a belt which turns a small mill and it looks as
-if it would grind a grist as quick as any other mill. I have been
-hunting about the place all day, and have seen many curiosities, or at
-least things strange to me. The earth is honeycombed with cellars and
-tunnels where the men hid themselves from our shot and shells. Along the
-bluff facing the river are several savage-looking guns, made of logs,
-smoothed off and painted so as to look exactly like cannon. The real
-guns were all needed for use against the besieging army. We are looking
-for a good night's sleep to-night. The guns that have made our nights so
-miserable are all under guard. Things are settling down for the night
-and I must stop writing. I have written every minute I could get and the
-half is not told yet. If all goes well I will try again to-morrow.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IX
-
-Donaldsonville, La.
-
- Leaving Port Hudson--Stop at Baton Rouge--At Donaldsonville--Living
- on the fat of the land--How sugar is made--Hickory
- Landing--Plaquemine--Baton Rouge.
-
-
-_July 10, 1863._
-
-PORT HUDSON, LA. _Friday._ The rebel troops are going off by the
-boat-load. Guards have been placed over the sugar and molasses, also the
-corn. As fast as the paroles can be made out the men are going to their
-homes. They each swear they will not fight again until regularly
-exchanged. One of the Rebs has showed me how to make johnny-cake. I have
-made several, and while they don't taste like mother's used to, they are
-really very good. One fellow, after filling up on it, said "What's the
-use of women anyway? We cook our own victuals, wash and mend our own
-clothes, make up our own beds--and what more could women do?" All the
-same there is one woman I would awfully like to see, and I flatter
-myself that same woman would like to see me.
-
-We were surprised yesterday at the small number of small arms
-surrendered, and wondered how they were able to stand us off so long
-with them. To-day the secret has come out. The best arms were buried in
-the ground and many of the newly-made graves in the graveyard contained
-rifles instead of dead Rebels. I don't know how they were discovered,
-but have been told that so many newly-made graves excited the suspicion
-of a Yankee officer and he began prodding into them and struck iron.
-
-
-_July 11, 1863._
-
-_Saturday._ We have marching orders. It is said we go to Baton Rouge as
-escort for the Vermont Gray Horse Battery. That means we will have to
-take a horse's gait, and it is said to be twenty-five miles. We have
-been swimming in the river and washing our clothes and are that much
-better off anyhow. We have filled up on corn bread, and are waiting for
-further orders. Our regiment seems to be the only one that is going, at
-least we are the only one getting ready. I hope my clothes will get dry
-before we start, for it is hard getting around in them now. I am almost
-ashamed to say it, but we are lousy with all the rest. There are always
-some who don't care for them and they always have them. When we get a
-change of clothing, I'll bury or burn my old ones. We hope we are on the
-way to Camp Parapet, where our tents and knapsacks are. Baton Rouge is
-in that direction and that is the only good thing we have in sight.
-
-
-_July 12, 1863._
-
-BATON ROUGE, LA. _Sunday._ Here at last and about tired out. We left
-Port Hudson about dark and were all night and until noon to-day getting
-here. Many of the men gave out and slept by the side of the road. I
-suppose they will be coming in all the afternoon. Some of them were
-skylarking around Port Hudson and did not get any supper. We were all
-hungry as bears when we got here, and my clean suit, that I felt so
-proud of, shows no signs of its recent washing. It had not got dry and
-the dust we picked up seemed to all settle on and stick to me. However,
-we have had a feed and I have shook out the most of the dirt I brought
-with me. We hear good news from down the river, that 5,000 Rebs were
-captured at Donaldsonville. The boys that were wounded at Port Hudson
-May 27 are here, and except those in the general hospital at New
-Orleans, the company is together again. This is the capital of
-Louisiana, and like most all southern cities, is built up of low wooden
-buildings although there are houses of all patterns, sizes and shapes.
-The streets are narrow and dirty, and the citizens mostly speak French
-among themselves. Negroes are everywhere, little and big, some jet black
-and some almost white. As we may have to stay here, I won't run down the
-place or the people any more. We are already settling down for the
-night, and hope for an all-night's sleep.
-
-
-_July 13, 1863._
-
-_Monday._ Nothing has happened to-day worth writing about. We slept
-soundly all night, and late this morning. Some have gone at it again and
-act as if they would sleep all day. We have been strained up so long, it
-begins to tell on the toughest. I had my sick spell last winter and
-spring, and since that I have been one of the toughest. Have not been
-off duty a minute since I left the hospital and I can't think of another
-man in the company that can say that. But then my duties have been light
-as compared with theirs. Upon looking over my diary I find I did not
-mention a talk we had with the prisoners at Port Hudson. We were telling
-each other our adventures, when one of them asked what regiment it was
-that came out to draw their fire on June 13. When told it was the 128th
-New York, they allowed it was the "doggondest" piece of impudence they
-ever saw. They told how they begged to fire on us and were not allowed
-to do it. The rebel officers knew what it was done for and had rather
-let us go than expose their position. I can't help thinking it was a
-good thing for us they didn't shoot, but we told them they couldn't hit
-the side of a barn, say nothing of so small a mark as a man. The firing
-they did do comes pretty near proving that we told them the truth.
-
-
-_July 14, 1863._
-
-_Tuesday._ All kinds of stories are afloat concerning the fight at
-Donaldsonville. Some say our folks got the worst of it and some say the
-Rebs did. Between the two we are in the dark as to what was done. A
-great many of the men are on the sick list. There seems to be a sort of
-letting down all around. I begin to think active duty is the best for us
-after all. I got hold of some boards to-day and have put them up to
-sleep under, and to sit under. It is great, for it lets the breeze blow
-through and at the same time keeps off the dew at night and the sun by
-day. The boys are all getting fixed up, but they put their boards on the
-ground and make fun of my overhead shelter.
-
-
-_July 15, 1863._
-
-_Wednesday._ Marching orders again. Donaldsonville is our destination.
-They have undertaken a job down there without consulting the 128th New
-York and consequently have got into trouble, which we have got to go and
-fix up.
-
-Dr. Andrus joined the regiment this morning and we cheered most as loud
-as when Port Hudson surrendered. Dr. Cole came soon after and was
-received in silence. We have not forgotten Corporal Blunt yet. He is a
-murderer, pure and simple. How he can hold his head as high as he does,
-I don't see. I hope he will get what he deserves some day, but such
-people seldom do. I saw a New York paper to-day. It was full of the
-fight at Gettysburg. From all I can make of it our forces got the worst
-of it in the first day's fight, but as it was still going on when the
-paper was printed the scale may have turned. I suppose the 150th was in
-it, and I shall want to see another paper to know how it ended, and if
-John was hurt.
-
-_4 p. m._ On board the steamer St. Charles. We expect to make
-Donaldsonville by eight to-night. The sail down the river is glorious.
-Whatever comes when we reach our destination, we are having a regular
-picnic now. Going with the current, the boat cuts the water like a
-knife. There is too much to look at and to enjoy for me to waste the
-time writing, so good-bye till to-morrow.
-
-
-_July 16, 1863._
-
-DONALDSONVILLE, LA. _Thursday._ We landed here about midnight last
-night. A heavy shower overtook us on the way and wet us to the skin,
-consequently what sleep we had was on wet ground and in wet clothes.
-This has been a very pretty place. The levee hides it from view from the
-river, but the place and the country around it is beautiful. It has been
-fortified, and when the gunboats fought their way up the river a year
-ago they were obliged to mar its beauty somewhat. There is a sugar mill
-near by with lots of sugar and molasses in it. The best thing is an
-immense cornfield right beside us, and the corn is just right to roast
-or boil. It is the southern variety, great big stalks, with great big
-ears on, and we can get a mouthful at every bite. There are a lot of
-troops here--I should think at least 10,000. Just what we are here for
-none of us have yet found out. The colored population is all I have yet
-seen. I visited the sugar mill and from an old darkey learned all about
-making sugar and molasses. There is a long shed, and under it is an
-endless chain arrangement upon which the sugar cane is laid as it comes
-in carts from the field. This carries the cane into the mill, where it
-passes between heavy iron rollers, which squeeze the cane so dry that it
-is used for fuel under the boilers that furnish steam to drive the
-rollers. The juice runs into a big copper kettle, where it is boiled
-awhile and then dipped into another and so on, until when it comes from
-the last it is run into what I should call a cellar under the sugar
-house. This is made tight in some way, probably with cement, and in it
-the sugar settles to the bottom. I was told that the bottom of this
-cellar slopes from the sides towards the center, so that the sugar
-settles in the center. Over this cellar is a floor that slopes from the
-sides to the center just as the cellar bottom does. The getting of the
-sugar into hogsheads is the next operation. Hogsheads are placed on the
-sloping floor, with one head open. Holes are bored in the lower head and
-into these sugar canes are stuck before any sugar is put in. They have
-immense great hoes, with long handles, and with these the men dig up the
-sugar and dump it into the open-ended hogshead. The molasses drains out
-through the holes in the bottom and runs back into the cellar, "vat," he
-called it. The men are all barefoot, and when I asked him if they washed
-their feet before beginning work, he said the molasses did that just as
-well as water. The hogsheads are left as long as any molasses drains
-out, when they are headed up and are ready for market. The molasses is
-scooped up with long-handled scoops and the barrels filled, any waste
-there may be running back into the vat.
-
-It is said we are here to attract the attention of the Rebs until Grant
-can get in their rear, and so force them to a fair field fight. A New
-York paper has been going the rounds until it is worn out. When I got it
-I made out that General Lee got the worst of it at Gettysburg, and that
-he himself was wounded. Also that his line of retreat is cut off. Good
-enough, if true, and I hope it is. But General Lee ought to pattern
-after some officers I know and keep out of danger, when danger is near.
-After the danger is past then he can come out and shout as loud as any.
-
-
-_July 17, 1863._
-
-_Friday._ Nothing new to-day, unless it be a new pair of government
-pants which I was lucky enough to get, and which I very much needed. A
-good swim in the river, and the new pants have made me feel like new.
-The body of a man floating in the river was pulled out here and buried
-to-day. He had no clothing on and it is not known whether he was a
-native or a northern soldier. We are a lazy set here. We eat corn and
-sleep and that leaves very little to write about.
-
-
-_July 18, 1863._
-
-_Saturday._ The weather continues hot. What would we do if our old
-friend, the Mississippi, should dry up? We wash in it, swim in it, drink
-from it, and boil our dinners in it. To-day I borrowed a washtub from a
-native and washed my clothes. I had soap and I gave them the first good
-one they ever had. My shirt is more like a necklace than a shirt. I
-hardly know myself to-night. We have been cutting each other's hair. One
-of the boys borrowed a pair of shears and I guess they will wear them
-out. The best thing though was a fine-tooth comb, which has been in
-constant use to-day. That too was borrowed. I am ashamed to tell it, but
-when I got the comb I pulled out five lice from my hair the first grab.
-Strange as it may seem, I got no more, and now that my hair is cut close
-to my scalp the most careful search does not show any signs of others. I
-guess they must have been having a picnic in some favorite grove and all
-got caught at one haul. Body lice we don't care for. We just boil our
-clothes and that's the end of them. Their feeding time is when we are
-still for a while, but at the first move they all let go and grab fast
-to our clothing. But the head lice are more difficult to deal with
-unless it be the kind that I had, which all attend one church and at the
-same time.
-
-
-_July 19, 1863._
-
-_Sunday._ Mail came to-day. We have dodged about so lately the mail
-could not find us. I got two. All well at home. I dread to hear, for
-fear I will hear father or mother are sick, and yet I am all the time
-hoping to get a letter. Some stamps too. If I only had some place to
-keep them. I must hurry up and write to every one while they last. How
-different a letter from home makes the world seem. Dear ones, how good
-you are to me and what a debt I shall owe you when this is all over
-with! We are expecting our pay every day. Some of the troops have
-theirs, and our turn will come. We get all sorts of news from the North.
-First a victory, and then a defeat. We are sure of two places, Vicksburg
-and Port Hudson, and we have almost forgotten them. A great many are
-sick. I am sick myself of corn and have gone back to hard-tack. I wish
-we might go back to Camp Parapet, or else our things be sent us. A
-letter from Walt Loucks says he expects a discharge. Several have been
-discharged on account of disability. From his letter though he is in
-good spirits and says he will come up and see me before he goes home.
-Poor Walt, he has seen the hard side of soldiering, and I hope he will
-be sent home.
-
-
-_July 22, 1863._
-
-_Wednesday._ Sunday, Monday and Tuesday all passed without a thing
-happening worth recording. Except the regular detail for guard duty
-there has been little going on except sleeping and eating. It seems as
-if I would never get sleep enough, now that there is no excitement to
-keep me awake.
-
-_P. M._ Have just received a Pine Plains paper which says John Van
-Alstyne was killed at the Gettysburg fight. Dear me, what will father
-and mother do now? George Wilson of the same company and regiment is
-reported wounded. I have seen another paper giving the list of killed
-and wounded in the regiment and John's name was not in the list. On this
-peg I hang my hopes of a contradiction of this sad piece of news, and
-shall feel very anxious until I know the truth. John Thorn, who deserted
-before we left Hudson, reached us to-day. He says he gave himself up,
-but more likely some one gave him up, as they ought to. He has missed
-some hard knocks, and some fun, but he will get his share of each from
-this on.
-
-
-_July 23, 1863._
-
-_Tuesday._ Have written four letters to-day. At first I thought I was
-going to join the sick squad, but writing the letters has cured me. A
-great many are sick; quite a number from each company attend sick call
-every morning. Dr. Andrus and I play some desperate games of checkers
-these days. I shall try hard to keep out of his hands otherwise, for if
-I should get down now our folks would have me to worry about, and if the
-news about John be true, they have plenty of trouble now. The man Thorn
-has been transferred to Company F. I am glad of it. Company B has no
-room for him.
-
-New Orleans paper dated 18th says General Lee is not yet out of danger
-from General Meade. How I hope the next paper from the North will tell
-of the capture of his whole army.
-
-I have got mixed up on time some way and find this is Saturday, July 26.
-I have let my diary go for some days. For one reason, there was only the
-usual routine of camp life to write of, and another reason is I have
-been too lazy. I just lay around and rest, or play checkers with the
-doctor. We have showers most every day, and are either getting wet, or
-getting dry again nearly all the time. We have a great deal of what
-farmers call catching weather. The sun shines clear and bright, and the
-next thing you know down comes the rain in torrents. The only good thing
-about it is that it is warm. Our old sutler, John Pulver, has come back
-and set up his tent. His stock is mostly gingerbread and plug tobacco,
-with some currant wine and live cheese for a change. He trusts everybody
-and his stock will soon vanish. But pay day will come, and his debtors
-will have to settle whether it takes all or only a part of their pay.
-Some of the troops have already been paid, but Major Vedder, who pays
-the New York troops, has not yet put in an appearance.
-
-Major Bostwick came down from Port Hudson to-day to settle up his
-accounts with Company B. He stays in camp to-night and is then going to
-New Orleans. His regiment has remained at Port Hudson since the
-surrender, doing guard duty.
-
-
-_July 26, 1863._
-
-_Sunday._ Went to church to-day. It was a Catholic church and the sermon
-was in Latin, so I don't know whether he prayed for or against us. There
-were a great many Sisters of Charity there. In fact they are everywhere.
-Black and white people were all mixed up and so far as I could see were
-all treated alike. I was ashamed of my clothes, but they were my best,
-and none of them could say more than that.
-
-We drew a ration of flour to-day and had quite a time making pancakes.
-Lieutenant Pierce took supper with us. I mixed up the stuff and Mitchel
-did the baking. I got some saleratus for I remembered mother used that,
-but I did not remember that she also used salt, so I didn't think of it.
-They didn't look much like mother's, and when we came to eat them they
-didn't taste much like them. But it was a change, and that is something
-we are always glad to get.
-
-Our tents have just overtaken us, and we sleep under cover to-night for
-the first time since we left Camp Parapet.
-
-
-_July 27, 1863._
-
-_Monday._ We have been put in the Third Brigade, in the Fourth Division,
-under Emory. There seems to be a regular reorganization going on. I
-suppose things are being arranged for another campaign. The darkeys had
-a dance in the road last night. I had gone to bed, but there was so much
-noise I got up and went to the ball. They had no music, but one of them
-patted his hands on his leg, at the same time stamping his foot, and it
-answered every purpose. Half the regiment was there looking on and there
-was lots of fun. They were in dead earnest too, and there are some
-right down good dancers among them. The dignity of it all, and their
-extreme politeness to the ladies, would shame some white dances I have
-attended.
-
-A New Orleans paper says General Lee has got safely back into Virginia.
-We hoped for a different report from that. But there is no such thing as
-suiting both sides in this business. It also tells of a riot in New York
-City on account of the draft. Here comes the mail man, so good-bye.
-
-_Later._ I have a letter from Jane and have read it. John is dead,
-killed at the first fire that came his way. The 150th marched thirty-six
-miles to get there, and were put right in as soon as they reached the
-field. Poor John! I'll bet he was in the front ranks, for he always was
-in anything he undertook. He was instantly killed. To know he did not
-suffer as some have to, is a great relief. I had hoped the Pine Plains
-_Herald_ report was not true, but I can hope no longer. I feel so for
-father and mother. I must write them oftener now, for they will feel
-more than ever anxious to hear from me. Jane says they are brave, but I
-know that sort of bravery cuts like a knife. Colonel Ketcham wrote them
-a nice letter, telling what a good soldier John had been, and how he
-sympathized with them in losing him. I suppose his body can sometime be
-brought home, that is, if it can be identified. If many were killed they
-were probably tumbled into a long ditch together, for that is the way it
-is usually done.
-
-Through rebel sources we hear General Dow is in Libby Prison. Also that
-Charleston is taken. Also that Lee, with his army, is safe in Virginia.
-How I wish I knew more about the Gettysburg fight. How it came about,
-and how it came out. How Lee and his army came to be in Pennsylvania.
-Why he was allowed to go so far north without a move being made to stop
-him. For all we know or can find out, he dropped right down from the
-clouds, and then our forces were gathered about him, some of them from
-long distances, and were just able to drive him back into Virginia.
-
-
-_July 30, 1863._
-
-_Thursday._ Tuesday and Wednesday I spent writing letters, that is, all
-the time I could get. The heat is something awful. It is almost as bad
-in the shade as right out in the sun. The only comfortable place is in
-the river. Several have given out and if it continues many more will do
-so. We have signed the pay rolls for March and April, and hope to get
-the money to-day or to-morrow. If we do I am going to eat something off
-the top of a table, if it takes the whole two months' pay. The story is
-we are to go back to Baton Rouge, but what for, or when, has not yet
-been told.
-
-
-_July 31, 1863._
-
-_Friday._ Pay day. As I was at the quartermaster's this morning, drawing
-rations, I was sent for to fall in for pay. If there is anything good to
-eat in this town I am going to fill up. Seems to me I never had such a
-dislike for army fare as has lately come upon me.
-
-
-_August 1, 1863._
-
-_Saturday._ A year ago to-day I cradled rye for Theron Wilson, and I
-remember we had chicken pie for dinner with home-made beer to wash it
-down. To-day I have hard-tack, with coffee for a wash-down. Have I ever
-described a hard-tack to you? If not I will try, but I am doubtful of
-being able to make anyone who has not used them understand what they
-are. In size they are about like a common soda cracker, and in thickness
-about like two of them. Except for the thickness they look very much
-alike. But there the resemblance ends. The cracker eats easy, almost
-melts in the mouth, while the hard-tack is harder and tougher than so
-much wood. I don't know what the word "tack" means, but the "hard" I
-have long understood. We soak them in our coffee and in that way get off
-the outside. It takes a long time to soak one through, but repeated
-soakings and repeated gnawing finally uses them up. Very often they are
-mouldy, and most always wormy. We knock them together and jar out the
-worms, and the mould we cut or scrape off. Sometimes we soak them until
-soft and then fry them in pork grease, but generally we smash them up in
-pieces and grind away until either the teeth or the hard-tack gives up.
-I know now why Dr. Cole examined our teeth so carefully when we passed
-through the medical mill at Hudson. I tried some of the southern cooking
-to-day and am better contented with army fare than I have been for some
-time. Marching orders. Must get the commissary stores ready right away.
-Good-bye till next time.
-
-
-_August 2, 1863._
-
-_Sunday._ My twenty-fourth birthday. We left Donaldsonville about nine
-last night and marched up the river until midnight. We slept in the road
-until four this morning, when we started and marched at quick time till
-9 o'clock, when the men began to fall out with the heat, and we halted
-for the stragglers to come up. It is a very warm day, even for this
-country. The doctor is patching up those who gave out, and I see no
-signs of going any farther to-day.
-
-_P. M._ We have pitched what few tents we have with us, which means a
-stay of some length. There is a large plantation here, said to be owned
-by a man who has remained loyal to Uncle Sam, and from what I can learn
-we are to protect him from his rebellious neighbor. Big thing that, for
-the crack regiment of Sherman's division. I have been thinking of my
-last birthday, and remember that John Loucks and I went fishing on Long
-Pond, above Sharon.
-
-
-_August 3, 1863._
-
-_Monday._ We killed an ox this morning, and are full. The hide, horns,
-head, legs and every other part of that ox that we didn't divide up
-among the companies was seized upon by the darkies and is as completely
-gone as if it had never existed. A swarm of flies over the place where
-the tragedy took place is all there is left to tell of it.
-
-
-_August 5, 1863._
-
-_Wednesday._ The sick we left at Donaldsonville have been brought on,
-and I suppose the rest of the stuff will come sometime. Landon P. Rider
-of our company died last night, and we buried him in a little graveyard
-here. It is the first man we have laid away in such a place since we
-came south. It is a pretty little plot, and for his parents' sake I am
-glad we happened here at this time. Curtis L. Porter, whom we left sick
-at Baton Rouge, died on July 23. So we go! These last two men were among
-our toughest and best men. We gave Landon a military funeral, and it
-went off without a hitch, even if I did have charge of it. That was my
-job before I was sick at Camp Parapet, and since that this is the only
-time we have done anything more than dig a hole and put them in.
-
-
-_August 6, 1863._
-
-_Thursday._ We drew five days' rations to-day, the first time in most
-three months that we have drawn rations in bulk. Company savings
-commence to-day. (Note. I don't remember what this statement refers to.
-L. V. A.). This will add to the duties of commissary sergeants. Their
-accounts must agree with the regimental commissary, his with the brigade
-commissary, and so on through each department up to the quartermaster
-general. If errors are found it is safe to say they will come back to
-the company commissary, for he has no one below him to pass them along
-to.
-
-Walter Loucks came back to the regiment this morning. His discharge was
-not granted and he is greatly disappointed. He looks as if he had lived
-in the shade, he is so white. Our faces are so black it don't seem as if
-we would ever be called white again. Poor Walt, he has had the best of
-it lately, but he suffered enough last winter and spring to make up for
-it. Now he will have to take it with the rest of us and it will be hard
-on him for a while. The mail leaves to-day. I have four letters, and
-some money for father, to go.
-
-
-_August 7, 1863._
-
-_Friday._ We have moved our camp across the road to higher and dryer
-ground. We have the prettiest place for a camp we have yet had. We have
-a fine view of the river, up and down, for miles. The river falls every
-day, and grows narrow. I don't think the water is over three-quarters of
-a mile wide. The natives say it will not get much narrower, though it
-may get lower. It is about all channel now. It don't seem possible it
-could ever fill up to the levee. One gets some idea of the amount of
-water it sometimes carries by looking across it and imagining it full
-from levee to levee. As fast as the water falls, the mud dries up, and
-in a few days grass sprouts up, and so it is green almost to the water's
-edge. We have some glorious swims. The water is always muddy but it
-loosens up the dirt, which runs off with the water when we come out. The
-callouses on our hips show most as far as the man. They are a redder red
-than the rest of the body, and are about as wide as my hand and nearly
-twice as long. They show how hard have been the beds we have slept on.
-
-
-_August 10, 1863._
-
-_Monday._ Saturday was a wet one. A tremendous shower with thunder and
-lightning and high winds came up about noon, and swept everything before
-it. It blew over before night and left it cool and pleasant. It doesn't
-seem possible that dame Nature could change her face as she did in a few
-hours this afternoon.
-
-Sunday, yesterday morning, a boat landed about a half mile below us, and
-unloaded our camp equipage. There were about forty loads of it, and it
-kept us busy most all day. The things were all mixed up and we pulled
-and hauled the piles over as fast as they came, looking for our
-individual belongings. We put up all the tents that were needed. We
-don't need as many as we did once.
-
-Marching orders have come. Just as we have got settled down in the
-finest location we have yet had, we must pull up and leave for some
-other. It is too bad, but it is a part of the bargain and it does no
-good to complain. We are all torn up and ready to go when the word
-"march" is spoken. The quartermaster's teams have not returned from
-Donaldsonville, where they went for rations. The gunboat Essex has
-dropped anchor opposite us, also another gunboat which I cannot make
-out. A part of the regiment is on picket, and until they come in we
-shall probably remain as we are. Eph. Hammond and Will Haskins are quite
-sick in the hospital tent and quite a number are about half sick in the
-quarters.
-
-
-_August 11, 1863._
-
-HICKORY LANDING, LA. _Tuesday._ No move yet. We stuck up some tents in
-the night and crawled in. Fresh orders this morning are to keep one
-day's rations cooked ahead, and be ready to go at a moment's notice.
-Eph. Hammond is dreadful sick to-day. He is our acting orderly and one
-of the best fellows that ever lived.
-
-_Later._ Eph. is dead. Whatever it was that struck him it took him quick
-and nothing the doctor could do seemed to help him. Poor Eph., we shall
-miss him. He was a leading spirit in any deviltry that was going on, but
-was one of the sort that no one could find fault with. He was a general
-favorite. There are a dozen others that would not be missed as he will.
-John Pitcher, the same John who helped me get the honey at Port Hudson,
-was taken to the hospital to-day. We have just buried Hammond. I have
-marked some boards for his grave and Rider's, for it is possible they
-will be sent for. What hardened wretches we have become. The word came,
-"Eph. Hammond is dead, hurry up and make a box for him." He was one of
-the best-liked men in the regiment. Yet not a tear was shed, and before
-his body was cold he was buried in the ground. We will talk about him
-more or less for a day or two and then forget all about him. That is
-what less than a year has done to us. At that rate two years more and we
-will be murdering in cold blood. The day has been sultry hot, but for a
-wonder we have had no shower. Good-bye, before I get another chance to
-write we will be somewhere else.
-
-
-_August 12, 1863._
-
-_Wednesday._ What a poor prophet I am! We are here yet. So many are
-sick, the colonel has decided to wait for a transport to take us to
-Plaquemine, about twenty-five miles above here. The doctor says anything
-like a hard march would add greatly to the sick list. The plan just now
-is to wait until the heat of the day is over, and if no boat comes along
-to start and march by easy stages through the night, and then rest up
-to-morrow. Company B has but thirteen men now that are not sick or
-ailing.
-
-
-_August 13, 1863._
-
-PLAQUEMINE CITY, LA. _Thursday._ Twelve miles below Baton Rouge and on
-the opposite banks. Last night about five we were all packed up for a
-start on foot, and while in line waiting for the word to start, a boat
-came in sight and was hailed. She swung up against the bank and in less
-than an hour we were on board. The well ones took to the upper deck and
-had a delightful sail by moonlight. We reached here about 11 P. M. and
-had a good nap before our wagon train came in.
-
-We have laid out our camp near the river, where we get the breezes if
-any there are. The officers' tents are up and everything we possess is
-given over to us again, which leads us to think we may stay here for
-some time to come. We are too lazy to do more than loaf to-day, but
-to-morrow I mean to look about and see what Plaquemine City looks like.
-
-
-_August 14, 1863._
-
-PLAQUEMINE, LA. _Friday._ Plaquemine is quite a place, in spite of its
-name. There are several stores with quite a decent assortment but the
-prices are way out of reach. I was going to buy a paper of tobacco, such
-as we used to buy at home for a shilling, but when I found it was $1.50
-I decided to wait until our sutler got here and get it for half that. A
-fine large house which was furnished, but not occupied, has been taken
-for a hospital. Colonel Smith is acting brigadier general and
-quartermaster. Mace is acting brigade commissary. Several wrecks of
-steamers lie near the mouth of a bayou that enters the river here. I
-suppose they were destroyed by our folks last spring or else by the Rebs
-to keep them from being captured. The people are civil, but not real
-friendly. They do full as well as I could if the conditions were
-reversed.
-
-
-_August 15, 1863._
-
-_Saturday._ We have drawn five days' rations and are settling down for
-real living again. A general improvement in the sick shows already,
-probably on account of such good quarters. We hear to-day that Major
-Bostwick has been promoted and is now colonel of the Ninetieth United
-States Colored Infantry. I did not suppose there was more than half a
-dozen colored regiments in the field. Lieutenant Pierce has gone to Port
-Hudson to see him. All sorts of stories are afloat about it, and one is
-that Colonel B. will have the privilege of choosing his regimental staff
-from the 128th New York. The weather keeps hot and seems to get hotter.
-
-
-_August 16, 1863._
-
-_Sunday._ Whew, what a scorcher this has been! Not a breath of air
-stirring. The river is as smooth as glass. The reflection from it is
-almost blinding. Even the water in the river is hot. We have put in the
-day trying to keep cool. It's too hot to even write about it.
-
-
-_August 17, 1863._
-
-_Monday._ We got cooled off before the day was over, yesterday. A shower
-came up and a hard gale of wind with it. The rain soaked up the ground
-so the tent pins pulled out, and one after another our tents went down
-until only one was left that stuck and hung until a fellow crawled out
-and started one peg, and then that went. We had to lie on our tents to
-keep them from blowing away.
-
-A darkey caught a catfish to-day that weighed twenty pounds and one he
-called a buffalo fish that weighed ten pounds. We have spent a lot of
-good money for hooks and lines, but so far have not had a bite. I got
-fast to a log or something, and broke my hook. The weather is cloudy
-to-day, and there is every sign of a real rain storm.
-
-
-_August 18, 1863._
-
-_Tuesday._ It doesn't rain yet, but it looks as if it would every
-minute. The mud here is as slippery as grease. There is hardly a man
-among us that has not wiped up one or more places with his clothes.
-Never mind, we have plenty of water and plenty of time to wash up. A box
-that was sent Major Bostwick last June has just reached camp. It had
-found the major finally, and after taking out what was for him, he sent
-it to the regiment, for several were remembered in it. I had four pairs
-of socks, a shirt, a watch cord, some dried peaches and some preserved
-cherries. Also some paper and envelopes. Bless their hearts, how good
-they are to bother so much about us! I looked long at my bundle, and
-thought of the dear hands that had so carefully wrapped it up. I wish
-they could know how much I appreciate the gift, and how much more I
-appreciate the givers.
-
-_9 p. m._ Something is up. Companies C and H have been called out and
-the others have orders to be ready at a moment's notice, but to avoid
-all confusion and noise.
-
-
-_August 19, 1863._
-
-_Wednesday._ Nothing new. C and H have not reported yet and we are as
-much in the dark as ever about their errand. There has been some talk of
-a shift about among the non-coms. in the regiment and now it has come. I
-am still in the commissary department. The new order of things, "company
-savings," it is called, will give me more to do, and for this I am
-thankful.
-
-
-_August 20, 1863._
-
-_Thursday._ Ration day again. Heretofore we have drawn what was needed,
-whether it was full rations or half, and the quartermaster has credited
-back what was not taken. Now things have changed. We must draw a full
-ration for every man reported on the monthly roll. Some are in the
-hospital and some are dead, but we draw for them just the same. The
-extra rations we are expected to sell, and turn the money into the
-company savings account. I suppose if we should all stop eating we would
-soon be rich, that is, if the company savings ever do come back to the
-men, as they are supposed to do. It is a queer arrangement, and I may
-not understand the plan, but that is the way I now understand it.
-
-
-_August 21, 1863._
-
-_Friday._ The day has been hot. No hotter perhaps than some others, but
-it has made us more miserable. Everyone is crabbed and cross, and
-finding fault, not only with the weather, but with the way the war is
-conducted, and everything in general. There are plenty of men in
-Company B that believe they could have wound up the war before this
-time, had they only been at the head of affairs, or even been consulted.
-Time creeps along. The summer we dreaded will soon be gone, and then the
-winter, which may be ten times more uncomfortable, will come. I suppose
-we shall keep right on finding fault just the same, and it will do us
-just as much good as it does now.
-
-
-_August 22, 1863._
-
-_Saturday._ A boat touched here this morning and we got some papers. The
-_Era_ says General Franklin is to supersede General Banks and that
-General Banks is to supersede some one else, and that a regular
-cleaning-house time is about to come. The whole army of the Gulf
-Department is to be reorganized. Regiments that are cut down below a
-certain number are to be joined with some other, and the extra officers
-mustered out and sent home. We have learned not to swallow anything
-whole that we see in the papers, but there does seem to be some sense in
-such an argument. The 128th has only a third of its original number, and
-if three such regiments were put together there would be two sets of
-officers that could be disposed of. If this is the case all through the
-army, a tremendous saving could be made. But what of the good record the
-128th has gained. If we lose our name and number our record would soon
-be forgotten. Two regiments, one white and one black, have just gone
-down the river.
-
-_Night._ We have marching orders. There is a rumor now that a great
-expedition is being made up at New Orleans to go and capture Mobile. Of
-course they can't do it without us, and it may be there is where we are
-to go.
-
-
-_August 23, 1863._
-
-_Sunday._ The regiment was invited to attend church in a body and we
-went. That is the rank and file did, and a few of the officers. I knew
-there was a Catholic church here, but did not know of a Protestant
-church. The church was in a shady grove, and in spite of the heat of the
-day it was comfortably cool. The preacher was a middle-aged man, and he
-appeared to favor the Secesh cause. At any rate he prayed right out loud
-for it, but failed to get an Amen from us. He explained at great length
-which cause was right, and then prayed that the right might prevail. The
-congregation was mostly of the 128th, and for specially invited
-attendants we got mighty little attention from preacher or people.
-
-
-_August 24, 1863._
-
-_Monday._ Through an interpreter I sold over ten dollars' worth of
-rations to-day, to a Frenchman. Everyone here is French though the most
-of them can talk United States. Sol Drake, the regimental commissary
-clerk, sent for me to-day, and said a list of the names that Bostwick
-wants to make up his official staff had been sent in and that he had
-seen it. Also that his name and my own was among them. Just when we will
-be transferred he doesn't know, nor does he know yet for certain that
-the transfer will be made. I am to say nothing about it outside, nor
-will he, until further developments.
-
-Something is going on about here. About noon forty men were mounted on
-confiscated horses and hastily left camp. They are probably on picket
-duty some ways out, and will give us warning before trouble can reach
-us. I presume it is some scattering guerrillas, such as gobbled General
-Dow and George Story at Port Hudson.
-
-
-_August 25, 1863._
-
-_Tuesday._ The mounted men came in and reported no enemy in the
-neighborhood. They brought in some beefsteak and have divided up
-handsomely. They won't tell where they got it, but very likely they
-robbed some butcher shop. They showed good taste in the selection, at
-any rate.
-
-
-_August 26, 1863._
-
-_Wednesday._ Ration day again. As we drew five days' rations again it
-looks as if we might stay some time yet. Mail came late last night. No
-letters, but an old New York paper. No news good or bad. Everything
-seems to have come to a stop. A darkey, named Jack, who has been
-furnishing the cooks with wood, came in to-day with a log on his back
-bigger than himself. When he threw it down a cottonmouth moccasin
-crawled out of a hole in it. It made Jack almost turn white, he was so
-scared. The log was full of holes as if mice had eaten their way through
-it in every direction, and was most as light as cork. It is strange how
-the negroes fear a cottonmouth, and yet they go everywhere barefoot, and
-never seem to think of a snake until they see one. This is the first one
-I have seen since we left Port Hudson. I thought we had got out of the
-snake country.
-
-
-_August 28, 1863._
-
-_Wednesday._ Yesterday passed like any other day, trying to keep cool.
-Nothing happened worth telling of. To-day a party has been mounted and
-sent out to gather up the horses that are running loose all over the
-country. They came in with quite a drove. They went toward
-Donaldsonville. What the horses are for we do not know. Perhaps we are
-to be made over into mounted infantry. A mail came in last night and I
-was skipped again. I hope they have not forgotten me. Ransom White is
-now our second lieutenant and Lieutenant Pierce is promoted to first
-lieutenant. Second Lieutenant John Langdon of Company K is now its
-captain. These are all good promotions. They are all deserving of them.
-I suppose Tom Dutcher will be our captain as he is in line for it. He is
-one of the very best of the whole lot, but has been on detached duty so
-much of the time, we have almost forgotten him. A change has come over
-the weather. It is cool and pleasant as it can be. For this we are truly
-grateful. Lieutenant Pierce hinted to me about a change in fortune for
-me, but would not let out what it was or when it would come. I expect it
-is what Drake spoke of a few days ago. I hate to think of leaving the
-128th, and yet I would hate to miss a better job.
-
-_9 p. m._ Colonel Smith, who has been in New Orleans, came up on the
-Thomas about 5 P. M. and soon after the Arago came up, having order to
-report to Colonel Smith. This means a move, sure. We went right at it
-and are all packed up and waiting. The Arago has anchored close to shore
-and seems to be waiting for us. (Something wrong with dates here for the
-next is Saturday and yet it appears to be a continuation of Wednesday,
-August 28.)
-
-_Saturday Morning._ (No date.) Reveille aroused us from an uneasy sleep
-on the boards that had formed the floor to our tents, and before it was
-fairly daylight, two days' rations were distributed, and the finishing
-touches to our packing up had been made. At 9 A. M. we were once more on
-board the Arago, that old prison that held us for those dreary six weeks
-and killed off more of us than the Rebels have yet been able to. About
-noon we unloaded at Baton Rouge and went into camp just back of the
-Orphan Asylum. We are in a good place, in the city and yet out of it. We
-can get into the city in a few minutes if we want to. A great many seem
-to want to, for Lieutenant Pierce has been busy writing passes to go
-down town. I guess I will go too and see what the place looks like. When
-we were here before we were glad to lie and rest, and that is about all
-we did.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER X
-
-At New Orleans, La.
-
- Good-bye to the 128th--Down the river to New Orleans--Looking for
- General Grant--Finding General Grant--Joined the Corps de
- Afrique--Franklin's expedition to Texas--The return trip--Pilot
- Town, La.--Easy times.
-
-
-_August 31, 1863._
-
-_Monday._ Was too busy yesterday to even write in my diary. A general
-order from department headquarters came and was read to us in the
-morning. Several enlisted men and some commissioned officers from the
-128th are ordered to report to the general mustering officer in New
-Orleans, for muster into the Corps de Afrique for recruiting service,
-your humble servant being one of them. Just when we go I cannot say, but
-suppose as soon as we can get transportation. Reuben Reynolds and Henry
-C. Lay from Company A; Charles C. Bostwick, George S. Drake, George H.
-Gorton and L. Van Alstyne from Company B; Captain George Parker, Charles
-Wilson and Wm. Platto from Company D; Lieutenant Rufus J. Palon, Martin
-Smith and Charles M. Bell from Company G; Garret F. Dillon, John F. Keys
-and George A. Culver from Company H; Richard Enoch and Charles Heath
-from Company I; Jacob M. Ames from Company K, and several other names of
-people I never heard of before, and have no idea to what regiment they
-belong. The most of us are sergeants, and as we are ordered to rip our
-stripes off and turn them into the quartermaster we are expecting to
-have shoulder straps instead. We were not discharged from the service,
-only from the regiment, but we are in honor bound to report for this new
-service, and then the shackles will be put on for three years more, if
-the war should last that long. Just what to think of this new move none
-of us seem to know. Some feel an inch or two taller already. I have not
-fully come to my senses so as to know how I do feel. Things have
-happened so fast it has kept me busy to keep up with them. We seem to
-have no choice in the matter. Men are transferred from one company or
-regiment to another every little while, and now our turn has come, and
-that is all there is of it.
-
-
-_September 1, 1863._
-
-BATON ROUGE, LA. We are waiting for a boat to come along and take us to
-New Orleans. Our commissions came and were passed around last night. We
-each got one and I suppose will get pay accordingly. Bostwick is
-colonel; Captain Parker lieutenant colonel; Lieutenant Palon is major;
-Dick Enoch is a captain; Charlie Heath, Garret Dillon, Rube Reynolds,
-Charlie Bell, Mart Smith, Sol Drake and Henry Lay are first lieutenants;
-Jacob Ames, John Keys, George Culver, Charlie Wilson, Wm. Platto and
-Lawrence Van Alstyne are second lieutenants. I may wish myself back
-looking after the fodder of Company B, but so far my only regret is
-leaving the boys. We have seen good times together and times not so
-good, but we have hung together through it all like so many brothers.
-But every day brings something new to think of, and the day before is
-soon forgotten.
-
-_Sundown._ On board a steamer called the Exact. She lies at the dock,
-and is taking on the First Vermont Battery. They are the fellows that we
-supported when posted in the woods on the center at Port Hudson. They
-don't know any better than we do what is before them. With good luck
-loading, and no accident going down, we ought to see New Orleans by
-morning.
-
-
-_September 2, 1863._
-
-_Wednesday._ On board the steamer Metropolitan going to New Orleans. We
-remained on the Exact until midnight with no signs of a start. Just
-then the Metropolitan came along on its way from Vicksburg, and took us
-off. It is said General Grant and staff are on board. I am looking out
-for General Grant, for I have a great curiosity to see him. There are so
-many officers of all grades on board that I may have seen him already,
-but I have enquired out all those that make the biggest show and none of
-them were him. One is covered with badges and medals, but he proved to
-be a foreigner of some sort. At any rate, he has quite a brogue.
-
-I finally gave it up and went up on the hurricane deck and smoked while
-watching the sights along the river. A solitary soldier, with nothing on
-him to tell of rank, had his feet cocked up on the rail and I joined
-him. He asked if I knew whose fine place it was we were passing, and
-just then an officer came after him and I had the whole deck to myself.
-I had a lot of thinking to do and I was glad to be alone. The news
-to-day is that Charleston is taken. So many are talking of it, I began
-to think it may be true.
-
-NEW ORLEANS. _Night._ We landed about 1 P. M. I watched for General
-Grant but did not see him. If he was on the boat he must have kept in
-his stateroom, but I don't think he was on board, for I would surely
-have seen him go ashore. We, late of Company B, left the others and went
-to the French market and filled ourselves full. If I ever had so good a
-meal I have forgotten it. None of us being very well off for money, we
-began to consider a suitable place to stop at. We decided on the Murphy
-House on St. Charles Street for the night, and then to look for a place
-more in accord with our pocket-books. We found Colonel Bostwick at the
-St. Charles, the principal hotel of New Orleans. He looks pale and thin,
-but says he is well. He had no orders for us and will have none until we
-are mustered. He hardly knows what we are to do, but supposes we will go
-with an expedition that is being fitted out here, under the direction of
-General Franklin. Its destination is said to be Texas, but by what route
-no one that knows has yet told.
-
-
-_September 3, 1863._
-
-NEW ORLEANS, LA. _Thursday._ A mail steamer came in last night, and the
-mail will be distributed at eight this morning. We are going to head off
-the carrier and get our letters, if we have any.
-
-_Later._ We did it, and I have a letter from Jane. God bless her, she
-writes for all the family. This time she sent me her photograph, so I
-won't forget how she looks. No danger of that, but I am glad enough to
-see her. The folks are all well. That's the best news I can get, and is
-what I am very thankful for. Sol and I set out to find cheaper board and
-lodging. We were directed to a place in Gravier Street and made a dicker
-at a very reasonable price. After supper we went up to the St. Charles
-and found it crammed with army officers and city officials, and that
-General Grant was among them. He was sitting at a table covered with
-papers and was busy talking with those around him. I worked my way in,
-determined not to miss this chance, and imagine my astonishment when I
-saw it was the fellow I had sat beside on the upper deck of the
-Metropolitan. A couple of small stars on his shoulder was his only mark
-of rank. Of all the men I saw on the Metropolitan he was the last one I
-should have called General Grant. The troops in the Gulf Department are
-to be reviewed at Carrolton to-morrow and I suppose this was what they
-were planning for.
-
-
-_September 4, 1863._
-
-We were up early and at the St. Charles to see General Grant and staff
-start for Carrolton. General Banks has his headquarters in Julia Street,
-and soon after we got to the St. Charles he and his staff rode up. A
-horse was led out for General Grant, which took two men to hold. He was
-in full uniform now and made a better appearance mounted than on foot.
-It was a fine sight to see them ride off up St. Charles Street, and I
-wished I could see the review. I had much rather see it than take part
-in it, for there is a lot of hard work about such affairs. Later we went
-to the mustering office and reported according to order received at
-Baton Rouge. We also got our fatigue uniforms and are now ready for
-business. This is the first I have been off duty since I left the
-hospital at Camp Parapet last spring. We have had quite a rest up and
-upon the whole are anxious to tackle the unknown which now lies before
-us. The strangest thing to me has been to undress and go to bed. I have
-not, and I do not expect to sleep sound again, until I can drop down as
-I am and pulling a blanket over my face to keep off the mosquitoes, know
-that however sudden the call I can be ready inside of two minutes.
-
-
-_September 5, 1863._
-
-_Saturday._ Our boarding place at 184 Gravier Street has not proved to
-be all we hoped for, that is, the sleeping accommodations are not quite
-as desirable as we would like. In the first place the room is close and
-hot. The mosquito bars shut out what air there might be, but still have
-holes enough to let through the hungry varmints by the dozen. Then there
-were bed bugs that act as if they had been starving all summer, and
-could never get blood enough. The rooms were alive with cockroaches, but
-these we didn't mind so much, for they did nothing worse than make a
-noise running across the floor. But on the whole we concluded to move
-and are in much better quarters at a house on Carondalet Street. I told
-Sol, as we had nothing to do but scratch and as our play spell might end
-any day, we should not be so particular, but he was decided and we went.
-
-
-_September 6, 1863._
-
-_Sunday._ Sailing down the river on the steamer A. G. Brown, the very
-one our regiment and the Sixth Michigan captured on Pearl River last
-May. She has been repaired and chartered for the use of Colonel
-Bostwick and his "nigger-stealers," as the Secesh call us. The colonel
-says we are going with Franklin's expedition, whose destination is said
-to be Texas. We had a busy time getting off, for we had no hint of our
-departure until afternoon. I attended church this morning, but it isn't
-much like going to church at "The City," where every one knows every one
-else. We were hunted up and told where the boat lay, and were none too
-soon in getting to her. We have formed an officers' club, "Officers'
-Mess," it is called here, each one putting in $5 towards the expense of
-grub. We have to board ourselves now. We are each allowed one government
-ration for a servant, and as none of us have servants we will live on
-that until pay day.
-
-It is a beautiful night, too much so for me to waste time scribbling any
-longer.
-
-
-_September 7, 1863._
-
-_Monday._ In the Gulf of Mexico again. We passed the too familiar
-quarantine station where we landed from the Arago, and where we started
-quite a graveyard, and came on down past Forts Jackson and St. Philip,
-reaching the South West Pass early this morning. I don't know how many
-boats there are, but the water ahead of us seems covered. I did not
-suppose the river boats ever went out into the Gulf. We rock and roll
-like chips on the water. It is curious to watch the tall smokestacks.
-They slant in every direction at the same time. It is good weather, and
-the water is smooth. It is what the boatmen call ground swells that are
-tumbling us about so.
-
-
-_September 8, 1863._
-
-_Tuesday._ We are just over the bar inside of Sabine Bay. The light of
-camp-fires can be seen on the Louisiana side, but whether of friends or
-enemies we know not.
-
-The captain of the boat told us to-day what he says is the object of
-this expedition. Through his scouts, General Banks has learned that the
-Rebels under General Dick Taylor are at Vermillionville with 20,000
-troops. That Banks had sent about as large a force up the Red River to
-Marksville, from which place they were to march upon Vermillionville.
-Another force had been sent by rail to Brashear City, and then up the
-Bayou Teche (pronounced Tash) to get at Taylor from the other side,
-while Franklin with his expedition is to land and cut off the retreat. I
-don't know enough about the geography of the country to know whether any
-or all of this can be true, but that is the way it is given to us. We
-had a rough night of it. The horses and mules on the lower decks had
-hard work to keep their footing and could not have possibly stood up on
-the deck we are on. There were times when it seemed as if we were going
-over, but the sailors didn't seem scared and so I tried to act as if I
-was not. We came through all right, and that is the main thing.
-
-
-_September 9, 1863._
-
-_Wednesday._ I was mistaken last night. We only arrived off the bar this
-morning. The fires I saw and thought were camp-fires were dry grass on
-the prairie, and which is still burning. The fleet is lying outside the
-bar, and unable to cross, though these boats are said to run on a good
-big dew. General Franklin is on the Suffolk, and signals are being
-wig-wagged from vessel to vessel. The wind is getting stronger every
-minute, and what will become of Franklin's expedition if it really comes
-on to blow can be guessed to a certainty. It will fetch up on the bottom
-of the Gulf of Mexico.
-
-_Later._ We are going back. What's the matter I don't know. We were
-signaled to go back and that it all we need to know. The water is rough,
-and if it were not for the danger, which is becoming apparent to all,
-the sight of the boats pitching and diving, this way and that, would be
-worth sitting up all night to see. We are going farther out from land
-than when we came, but that makes little difference, for at the nearest
-we are too far to swim ashore. The wind is dead ahead, and our progress
-is very slow.
-
-
-_September 11, 1863._
-
-_Friday._ Pilot Town, in the mouth of the Mississippi. Our boat is tied
-up here, repairing damages. We got in early this morning after the most
-exciting twenty-four hours of my life, and I think many others can say
-the same.
-
-Yesterday the wind kept blowing harder and the water kept getting
-rougher. For sea-going vessels it was nothing, but for these cockleshell
-river boats it was anything but fun. Wednesday night the water was
-rough. I got into my berth for a nap and the next thing I knew I was
-sprawling on the floor, where a lurch of the vessel had thrown me. There
-was no more sleep that night. The boat not only rolled, but it pitched
-and dove. The wind and the waves seemed to get up more steam every
-minute and I for one was glad to see daylight. But except for the light
-there was no improvement. We could see several of the boats, but not a
-quarter as many as were in sight the night before. Whether they had gone
-to the bottom or were just out of sight none of us knew. The Laurel Hill
-was near by. Both her smokestacks were gone, shaken off even with the
-upper deck. Another boat tried to get hold of her, but did not make out.
-Another one, which we could just see behind us, had a signal of distress
-flying and the flagship signaled us to go back to her. When we turned
-broadside to the wind, I surely thought we were going over, but we got
-around and in a short time were close to the Laundress, whose flag was
-flying upside down, which was the reason of our being sent back. She was
-loaded with men and animals, and wanted a tow. We made two turns about
-her trying to get a line to or from her, and then gave it up. Both
-boats were rolling about like chips on a mill pond, the great high
-smokestacks swinging first towards each other and then far apart. It did
-not seem as if either boat could stand it much longer. The only thing
-that kept my spunk up was to hear the captain and mate swear. It didn't
-seem possible that men could swear like that if the danger was as great
-as it seemed. We came on and what became of the Laundress I don't yet
-know. By noon the wind was at its highest. Life preservers were got out,
-but not distributed. There were islands, or sandbars, all along towards
-where the shore must have been. We could see these only a part of the
-time, on account of the waves. Colonel B., who went to the captain and
-first asked, and then ordered, him to run in between the sandbars and so
-get into smoother water, was told to "go to hell. I'll run this boat to
-the South West Pass or to the bottom of the gulf." After that no attempt
-was made by the landsmen to dictate to the boatmen. About noon the upper
-cabin seemed to be tearing itself loose. The woodwork was splintered in
-several places, and the groaning of the timbers added to the alarm that
-was felt. I went below to find a place where I could keep still, but it
-was worse there than above. Everything was soaked. The engines and
-boilers were crusted white with salt water. The live stock was in a
-pitiable condition, scared to death and pulling every way on the hawser
-to which they were tied. The lower decks of these river boats are close
-to the water. On them is the machinery and fuel, and freight, when any
-is carried. Everything, living or dead, was soaking wet, including the
-boxes of hard-tack. On the next floor or deck is the dining room and
-sleeping berths, and above that the hurricane deck, on which is the
-pilot house. How he made out I don't know, but the fact that we got here
-shows he stuck to his post. A few got drunk, so drunk they could just
-hang on to something and slam about with it. No one thought of eating or
-sleeping. Some were dreadfully seasick, and these were the only ones I
-envied. They just lay on the floor and didn't care whether we sank or
-swam. Towards night we could see the worst was over, though the pitching
-and diving kept up about the same. As night came on we settled down as
-best we could and got what rest we could. I did not think I slept any,
-but I must have, for the first I knew we were in smoother water and were
-soon tied up here. The day has been pretty warm, but we are not
-complaining about that.
-
-Pilot Town is a curiosity to me. It is where the pilots live, that pilot
-vessels out and in the river. They go out in small boats as soon as they
-see a vessel, and the one that gets to her first gets the job of
-bringing her in over the bar, and sometimes way up the river to New
-Orleans. Then if they are lucky they get a boat to pilot down the river
-and out into deep water again. Some vessels have some particular pilot
-that they will take on, and so this racing out after a job amounts to
-nothing. Then again some captains know the river so well they only have
-use for a pilot while crossing the bar. It seems the bar, as they call
-it, shifts its position, and this the pilots keep track of, and so no
-vessel ventures in or out without their aid. They have a little house on
-poles from which some one is always looking by day, and from which a
-light is kept burning at night. There is no dry ground. The houses,
-which are only little small one-room affairs, are built on piles, high
-above the water, and along in front of them is a wooden sidewalk about
-even with the floor. Here they live and raise families. They are as
-ignorant as can be on all subjects except that of their trade, piloting.
-There is a little store, where tea, coffee and tobacco are the main
-stock in trade. I saw what I took to be calico on one shelf. When the
-tide is in they are surrounded with water, and when it is out there is
-nothing but mud. When I told him of the time we had had, he said "yaas,
-it was a bit nasty." The boatmen are cleaning up, getting the salt off
-the machinery and making things shipshape. The horses and mules are
-taking their rations and from all appearances have already forgotten
-the uncomfortable trip we have just had. Fish of many kinds are swimming
-about the boat, and with some borrowed tackle the men are having great
-fun catching them. I saw one that looked as big around as a barrel. My
-friend, whom I have kept busy answering questions, says it must have
-been a porpoise, and that they often come in for whatever they can find
-to eat. From a boat that has just gone up we learn that two gunboats,
-the Clifton and the Sachem, were captured. That an unknown fort, just
-inside the Sabine River, had crippled one, and when the other went to
-her assistance, that was also crippled and both crews made prisoners.
-That the Laurel Hill threw overboard 240 mules. So far as I can find out
-no other boats were lost. What become of the Laundress, which we tried
-to help, no one seems to know. The most of them must have got in ahead
-of us, for very few have passed us to-day. Franklin's expedition seems
-to have been a failure.
-
-_Later._ Another boat says a transport, name not known, was lost with
-700 men. That may have been the Laundress. We may never know any more
-about it. Something else will come and take our attention, and this trip
-will soon be forgotten.
-
-_Night._ New Orleans again. We got here about 3 o'clock, after a
-delightful ride up the river. Colonel Bostwick tells us he doesn't know
-what the next move will be, but we are to be ready for it at any time.
-In the meantime we may enjoy ourselves in any way we please. That will
-be eating at a cheap boarding place and picking our teeth at the St.
-Charles, I suppose. I wrote nearly all the time we were at Pilot Town
-and have just got caught up. Good-night.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XI
-
-Brashear City, La.
-
- Mustered into the service again--Waiting for orders--Up the Bayou
- Teche--Stealing a horse--Meeting the owner--At Mouton's
- Plantation--The return across the prairie--A sham battle--One kind
- of southern hospitality--Another kind of southern hospitality--Camp
- life at Brashear City.
-
-
-_September 24, 1863._
-
-BRASHEAR CITY, LA. We remained in New Orleans until the 16th waiting for
-orders. Having just enough money to live on, we tramped about the city,
-which I find very interesting, especially the part below Canal Street
-which is here called the French part of town. Above Canal Street the
-people mostly speak English, and below Canal Street they mostly speak
-French. The houses in the French part are low squatty buildings as
-compared with those on the other side. Canal Street seems to divide
-everything. It is very wide, with a horse-car track in the middle and a
-regular street on each side of it. The cars are all drawn by mules. The
-car tickets each have a picture of a car drawn by a mule, and pass for
-five cents anywhere, just as money does. These cars runs as far out as
-Lake Ponchartrain I am told, but on account of the expense I have not
-been out there. I am told it is the summer resort of the people who have
-money to go there. The "shell road" which I have read about is a
-continuation of Canal Street. It is wide and as smooth as a floor. After
-a shower it glistens like snow, for it slopes each way so the water runs
-off and leaves it as clean as you please. Way out along the shell road
-is a tremendous large cemetery, and this I must tell you about. The old
-lady where I boarded had a son on one of the river boats. He died last
-week and his body was brought home and buried from her house. The old
-lady invited me to attend the funeral and I am glad I went, for it was
-all so strange. The only thing that seemed real was the mother's grief.
-There were several carriages and I had one all to myself. Some others I
-found out went empty. The graves in the cemetery are all on top of the
-ground and are like little brick houses, all whitewashed or painted
-white. There was no end to the flowers in the yard or at the grave. A
-wagon-load of them went from the house. After the burial we came back
-with just as much pomp and ceremony as we went. I was sorry for the
-mother, and if she hadn't such an outlandish name I would give it. I
-have never tried to pronounce it, and not having seen it in print will
-give it up. That is the way with most all the names here. How they
-remember them is beyond me. I, for one, got very tired of hanging about.
-I gave up my diary after we came back from our gulf trip, but time hangs
-so heavy on my hands I have started it again and have caught up to this
-time the best I can. Colonel B. brought us here on the 16th and we have
-done nothing but loaf ever since. Brashear City is a small place on
-Berwick Bay. A small place just across the bay they tell me is Berwick.
-Cattle and horses are brought down from the country to Berwick and made
-to swim across the bay to this place, where they are yarded and shipped
-to New Orleans for market. There is a store and a restaurant, and some
-large empty buildings that I suppose were used for storehouses. We came
-here by way of the Opelousas and Great Western R. R., which begins at
-Algiers opposite New Orleans, and ends here at Brashear City. This is
-the R. R. that the Twenty-third Connecticut were guarding when the
-Rebels captured them, last June. A part of them were here as well as
-some other troops. The restaurant keeper told me of the capture, and
-showed me the bullet marks on his shop to prove they did not give up
-without a fight. He says the bravest fight of any was made by a New York
-man, whose grave he showed me near his shop. Just what we are here for
-or how long we are to stay does not yet appear. Colonel B. says that
-part of Franklin's expedition that went up the Teche country by way of
-this place is somewhere along the Bayou Teche, and we are to wait here
-for orders. Last Tuesday I went to the city for our mail. I had six
-letters, all full of news I was rejoiced to hear. Our folks are well,
-and I begin to think they have more sense than their youngest son and
-brother, for they don't worry about me as much as I do about them. Walt
-Loucks wrote about the 128th and Dave Cottrell wrote about his folks and
-his regiment. They are doing nothing yet, but resting up. When I got
-back I found our discharges from the 128th had come. As we have not been
-mustered into any other, I don't see why we are not just plain citizens
-again.
-
-
-_October 3, 1863._
-
-BRASHEAR CITY, LA. _Saturday._ Here yet and just as busy as ever, doing
-nothing. A week ago to-day I went to the city to be mustered into the
-Corps de Afrique. At the office I was told to come again on Monday, so I
-went to the old place on Gravier Street and spent Sunday writing
-letters. On Monday I went again to the mustering office and was told to
-wait until Tuesday.
-
-Tuesday morning I made out to swear in. Our boarding master had sent by
-me for a half barrel of pork, and another of Fulton Market beef, and had
-given me two ten-dollar bills to pay for it. I got the stuff across the
-river just too late for the train, and as another did not go until night
-there was nothing to do but wait. When at last the train was made up I
-settled down in it for an all-night's ride. It ran about a mile out and
-was halted by a signal. Soon after, the train-man said we must wait
-until morning, and I went to sleep. In the night it began raining and it
-ran through the car roof about as fast as it came.
-
-I got out and went to the engine, where I went on with my nap, but in
-such cramped-up quarters that I soon woke up again, and then I went to
-the engine house and finished up the night, the most miserable one of
-any since that night on the A. G. Brown.
-
-On my way back to the caboose I passed the car on which my pork and beef
-were the night before, and lo and behold the beef was gone. I saw tracks
-about the car where it had been taken off and traced it to a house not
-far away. I then went to the office of the provost marshal, who informed
-me that as it was not government property he could not help me. I then
-went back to try and help myself, but the people were all French and I
-couldn't even tell them what I was after. By this time the train was
-ready for a start and I got aboard hungry, dirty, and as mad as I could
-be. I told the man just how it was, and whatever he may have thought, he
-acted very nice about it, apparently believing every word I said. If I
-ever get ten dollars ahead, and am where I can do it, I mean to make it
-up to him. Yesterday some of us went fishing and had good luck. We also
-got a mess of salt water crabs, which are new to me but which I found to
-be most delicious. Lieutenant Colonel Parker and four others have gone
-up the country towards Franklin, to see about new headquarters there.
-Colonel B. is in the city and the rest of us will wait here until he
-comes.
-
-The last few nights have been cool enough to keep the mosquitoes down,
-so about all we do is to eat and sleep and grow fat. Unprofitable
-servants maybe, but we are obeying orders and that is what we agreed to
-do.
-
-
-_October 8, 1863._
-
-Brashear City yet. We have been expecting to go every day, but someway
-the order did not come. What money we had among us has played out and we
-have had to apply to the quartermaster for provisions. The cooking we
-take turns at, what little there is to do. We got all ready to go
-yesterday. The A. G. Brown tied up here and we bundled our belongings
-on board, only to take them off again. The captain says General Banks
-has the boat for a special purpose, what, he does not know, but had
-orders to meet him here, and to allow no one else on board. The general
-and a host of other officers came towards night and were soon on board
-and away. After they were gone the colonel and a part of his family took
-a walk up the Bayou Beuoff (pronounced Beff), to an island on which is a
-large sugar plantation. We got a boat and crossed over, strolled over
-the grounds, got all the oranges we could eat, and take away, and were
-handsomely treated by the people. They seemed real friendly, and I hope
-may have felt so. At any rate we had a pleasant time and got back tired
-enough to turn in and go to sleep.
-
-
-_October 12, 1863._
-
-_Monday._ Nelson's Plantation, on the Bayou Teche. Since my last writing
-we remained at Brashear City, eating, sleeping, playing cards and
-checkers, pitching quoits, running races and passing the time as best we
-could, until the arrival of the A. G. Brown just at night on Saturday.
-We went on board but did not get away until midnight. A large fire over
-in Berwick lit up the water almost like daylight. Captain Hoyt and
-Lieutenant Mathers were sent back to New Orleans on some business,
-otherwise our family was all together. We stopped at the mouth of the
-Bayou Teche until daylight and then went on as best we could. The Rebs
-had put every possible obstruction in the way. One tree had been fallen
-across it, for the Teche is narrow, in places not as wide as the A. G.
-Brown is long. Two old boats had been sunk in it, and these the Brown
-had to snare and pull around so as to get past. We arrived at Nelson's
-Landing about midnight. Unloaded and marched about a mile farther
-up-stream and pitched our tents. This Bayou Teche I am told runs through
-the country and comes out into the Mississippi at Plaquemine.
-
-So far as I have seen it, it is narrow, and in many places and for long
-distances is covered with the leaves of some sort of weed that grows up
-from the bottom. Being about on the same level as the land, it is for
-all the world like sailing over a green field. The water shows if you
-look down upon it, but not as you look forward or back. It is said to be
-deep enough for any sort of a vessel. With all the obstructions to our
-passage, it was a much pleasanter one than the one we took in the Gulf
-of Mexico. After a late breakfast, there being nothing better to do,
-several of us went up the Bayou to where a lot of negroes were getting
-the wreck of a sunken boat out of the way. They worked from small boats,
-diving down and making fast to anything they could, and then with tackle
-hitched to a tree on shore would tear it loose and get it out of the
-way. One of them fell overboard and went down. Another dived for him,
-bringing up one foot which another in the boat took hold of, and without
-attempting to get his head out of water, rowed ashore with him, dragging
-him out on the bank by the one foot. The man was dead, but might just as
-well have been saved, for it was only a very few minutes from the time
-he went in until his one bare foot was in sight. They paid no attention
-to our advice or opinions of such work, and I soon found that they only
-understood French, and so did not know what we were yelling to them
-about. We got a boat and crossed to the other side. We found a used-up
-cane field, which was hard to get through and which seemed to have no
-end. When we finally did get through we found a patch of sweet potatoes.
-Beyond seemed to be an endless open country with groves now and then,
-and everywhere, as far as we could see, were droves of horses and
-cattle. One flock of horses spying us, came up close as if to
-investigate. They were small, but perfectly formed, and of almost all
-colors. Some were spotted, but the most were of one solid color. Whether
-they are real wild horses or whether they have owners, we found no one
-to ask. Both the horses and cattle seemed to keep in droves separate
-from each other.
-
-By the time we got back we were tired and hungry as if we had been on a
-forced march. We got hold of a nig who understood English, and told him
-what we were after. An even dozen immediately enlisted, so we have made
-a beginning, and feel encouraged. This country is beautiful. Not exactly
-level and yet no hills. I suppose it might be called rolling. A good
-road runs a few rods from the Bayou, and along next the Bayou are large
-live-oaks. These are covered with moss, almost every branch having
-bunches hanging down just like an old man's beard. It is a curious sight
-to me, and I cannot say I really like it. I would give more for a good
-look at Bryan's big maple than all of them. Our troops are said to be in
-or near Vermillionville, twenty-five or more miles from here, and that a
-battle may be fought any day. Lieutenant Bell is going back on the Brown
-to-morrow, and I will wind up this epistle and send it by him. Maybe he
-will bring me a letter when he returns.
-
-
-_October 13, 1863._
-
-_Tuesday._ We are to start for Vermillionville to-morrow. There is quite
-a gathering of odds and ends of regiments and detached parties that are
-to join the army there. We have been looking for horses to-day, and
-after a hard day have several, but not enough for all. While out looking
-for them we ran upon a squad of our cavalry, who ran down and shot a
-beef, of which they gave us a generous portion. We are cooking it now so
-as to have it to cheer us on the way to-morrow. Those of us who must
-walk will need all the encouragement we can get.
-
-
-_October 16, 1863._
-
-_Friday._ On Wednesday morning before we left Nelson's there was another
-try for something to ride, and by hook or crook we all made out. Colonel
-B. loaned me his horse to go and look for another. Along the Bayou
-about a mile below camp I found several horses hitched to the trees
-about a house, in which the owners were getting a breakfast. Only a
-couple of them had military trappings, the others having ordinary
-saddles and bridles. One of these was hitched to the upturned roots of a
-blown-over tree, the bridle being thrown over the root. I noticed this
-as I rode past, and as soon as I was out of sight I turned back, and
-riding close up to the stump I slipped the bridle off the root, and old
-sorrel followed me right along. Everything was ready for a start when I
-got back and away we went. I felt a little guilty, but I know by the
-trappings the fellow had stolen the horse, and the old saying, that it's
-no crime to steal from a thief, came to mind and comforted me.[6]
-
-We rode until noon and then stopped for something to eat and to let the
-horses fill up on grass. Then we went on across the prairie, which
-seemed to have no end. We kept an eye out for guerrillas, but saw none.
-About 4 P. M. I saw a cornfield a little off the way and went to it to
-get some corn for my horse. While I was gone the colonel decided to camp
-for the night in a grove near the road, and went there thinking to see
-me when I came along. But in some way we missed each other and I kept
-on, finally reaching Vermillion Bayou. The guard told me no such party
-had come in. As troops were scattered all about I kept up the search
-until dark, when I crossed over into the village, stabled and fed my
-horse in an empty building, and spread my blanket on the piazza of a
-house close by. A woman came out, and although it was rather late to ask
-permission, I did so, when she flounced back inside and I heard her tell
-some one not to let such things lie on the stoop. I didn't take any such
-hints and was soon asleep. An old dog acted much more friendly, for he
-sat by me until I went to sleep and was still there when I awoke. In the
-morning I fed the rest of the corn to old sorrel and then went on to
-Vermillionville, enquiring everywhere for Colonel B. and rest of the
-gang. Not finding them I came back, and on the way traded horses with a
-colored gentleman who was having trouble, his horse going backwards in a
-circle, instead of straight ahead. She was a beautiful black mare,
-small, but wiry, probably one of the thousands that run wild on the
-prairies. After we got the trappings changed I had quite a time getting
-aboard my new craft, but by coaxing I finally mounted, and for a while
-sat there, while the lady was considering whether to go or stay and
-fight it out. The nigger had tried whipping, so I tried petting, and she
-soon started to walk and in a short time was taking a gait that soon
-brought me to the Bayou, where I got some breakfast with the engineers
-who came in late last night.[7]
-
-After breakfast I was about to start for headquarters to report the
-probable capture of Colonel B. and party, when in they came as surprised
-to see me as I was to see them. They were going to report me captured,
-for they thought sure I had been. The engineers kindly offered a
-breakfast which the party was glad to accept, after which the colonel
-said we must go on to headquarters and report for orders. My "Black
-Bess" was afraid of so many people around her and kept as far away as
-the picket rope would allow. Whether she had a grudge against me I don't
-know, but as she swung around the circle she suddenly wheeled and with
-both her bare hind feet hit me squarely in the breast. My canteen had
-swung around in just the right position to receive the blow and that
-probably saved my life. As it was, one side of the canteen was smashed
-against the other and I was knocked flat on the ground. I was picked up
-and in a minute or so was as good as ever. The blow had knocked the
-breath out of my body, and as soon as I had recovered that I was all
-right, with not even a sore spot to remind me of the affair. We then
-pushed on about four miles beyond Vermillionville, where we halted to
-wait until our baggage wagon arrived. We encamped near a sugar mill on
-the Rebel General Mouton's plantation.
-
-From among the negroes that came flocking about we found that many of
-them knew how to cook, so we divided our party into messes and each
-hired a cook. Lieutenants Gorton, Reynolds, Smith and myself were one,
-and we immediately set out for something to try our new cook with. Smith
-and I got after a pig which ran in General Mouton's yard and all the way
-round the house, but we finally got a shot in the right place, and had
-some of the most delicious fresh pork for dinner. After dinner we got
-hold of the English-speaking darkies and explained our mission among
-them. They were more anxious to enlist than we were to have them. Even
-the women and children wanted to go, and we had more trouble to make
-them understand that only able-bodied men were wanted, than we did to
-get them to enlist. That night they built a big bonfire, and hundreds
-upon hundreds were dancing about it, until I got tired watching them and
-went to sleep. They have some good fiddlers among them, and many more
-that are not so good. Those that saw the thing out say they finally got
-to singing, "Glory to God," and "Abe Linkum," and wound up with a
-prayer meeting, in which Massa Linkum and the Linkum Sogers were the
-names most often heard.
-
-
-_October 17, 1863._
-
-_Saturday._ To-day Lieutenants Heath, Reynolds, the quartermaster and
-myself took a long ride about the country spreading the news of our
-headquarters for recruits. The white people we met were civil, but their
-hatred of us could not be entirely covered up. I could not find it in my
-heart to blame them, and I much regretted that one of our party saw fit
-to trade horses with one of them and entirely against his will. But the
-blacks are wild with joy, and eager to become "Linkum Sogers."
-
-In the afternoon a detail was sent out with the quartermaster's wagon
-for mutton or beef, for our family is getting so large they will soon
-eat up the government rations at hand. They came back soon with a choice
-lot of dressed mutton. The guides apparently knew just where to go.
-Later in the day Reynolds, Gorton and myself made another tour of the
-country towards the Mississippi River. We came to a house over towards
-the Great Cypress Swamp, as the folks here call it, and which is a belt
-of big timber lying between the Teche prairie and the Mississippi River,
-in which outlaws and wild beasts are said to abound, and in which bands
-of guerrillas have their hiding places. We have heard much of the Great
-Cypress Swamp and its terrors, and felt quite brave as we looked at it
-from a half mile distance. No one appeared to be at home, so we
-investigated. The weeds were as high as our heads, but a path led back
-to a stable in which was the most perfect picture of a horse I ever
-looked at. He appeared to be scared out of his head at the sight of us,
-and plunged and snorted as if a bear was after him. The path continued
-and soon we came to a mulatto and his wife busy digging peanuts. We
-introduced the subject of enlistment and found he was ready and willing
-to go at once if he could take his horse with him. They could both talk
-English, and a jargon we supposed was French. When speaking to us they
-used English, but to each other they talked French. After a short confab
-he agreed to go with us, and his wife made no objection. He got his
-horse from the stable, and his saddle from the house and we set out for
-camp.
-
-I thought it strange that either of them showed so little concern at
-parting for what might be forever, and wondered the wife did not ask to
-go also, as so many of the others had done. We reached camp just at
-night, where both the horse and man attracted the attention of all
-hands. Colonel Parker at once wanted to buy the horse, and a bargain was
-soon struck, the horse to be paid for on the next pay day, which was
-agreeable to the mulatto. He was so frank and open in all his talk, that
-when he asked if he might ride the horse home and remain till morning
-the colonel readily consented, telling him to be in camp by noon the
-next day.
-
-
-_October 18, 1863._
-
-_Sunday._ We lay about camp until noon and the horse and his rider did
-not appear. The colonel was mad clear through. He had been told the
-nigger would not come back, but he believed he would, and as the time
-went on little was heard but comments on the slick trick the rogue had
-played on Colonel Parker. After dinner he told Gorton and me to saddle
-up and show him the way and he would see whether he could find him. We
-went to the house but found no one at home. We then rode on towards the
-swamp. We saw a man running across a cleared spot and soon overhauled
-him. It was the fellow himself. He said his horse had got away and he
-was trying to find him, had been looking for him all the morning. The
-colonel drew his revolver and told him to march ahead of him to a big
-tree a short distance away, at the same time telling me to get my picket
-rope ready, for he was going to find that horse, or else find a dead
-nigger. The nig was scared and began to beg, declaring the horse had
-gotten out of the stable in the night, and he and his wife both had been
-looking for him all day long. After he had got through, the colonel told
-me to throw the line over a limb, for he was going to keep his word.
-Whether he did really intend to hang him or not I don't know, but I
-thought he would stop short of the actual deed, so I proceeded to get
-the rope in position for a real hanging. Just then the rascal owned up.
-The horse was in the swamp where he had hidden him, and if the colonel
-would spare his life he would take us to him. We then went on and soon
-came to a beaten path that led directly to the dense forest before us.
-At the first turn in the path after we entered the woods the colonel
-dropped me off. At the next turn he left Gorton, and he himself with
-revolver in hand followed the fellow on and out of sight. He was gone
-perhaps fifteen minutes when out they came, horse and all, and we made
-tracks for camp, which we reached about sundown. The next morning the
-man's wife came into camp, and they both acted as if nothing out of the
-ordinary had happened. Where I waited in the woods the undergrowth was
-so dense I could not see a rod in any direction except along the path.
-Squirrels, both black and gray, came out of the bushes and looked at me.
-I counted five black squirrels in sight at one time. They are not quite
-so large as the grays, and are a dark brown rather than black. I
-wondered if they were as plenty all through the woods as where I sat.
-Gorton says he saw as many as I did. If all the stories I have heard
-about the Great Cypress Swamp are true, I don't care for any closer
-acquaintance than I now have. There are wild animals of all kinds common
-to this part of the country--bears, wildcats, opossum, deer and snakes
-as big as any in Barnum's menagerie. I can believe the snake part, for I
-have seen so many that I believe all the snake stories I hear. This same
-Great Cypress Swamp is said to be the home of outlaws, both white and
-black. That they have homes there where they live undisturbed by the
-laws made to govern other people. That runaway slaves find homes there,
-where they live and raise families which recruit the ranks of the
-lawless set living there, as fast as they are killed off by the fights
-they have among themselves and with the officers of the law that attempt
-to capture or subdue them.
-
-_Night._ The work for to-morrow has been mapped out. Quartermaster
-Schemerhorn, Lieutenant Reynolds and myself are to start for Brashear
-City, taking with us the men we have enlisted. Two days' rations have
-been given out, and the darkies are having a farewell dance. This has
-been a busy Sunday, one I will long remember.
-
-
-_October 19, 1863._
-
-_Monday._ We were up early and found the dance still going on. These
-creatures have danced all night, and eaten up a good portion of the
-rations, in spite of the fact that they knew a hard tramp lay before
-them to-day. How they will get through, or what we will do if they give
-out on the way, is the next thing for us to think of. They don't care.
-Someone has always thought for them and will have to think for them for
-some time to come.
-
-The quartermaster and Reynolds started off in good season but I was kept
-back for instructions until they were out of sight, and I did not
-overtake them until they had reached Vermillion Bayou. A drove of men,
-women and children, the families of the men we were taking away, had
-followed them until now. We had to wait for a wagon train to get off the
-bridge and this gave time for them to get through with the good-byes,
-and most of them turned back. A half dozen or more of the younger women
-kept on and went all the way through. The day was warm, and the road was
-dusty, but we went through without accident or adventure, other than
-might be expected when all things are considered. For several days the
-men had been in a state of great excitement over their new prospects.
-They had wound up by dancing all night, and eating up the provisions
-intended for us on this hard tramp. As the day wore on the excitement
-wore off and they found themselves very tired and very hungry. Such few
-things as they had beside those on their backs was in a cart drawn by a
-mule, and driven by three wenches. When a man gave out we turned out a
-wench and put the man in her place. Finally all three wenches were on
-foot, and their places in the cart taken by as many men. Before long
-others gave out and the cart was loaded until that broke down. Then we
-held a council. We were outside the picket lines and night was coming
-on, and staying there in the road was not to be thought of. Three
-revolvers were the only weapons of defense we could muster in case of
-attack by a guerrilla squad. Capture meant death. We explained the
-situation to such as could understand us, and they made it so plain to
-the others that they were all ready to hustle. We patched up the cart so
-the extras could be dragged along and away we went. The quartermaster
-rode on to find a place to stay at, and something to eat. I let one who
-was worst off ride my horse, and with Reynolds at the front to coax, and
-I at the rear to drive, we got up such a gait I had to do my best to
-keep up. The road had been graded for a railroad, and was wide and level
-as a floor. At dusk I saw the steeple of a church, and knew we were near
-our journey's end. Now that the end was in sight, the weariness all
-seemed to disappear. We passed the picket line and were soon in the
-town.
-
-The quartermaster had got a schoolhouse for a stay over and had rations
-from the commissary. We made short work of these and expected to settle
-right down for the night. The men and women filled the schoolhouse full,
-and after being in there a few minutes, we three made up our minds the
-air was better outside, so we each took a board shutter from the windows
-and were soon settled down as comfortable as the circumstances would
-allow. Before we were asleep we heard a fiddle tuning up and in a little
-while a dance was started and was in full blast when I fell asleep. How
-long it lasted I don't know, but when I awoke about sunrise the inmates
-of the schoolhouse were sleeping like the dead.
-
-
-_October 20, 1863._
-
-_Tuesday._ I was nearly blind when I awoke. Something like an
-inflammation in my eyes had troubled me for some days, and the dusty
-tramp of the day before had made it worse. However, I soaked them open,
-and found that it had not affected my appetite in the least. While at
-breakfast Lieutenant Bell came and joined us. He was on his way to join
-the colonel and his party at the front. The colonel had given us an
-order to stop any boat going towards Brashear City, and with it I
-proceeded to the landing, leaving Reynolds and the quartermaster to pick
-up and bring on our party. At the landing I met a party on their way to
-the front, and gave my horse to one of them who was in just such a fix
-as I was the morning I became a horse thief. In reply to his very
-profuse thanks I told him I would have to turn her loose if I didn't
-give her away, for I could take her no farther. I had long forgiven her
-the kick she gave me and sincerely wished her well. At Nelson's Landing
-I found a boat which was being held in readiness for General Banks and
-his staff, so that was of no use to us. Soon after the A. G. Brown came
-up and said she would be back that night, and take us. We went into camp
-near the sugar mill and very soon our small army was arranging for a
-sham battle. They talked French, so I could only judge what they were up
-to from what I saw. They divided into two squads and proceeded to
-fortify their positions by rolling the empty sugar hogsheads up in two
-parallel rows, behind which they stationed themselves, while the
-generals in command jawed at each other across the field. The men each
-had a hogshead stave for a weapon. For flags they used bandanna
-handkerchiefs, and for drums a piece of board upon which one man pounded
-while another held it up. One of the generals made a speech which made
-the other side fighting mad, and they all jumped over the breastworks
-and met in the space between, batting each other over the head with
-their weapons, and yelling with all the power of their lungs. We thought
-sure they would kill each other, for the blows they struck broke some of
-the staves into splinters. Just as we were going to try and interfere,
-one side surrendered and were marched off, prisoners. There had been
-some blood shed, and the wonder is that no heads were broken. But the
-best part came after the fight was over, and when the final settlement
-was being made. Through an interpreter we learned that the general who
-should win the fight was to kiss one of the young ladies that had
-marched with us all the way from Mouton's Plantation, and he now
-demanded his pay. She was led out upon the battlefield, and when the
-victorious officer came up to claim his reward she slapped his face, and
-then turned her back to him. He then gave some orders, when his men
-grabbed the dusky maiden and turned her about. I could not tell whether
-she blushed or not, but suppose of course she did. The general got down
-on one knee and then on both and jabbered French at her until she
-finally relented and stuck out her hand, which she allowed him to kiss.
-This soon led to a full surrender, and the battle was over, and peace
-declared.
-
-We gave out the rations and began to get ready for a start as soon as
-the boat came along. We even filled a barrel with sugar, thinking it
-might come handy when we got to Brashear City. But night came and the A.
-G. Brown failed to appear. There were many here who like ourselves were
-waiting to get out of the country. Among them was a young mulatto woman,
-whom the others called Margaret, and who seemed of a higher order than
-those about her. She was willing to talk, and from her I have a story
-that has fully reconciled me to the wisdom of the President's
-Emancipation Proclamation. She has started for the North. Our coming
-among them has given her the chance she had long looked for. She has
-run away from her mistress, and her master is in the Rebel army. She has
-a picture of her husband, and a fine-looking man he was. He was as white
-as I am. He was the son of his master, and her father she says is Judge
-----, now in the Rebel service. Her husband picked up enough education
-to be head man on his father's plantation. He knew too much for a
-nigger, and when the Rebel army came through last spring he was taken
-out and hanged to a tree right before her eyes. After they had gone the
-slaves cut the body down and buried it. Margaret is in hopes to reach
-New York, and I wished I could land her there that minute. If she was
-dressed as well, and if she was educated, she would pass muster with any
-I have seen that go by the name of ladies.
-
-No boat coming to take us away, we posted guards, giving each a stick of
-wood for a weapon. I remained up until midnight, and in going the rounds
-to see if the guards were awake, came near getting a club over my head
-as I turned the corner of the sugar mill. At midnight I called Reynolds,
-and rolled myself in my blanket and was soon asleep. The mosquitoes were
-about as thick and as savage as any we had met with. The horses and
-cattle had no peace for them. I rolled myself up head and heels in my
-blanket, and yet when I awoke found one foot had got out of bed, and the
-varmints had put a belt around my ankle between my stocking and trousers
-that looked like raw beef. I don't suppose there was an atom of space
-that had not been punctured by a bill. But I slept right through, and as
-usual dreamed of home and home folks.
-
-
-_October 21, 1863._
-
-_Wednesday._ Nelly, one of the women who came with our crowd, has
-volunteered to be our cook, and besides being a good cook has proved
-herself to be a good forager. When I woke up she had fresh pork and
-chicken cooked and we asked no questions about what price she paid for
-them. Quartermaster Schemerhorn rode up to Newtown for rations, and I
-went back to bed to finish up my nap. The mosquitoes had not quite
-finished their job on me, and some actually bit me through a thick
-woollen blanket. My leg was very sore where they feasted on it this
-morning. One of the men mixed up some mud for a poultice, which helped
-it wonderfully. I found out we could learn many things from these poor
-creatures, not the least being how to live on the fat of the land we are
-in.
-
-_Noon._ The quartermaster came back and said the A. G. Brown would be
-along to-day some time. That it will make a landing one-half mile above
-here. Accordingly we pack up and move up to Mr. Nelson's so as to be
-sure of not missing it. Mr. Nelson, the owner of everything in this
-region, is here. He has been a merchant in New Orleans, but since Banks'
-order driving all Rebel sympathizers from the city, has been here at his
-plantation home. It is said he owns 20,000 acres of land, and all the
-necessary stock and tools to work so large a tract. After a supper of
-hard-tack and bacon, Lieutenant Reynolds and I went and called on the
-gentleman. He received us very politely, and offered us the best his
-house afforded. The boat not coming we prolonged our visit, sitting on
-the broad piazza and smoking his cigars. He said he was a widower, with
-two children, a son in the army, and a daughter at school in Georgia. He
-told us of the outrageous wrongs he had suffered at the hands of the
-invading armies, how they had laid waste his land, torn down his
-buildings and fences, taking away his mules and horses, cattle and
-sheep, until he had nothing but the bare land to live upon, and no
-slaves left him to work even that. It was holding up the other side of
-the picture to our view, and in spite of ourselves we were sorry for
-him. He evidently did not expect sympathy from us, for after reciting
-his wrongs he changed the subject of conversation around to topics we
-could all agree upon, and after a sociable chat he invited us to spend
-the night with him, agreeing to have us called in case the boat came
-during the night. He urged us to stay and we did. He gave us rooms,
-elegantly furnished, with beds so white and clean we were some time
-making up our minds whether after all we ought not to sleep on the
-floor, and leave the beds as they were. But the whole mosquito bars and
-a few nips from our ever-present enemies decided us. We undressed and
-were soon asleep, too sound even to dream of home. The boat did not come
-and the next thing we were aware of it was morning.
-
-
-_October 22, 1863._
-
-_Thursday._ We slept late, and when we came out, our host was waiting
-for us, to say that breakfast was ready, and would not listen to our
-going away until we had partaken of it with him. We sat down to a
-beefsteak breakfast, with all the extras. I did not think I was so
-hungry, but the smell of the victuals made us both ravenous. Our host
-seemed to enjoy seeing us eat and thanked us heartily for making him the
-visit, going so far as to say that in case the boat did not come that
-day he would be glad to entertain us again. In books and in other ways I
-had heard of southern hospitality and I now know it was all true. I
-wonder if it was ever put to a severer test.
-
-We went down to the landing and found a guard of soldiers from an
-Illinois regiment, keeping watch over a quantity of sugar and molasses
-which the government has confiscated, and which the boat was expected to
-take away when it came. They invited us to make one of their party until
-the boat came, and we gladly accepted the invitation. They thought we
-had risked our lives in going to stay with Mr. Nelson, and eating food
-in his house, but we did not believe it, and did all we could to make
-them think better of him than they had so far done. The guards shot a
-hog, which made fodder for our folks for the day, together with the
-government rations we already had. The day passed and another night
-came on and still no boat. We crawled in wherever we could get and slept
-as best we could for the mosquitoes, which seems determined to eat us
-alive.
-
-
-_October 23, 1863._
-
-A cold rain storm that has been threatened for a day or two came upon us
-early this morning. A small flock of sheep came up the road driven by a
-man on horseback. The negroes from everywhere have gathered here and the
-rations we give our men they give away to their friends and are always
-hungry in consequence. When the sheep came along they surrounded them
-and killed at least a dozen before we could stop them. The man hustled
-along with what was left and those killed were soon skinned and being
-cooked in various ways. We had mutton for dinner and for supper, and had
-enough left for breakfast. The day finally passed and we began looking
-for better sleeping quarters. Reynolds and I with a part of the guard
-finally climbed a ladder and got into a loft full of cornstalks with the
-corn on just as it had been cut and stored away. The place was alive
-with rats and mice, which ran over and through the stalks, making a
-terrible racket, varied once in a while by a fight among themselves. We
-got used to the racket and finally were asleep. Just as we were enjoying
-ourselves, along came the boat we had waited so long for. We hustled to
-sort out the nigs that belonged to us and get them on board. In a little
-while we were off. The boat was crammed full of people--black and white,
-old and young, men and women all spread out on the cabin floor, or the
-tables. I never saw such a mass of people in so small a space. We poked
-around and after a while found room to lie down, after which getting
-asleep was quick work.
-
-
-_October 24, 1863._
-
-_Saturday._ Another raw day. Now that the people are standing on end
-there is more room to get about. We made out to eat such as we had;
-while we wished for more, we had to content ourselves with what we had
-grabbed hold of the night before in the dark. At noon we passed
-Franklin, and about 3 P. M. reached Centerville, where there was a lot
-of sugar to load on the lower deck. The captain said if we would turn in
-our men to roll on the sugar he would undertake to fill them up.
-
-I took advantage of the stop to see what the place looked like. On one
-of the streets I saw oranges on a tree and went in to see if I could beg
-or buy a few. As I went into the yard a young lady came out and, in a
-tone and with a look that almost froze me, asked what I was doing in her
-yard. To save me I couldn't think what to say, but I did after a while
-come to enough to say I would like an orange. She turned to a negro and
-motioned towards the trees, when he went and picked his hands full and
-gave me. Then the madam pointed her finger towards the street and said,
-"Now that you have what you came after will you please go"--and I went.
-I don't know yet what I ought to have said or done, but the only thing I
-did was to get back to the boat as fast as I could. I kept the adventure
-to myself, and gave the oranges away, for I think they would have choked
-me. That is a sort of southern hospitality I never read of in a book, or
-heard of in any other way. I never saw so much scorn on a face before.
-Why I stood there like a chicken thief caught in the act, and then
-carried off the oranges, I don't now know. If the Rebels were all like
-her I would resign and go home at once, for she did actually scare my
-wits all away from me. The sugar was on board and true to his promise
-the captain ordered a supper for our army, which must have made his
-stock of provisions look small. Rube asked me what I found the town
-like, and I told him it was different from any I had yet seen. We soon
-got settled down for the night.
-
-
-_October 25, 1863._
-
-_Sunday._ When we awoke we were in sight of Brashear City. We landed,
-formed in line as well as we could, and marched to our headquarters,
-where I found my old crony, Sol Drake. We found quarters for the men in
-an unused building, and in a little while their woolly heads were
-sticking out from every window.
-
-The quartermaster drew clothes for them, and they were soon fitted out
-with suits of blue, just like the rest of the Linkum Sogers. The trouble
-was to fit them with shoes. I doubt if many had ever had a shoe on their
-feet. Their feet are wide at the toes and taper straight back to the
-heel. No. 12 was the smallest size we found use for, the most of them
-taking 14 or larger. They insisted on squeezing a No. 14 foot into a No.
-10 or 12 shoe, but we, knowing what that would result in, got them
-properly shod after a long time. Then how proud they were! We then gave
-them their rations for the day, telling them through interpreters that
-if they wasted it or gave it away, they could have no more until
-to-morrow. We moved all our belongings from the boat and filled out the
-day visiting and talking over old times, and at early bedtime settled
-down for the night in a four-room house which has been taken for our
-headquarters while here.
-
-
-_October 26, 1863._
-
-BRASHEAR CITY, LA. _Monday._ On going out this morning who should appear
-to me but George Story of Company B, who was captured with General Dow
-at Port Hudson last summer. He says he was well treated by his captors,
-and has no fault to find with them. They took him and the general to
-Richmond, and put them in Libby Prison. After a while he was paroled,
-and sent to Annapolis, Md. There he was kept until exchanged, and then
-sent south in charge of the provost marshal to be turned over to the
-128th New York. Through a mistake at headquarters he was sent here, as
-the 128th was supposed to be at the front in the Teche country. If he
-had not met us as he did, he would have gone up the Teche on the next
-boat. As it is he will go back to New Orleans to-morrow, and look for
-his regiment up the river, probably at Baton Rouge, where we left them.
-
-We commenced teaching our recruits the rudiments of soldiering. They are
-awkward, but very anxious to learn, and as that is the main thing, we
-look for little trouble in drilling them. By shoving them together,
-lock-step fashion, they soon got the idea of marching in time, and on
-the whole did as well or better than we did at Hudson, when we took our
-first lesson. The quartermaster has gone to the city for equipments,
-tents, etc., and when he returns we will soon be at the Manual of Arms.
-We expect Major Palon here to-day to take charge, and by the time
-Colonel B. and the rest get back, hope to have our recruits fit for
-turning over to any regiment that needs them.
-
-
-_October 27, 1863._
-
-_Tuesday._ It rained hard all day, consequently no drill or other work
-was attempted. Major Palon and the quartermaster came from the city, the
-latter with rubber blankets and shelter tents for the recruits. He also
-brought some letters, one for me telling about the draft at home. Those
-that are drafted can get off by hiring a substitute or by paying $300,
-in which case a substitute is furnished them. I am glad I enlisted.
-There have been times when I could hardly say it, but I can say it now
-with all sincerity.
-
-More women and children have come, wives and children of the men we
-have. Poor things! I suppose they have nowhere else to go or to stay, so
-they have followed on after their husbands and fathers. I have heard
-that the government has provided camps for them, where rations are
-served to them just as to the soldiers. It is a very proper thing to do,
-and I hope it may be true that these helpless ones are thus provided
-for. This arming of the negroes is not such a simple affair as it
-seemed. This is a side I had not thought of, but I don't see how it can
-be dodged.
-
-
-_October 28, 1863._
-
-_Wednesday._ The rain has stopped, and the mud is now having its turn.
-It makes us just as helpless as the rain did. We have put in the time
-making plans for the time when the mud hardens. It does not dry up, as
-it does in the north, but the water seems to settle and leave the ground
-hard even if there be no sun or wind.
-
-
-_October 29, 1863._
-
-_Thursday._ After a council on matters and things in general, we have
-made some changes, looking to a more orderly arrangement of our camp
-life in these quarters. The hangers on about camp have been driven away.
-The quartermaster's stores and those of the commissary department have
-been separated and placed in tents outside, where they can be found and
-got at. The most intelligent among the recruits have been appointed
-corporals and sergeants, and the screws of discipline turned on just a
-little more. Guards are placed, more for their instruction than for our
-safety, and things are putting on more the appearance of a military camp
-than a mere lounging place, as it has heretofore been. Just as we had
-got everything to our notion, a boat came, and on it were Captains
-Merritt and Enoch with 120 more recruits. Tents and blankets were given
-them and quarters assigned them, which altogether has made a busy day
-for us. Discipline, what little there had been, went to the winds when
-the men all got together. They all seemed to be acquainted, and such
-jabbering French as they had. I suppose they had lots of news to tell
-each other. Some can talk English, but all of them can and do talk
-French when talking to each other. They came from Colonel B.'s
-headquarters at Opelousas, and were in charge of Colonel Parker, who
-got left behind at Newtown, and will be along on the next boat. At night
-Dr. Warren, our surgeon to be, came from New Orleans, and to-morrow will
-examine the recruits. Sol Drake has been sent for to join Colonel B. at
-Opelousas and expects to leave on the next boat. Opelousas is beyond
-where I have been. I have posted Sol in getting as far as Mouton's,
-where we were, and beyond that he must find out for himself.
-
-
-_October 30, 1863._
-
-_Friday._ It has been a rainy day, but we have paid little attention to
-it. Dr. Warren finished up his examination and nearly every man passed
-muster. He was not as particular about it as Dr. Cole was at Hudson. As
-fast as examined and passed we gave them their new clothes, and a
-prouder set of people I never saw. Lieutenant Colonel Parker came at
-night with later word from Colonel B. and Drake does not have to go. For
-this he and the rest of us are glad. Colonel Parker brought eight men
-with him and about as many women. We have quite a respectable squad, and
-they are learning very fast--faster I think than we did when we first
-began. Those that were rejected by the surgeon as unsound are here yet,
-and what to do with them is a puzzle to us. We have each of us taken
-one, to do anything for us we can think of, and they seem perfectly
-happy. Mine is named Tony, and is a great big good-natured soul, ready
-to do anything for me, if I will only let him stay. He came to me at
-first asking if I would write a letter to his wife, and when I asked him
-what I should write, told me anything I was a mind to. I wrote the
-letter, telling her where he was, and how he was, and put in a word for
-some of the others for Tony's wife to tell their folks. This pleased him
-so much that he hung around trying to do me a favor in return, and when
-he was rejected by the doctor he said I must keep him, for he would be
-killed if he went back home, because he had enlisted. The government
-allows us transportation and a daily ration for a servant, so I am
-nothing out, for he asks no other pay than his board and the privilege
-of staying.
-
-
-_October 31, 1863._
-
-_Saturday._ Lieutenant Colonel Parker and Dr. Warren left us to look for
-a healthier place, as many of the men are getting chills and fever. The
-ground is low and wet and I suppose is a regular breeding place for
-fever and ague. We are glad of a prospect of a change, but this country
-is all swampy and wet. The Teche country comes the nearest to dry ground
-of anything I have seen. We are getting into full swing. Companies A, B,
-and C are organized and assigned to Captain Merritt, Captain Hoyt, and
-Captain Enoch. There are thirty men left and these are turned over to
-Lieutenant Reynolds for drill. At night, a telegram from Colonel Parker
-says we must stay at Brashear City until our regiment is full. I have
-been out of sorts to-day and have laid up for repairs.
-
-
-_November 1, 1863._
-
-_Sunday._ Was detailed for officer of the guard, but not feeling well
-Lieutenant Reynolds volunteered to act for me, for which I am very much
-obliged. I put in another day trying to be sick, but toward night gave
-it up as a failure. However, I put in the day by staying indoors,
-writing letters for the men, some to their wives and some to their
-sweethearts. The more love I can put in the letters, and the bigger
-words I can use, the better they suit the sender. What effect they have
-on those that receive them I happily do not know.
-
-
-_November 2, 1863._
-
-_Monday._ I lay down last night thinking if only mother was here to fix
-me up a dose, as she has so many times done, I should be well right off.
-I soon dropped off, and the same thought kept right on going through my
-brain until I awoke this morning and found myself in the same position,
-lying crosswise of my bed just as I lay down last night. But my dream of
-home had cured me, and I was myself again, ready for whatever might
-come.
-
-I found myself again on the detail for guard. After the new guard was
-posted I had but little to do, except to see to it that the reliefs were
-changed at the proper time. There was no enemy in sight, though the
-guards were just as watchful as if the enemy had been in the next yard.
-The worst was to remember the names of the sergeants, and that I got
-round by writing them down. Even then I had to guess at some. At night
-Colonel Parker came back from the city, on his way to join Colonel B.,
-who is at the front with the rest of the gang. He brought me two
-letters, one saying father is sick and the other saying he is well
-again. I am glad the good news came with the bad, though I had much
-rather no news of that kind would come. I also had a list of names of
-those drafted from the town of North East. John and Perry Loucks and
-Amon Briggs were among them. Whether they will go or get substitutes the
-letter did not say. Also that another proclamation from the President
-calls for 300,000 more men. I wonder if he knows what an army we are
-raising for him here. Report says an accident between here and Algiers
-last night killed twelve soldiers and wounded over sixty more. One train
-broke down and another ran into it, both loaded with soldiers. These
-roads are so straight and level it would seem that accidents of that
-kind might be avoided.
-
-
-_November 3, 1863._
-
-_Tuesday._ I made a raise of a postage stamp to-day and sent a letter
-home. The day has passed like all do nowadays, with little to do. But it
-has been pleasant, and that is an exception I am happy to make a note
-of. The quartermaster came in to-night with more tents, and more
-supplies.
-
-
-_November 4, 1863._
-
-_Wednesday._ The steamer Red Chief came down the Teche this morning with
-more recruits, in charge of Lieutenants Gorton, Smith, Heath and Ames.
-This will make more work and I am glad of it. Lieutenant Colonel Parker
-has been on the point of starting up the country again for several days,
-but has not gone yet. To-day he has decided to move our quarters to
-higher ground. This is a wise thing to do according to Dr. Warren, for a
-great many of the men are sick with chills and fever. The site chosen is
-about a mile away. I am detailed to see that the stuff gets off, and the
-others are to be on the new site and receive it, and see to its proper
-distribution. I am temporarily assigned to Company D. By noon I had
-everything on the way, and after reaching camp helped to get Company D
-in as good shape as the others. A regular camp is laid out and company
-streets made. It made me think of the laying out of Camp Millington.
-Grading the company streets and other necessary work will give us
-something to do for days to come. I put in so much time helping the
-others get fixed that I forgot my own tent, and as Captain Enoch invited
-me to sleep with him, I accepted, and after fighting mosquitoes until
-nearly midnight, I fell asleep and remained so until late the next
-morning.
-
-
-_November 5, 1863._
-
-_Thursday._ Tony was waiting for me when I woke up, and was feeling
-badly because I had to go to the neighbors to sleep. After our hard-tack
-and coffee were safely stowed away, I got my tent out and we soon had it
-up. Then Tony began skirmishing for furnishings. He had seen what the
-others had and set out to beat them all. He got hold of a board wide
-enough and long enough for me to sleep on, and soon had legs driven in
-the ground to hold it up. My modest belongings were put under it, and
-the deed was done. Colonel Parker gave a few parting orders and then
-took boat for New Iberia to join Colonel B., leaving Captain Merritt,
-in command. Captain Laird not yet having joined the command, I am
-curious to know what sort of a man I am to serve under. Company D is as
-yet made up of raw recruits, not yet having passed through the medical
-mill, so I have only to keep them within bounds until they are examined
-and sworn in as soldiers, when their education will begin.
-
-At night Dr. Warren and Lieutenant John Mathers came from New Orleans. A
-cold drizzling rain began about that time and we were driven into our
-tents, where the hungry mosquitoes awaited us and war was at once
-declared. If I had a brigade of men as determined as these Brashear City
-mosquitoes, I believe I could sweep the Rebellion off its feet in a
-month's time. They make no threats as our home mosquitoes do, but pounce
-right on and the first notice you get is a stab that brings the blood. I
-have had at least one bite for every word I have written about them, and
-all in the same time I have been writing it. The only escape from them
-is in the hot sun, or under a blanket so thick they cannot reach through
-it.
-
-
-_November 6, 1863._
-
-_Friday._ This morning Lieutenants Reynolds, Smith, Ames and myself
-formed a club of four for mutual protection against starvation. We have
-a rejected recruit for a cook, and have made a draft on the commissary
-for salt horse, hard-tack and coffee. If he can't get up a meal on that,
-then he's no cook for us. My company was examined and almost every one
-proved to be sound enough for soldiers. A dozen at a time were taken
-into a tent, where they stripped and were put through the usual
-gymnastic performance, after which they were measured for shoes and a
-suit, and then another dozen called in. Some of them were scarred from
-head to foot where they had been whipped. One man's back was nearly all
-one scar, as if the skin had been chopped up and left to heal in
-ridges. Another had scars on the back of his neck, and from that all the
-way to his heels every little ways; but that was not such a sight as the
-one with the great solid mass of ridges, from his shoulders to his hips.
-That beat all the anti-slavery sermons ever yet preached. But this is
-over with now, and I don't wonder their prayers are mostly of thanks to
-Massa Linkum. They are very religious, holding prayer meetings every
-night, after which the fiddle begins and dancing goes on all night, if
-not stopped on account of the noise they make. I don't know how they get
-along with so little sleep, or rest. After the examination we got
-blankets and clothes from the quartermaster and they were fitted as well
-as it is possible to fit from a ready-made stock.
-
-Our cook, George, proved to be a jewel. He made salt beef taste so much
-like a chicken we didn't notice the difference. Major Palon came from
-the city at night, and brought some letters. One was for me and
-contained three dollars from my old crony, Walt Loucks. This will keep
-us in extras for a little while. We were some time deciding how to use
-it, but a majority thought a part of it should go for flour, so George
-could try his hand at pancakes.
-
-
-_November 7, 1863._
-
-_Saturday._ I have never described our camp, and may never have a better
-time than now. We are out of town, to the north, on high, hard ground,
-for this country--so high that there is quite a slope towards the water
-of Berwick Bay. Company streets are laid out and the camp kept clean by
-a detail made each day for that purpose. There are many large trees in
-and about our camp, and taken altogether we have never had a
-stopping-place quite equal to it. The sick list has shrunk already,
-though the hospital tent is pretty well filled yet. We have
-company-drill every day and there is quite a strife among us to see
-which can learn his troop the fastest. The men are as eager to learn as
-we are to have them, which makes it much easier for both parties.
-Berwick, which is directly opposite, is quite a place from the looks,
-larger than Brashear. It is the shipping port for the great Teche
-country that lies beyond.
-
-Just after dinner Colonel Tarbell's orderly rode into camp and inquired
-for me, handing me an order which read, "Lieutenant Lawrence Van
-Alstyne, commanding Company D, 90th U. S. C. I., at Brashear City, La.
-Captain Vallance, quartermaster, will furnish the bearer with a boat, in
-which he will proceed to Berwick and procure a sufficient supply of
-lumber to floor the hospital tent in said regiment." Signed, "Tarbell,
-commander." I took five men and such tools as we could find and called
-on Captain Vallance, who gave us a boat in which we rowed across the
-bay, which was still as a mill pond. We landed near a shanty which
-easily came apart, and which had good wide boards, enough to floor
-several hospital tents. We made these into a raft which we towed back,
-reaching camp without having seen a person, except a guard--who
-considered my order good enough authority for letting the boards go. We
-had boards enough for the hospital tent and all the other tents, which
-as soon as they are dry will be used for the comfort of all hands. At
-night Lieutenant Gorton arrived from the city to take the next boat for
-Newtown to join Colonel B.
-
-Lieutenant Smith made me a present of a handsome pair of shoulder
-straps. The groundwork is dark velvet and the border of gold cord
-twisted and woven together. Altogether they are as handsome a pair as I
-have ever seen on anybody's shoulders. I shall lay them away until I get
-a coat fit to put them on, and that won't be until after pay day. Thank
-you, Matt, I'll try and not disgrace them. I presume he paid money for
-them that he needed for fodder; but that's just like Matt Smith. Major
-Palon also returned to-night, and made some changes. Lieutenant Ames, my
-partner in Company D, goes in the medical department as clerk, and
-Lieutenant Reynolds takes his place with me.
-
-
-_November 8, 1863._
-
-_Sunday._ On duty to-day as officer of the guard. Generally that is a
-light duty, but with these men it is not so much so. None of the men can
-read or write, and so the sergeant and corporal of each relief has to
-have the names of his relief repeated to him until he remembers them.
-Even then there are many mix-ups that have to be straightened out. The
-names are strange to me, and after writing them as they sound, I find it
-difficult to pronounce them.
-
-I went the rounds during every relief, and never failed to find
-something out of joint. One at the Major's tent, whom I had taken extra
-pains to educate, I found taking his gun apart to see how it was made.
-Another had his shoes and stockings off and was walking his beat with
-bare feet. Another had taken off his accoutrements and piled them up at
-the end of his beat and was strutting back and forth with folded arms.
-The only thing to do is to call up a man who speaks both French and
-English and through him straighten the matter out.
-
-
-_November 9, 1863._
-
-_Monday._ To-day an order came to move to New Orleans. That is, all the
-companies that are full. That leaves Company D here until more men come.
-There is a regular jollification over the order, as none of us are in
-love with this place. I suppose it would be a proper thing for me to
-introduce the officers of the Ninetieth to whom the readers of this
-diary may be, and as there is nothing to prevent I will do it now. If I
-ever get a chance to read it myself it will call them up before me as I
-now know them.
-
-Colonel Edward Bostwick comes first, and any one who will be apt to read
-this knows him as well as I. But as I want the list complete I will
-begin with him and work down the line. He is about five feet ten inches,
-light complexion, gray eyes, with brown hair and beard. He is rather
-particular about his own appearance, and also that of the men under
-him. He is always on the lookout for a higher limb to roost on, and
-after getting there himself, is very good about helping his friends up
-to him. He seldom drinks, never to excess, and on the whole is a good
-soldier. He came out as captain of Company B, 128th New York. Was
-promoted to major of the First Louisiana Engineers, May 2, 1863. He
-served at Port Hudson with them and had the name of doing well whatever
-he was ordered to do. In August 1863, was promoted to the rank of
-colonel, with permission to raise a regiment from the freed slaves in
-this department, and this he is now trying to do.
-
-Lieutenant Colonel George Parker is from Poughkeepsie. Came out as
-captain of Company D, 128th New York. On Colonel Bostwick's
-recommendation he was promoted to his present rank. He is about five
-feet seven inches, light complexion, sandy hair and beard. Is well up in
-military tactics, and is afraid of nothing. Rushes right into anything,
-regardless of getting out again. Is kind to his men, but a strict
-disciplinarian. When his orders are obeyed he is all right, but when he
-gets angry he acts without judgment or feeling for any one or anything.
-
-Major Rufus J. Palon is from Hudson. Came out as second lieutenant in
-Company G, 128th New York. He has the army regulations and military
-tactics at his tongue's end. Is pretty strict on discipline, but never
-loses his head. Money has no value to him. He would give his last cent
-to any one in need, even though he might be just as needy himself.
-
-Surgeon Charles E. Warren is tall, dark complexion, with dark sandy hair
-and beard. So far as I know he is a good surgeon. He is free with his
-money, and with the hospital whiskey. A real good fellow, though not in
-all things the sort one can pattern after with safety.
-
-Quartermaster Peter J. Schemerhorn left home as orderly sergeant of
-Company G, 128th New York. Acted as second lieutenant of his company at
-Port Hudson, and was afterwards detailed as clerk at headquarters, where
-he remained until the formation of this regiment, when he was made first
-lieutenant and acting quartermaster. He makes a good quartermaster,
-seeing that his stock is kept up and ready for distribution.
-
-Adjutant T. Augustus Phillips is one of the boys. He served in the
-Second Fire Zouaves in the three months' service and afterwards came out
-as orderly sergeant in the 165th New York. Was detailed as clerk at
-headquarters and in some way got a recommendation for adjutant in
-Colonel Bostwick's regiment. He is a New York tough. Gets drunk as a
-lord, and looks down upon any one else who does not do as he does. He is
-not as popular in the regiment as he might be.
-
-Captain Thomas E. Merritt was formerly sergeant in Company I, 128th New
-York. Was raised to acting second lieutenant of same company, and
-finally promoted to captain in this regiment. He has traveled a great
-deal and remembers what he has seen. He seems well fitted for the
-position he now holds and stands well with all hands.
-
-Captain Charles Hoyt is as good an all-round man as is often found. He
-is fine-looking, a fine singer, has a way of being everyone's friend,
-and making everyone a friend to himself. He is cut out more for society
-than for the army. He takes now and then a drink, but never gets beyond
-himself. Will share his last dollar or his last hard-tack with any one.
-Altogether, he acts as a sort of balance wheel to the rest of the
-machine, keeping some from going too fast, and helping others to go
-faster. He would be missed if taken away, more than any half dozen of
-us.
-
-Captain Richard Enoch came out as first sergeant of Company I, 128th New
-York. He was wounded at Port Hudson, and did not again join his company,
-being recommended for promotion as first lieutenant in the Corps de
-Afrique, from which he came to us with a captain's commission. He has a
-jovial disposition, but has a very quiet way of showing it. He sometimes
-takes a little too much, and then is reckless of his money and of the
-good name he has gained. Every one likes him, because they cannot help
-it. As a military man I doubt if he is ever heard much about. He had
-rather have a good time, and no matter what is going on he generally
-manages to have it.
-
-There are several other officers who have not yet reported and of them I
-know nothing. One of them is Captain Laird, who will be captain of
-Company D, when he comes.
-
-First Lieutenant Robert H. Clark was promoted from sergeant in the 116th
-New York. He is an excellent penman and would make a much better clerk
-in some department office than he ever will a soldier. He is rather
-hasty tempered, and has already had several jars with his brother
-officers, particularly with Adjutant Phillips, whose assistant he at
-present is. If Adjutant Phillips kicks clear out from the traces
-Lieutenant Clark will probably succeed him.
-
-First Lieutenant Martin Smith was formerly an engineer on the Harlem R.
-R. He went out with a three months' regiment and afterwards as sergeant
-in Company G, 128th New York. He is open-hearted and outspoken. One can
-always tell where he is, for he is not deceitful. He is well liked by
-his brother officers. Just now he lies on his back on my bed making fun
-of a stove I have manufactured out of a camp kettle. He has no idea I am
-writing his biography.
-
-First Lieutenant Reuben Reynolds is from Hudson, N. Y. He came out as a
-private in Company A, 128th New York. Was promoted to corporal, then to
-sergeant and then to first lieutenant in this regiment. He looks as if
-he had just been taken from a bandbox. No matter what clothes he has on
-he always looks neat and well dressed. He was on a three years' whaling
-voyage before the war, and tells some very interesting stories of his
-life on shipboard. Before he came to us he was detailed as clerk in the
-Y. M. C. A. at New Orleans. He is a professor of religion, and I think
-tries to make his profession and his army life jibe. We all respect him,
-though none of us feel as if we fairly knew him.
-
-First Lieutenant John Mathers is from Fishkill, N. Y. He came out as a
-private in Company F, 128th New York. Was promoted to second lieutenant
-in the Third Engineers, and from that to our regiment as first
-lieutenant. For some unknown reason he and I took a dislike to each
-other while in the 128th, and used to pass each other by as one surly
-dog does another. Since we have been thrown together we have talked the
-matter over, and neither of us can give any reason for our mutual
-dislike. We are the firmest of friends now, together much of the time we
-can call our own. We are not a bit alike. He is a regular dandy in
-appearance but the commonest sort of a fellow when you get at him.
-
-First Lieutenant Charles Heath was a sergeant in Company I, 128th New
-York. Was given a commission in the Third Louisiana Engineers, and
-afterwards given the same position in this regiment. In my opinion his
-head is not right. He acts strange at times. Sometimes he is as quiet
-and docile as can be, and in a little while as profane and foul-mouthed
-a man as I ever met. Is not ambitious, but seems to take what comes as a
-matter of course. He has no intimates, keeping mostly to himself. What
-influence ever brought him up from the ranks I cannot imagine.
-
-First Lieutenant Garret F. Dillon was promoted from sergeant in Company
-H, 128th New York. He is a very small man, has a lisp, and a mincing
-walk. He looks and acts as if he was cut out for a dandy, but lacked the
-material for making one, and was thrown out in the shape he now is.
-
-First Lieutenant Charles M. Bell was first sergeant of Company G, 128th
-New York. At the battle of Port Hudson he happened to be nearest Colonel
-Cowles when he fell. He received the colonel's dying message to his
-mother and was sent home with the body. He is one of the most capable
-of the whole lot of us. There is no position he could not fill, were it
-not for his liking for strong drink. This he does not seem able to
-control. I believe he tries to but lacks the strength to resist the
-temptations that are constantly placed in his way. Poor Bell, I pity him
-more than any other man here. With the right influences about him, what
-a different man he might be. He has more good traits than any of us can
-boast, but his one besetting weakness is strong enough to overcome them
-all.
-
-First Lieutenant George H. Gorton enlisted in the 128th New York, as
-wagoner. Was promoted to commissary sergeant in the Third Louisiana
-Engineers, and from there he came as first lieutenant to this regiment.
-He is of a strange make-up. Is well liked by all, but not greatly
-respected by any. Is a good horseman and would probably make out better
-handling horses than he does men. Put him anywhere, and he manages to
-make money, and manages to spend it as fast as he gets it. Is
-free-hearted and obliging and I never knew of his having an enemy.
-Neither does he make any lasting friendships. He worked as teamster for
-Colonel Bostwick before going into the army, and it was through Colonel
-Bostwick that he got the position he now occupies.
-
-First Lieutenant Henry C. Lay was a corporal in Company A, 128th New
-York. I knew him while in that regiment, but he has not yet reported for
-duty with us. He is on some special service and I suppose will sometime
-turn up among us. From what little I know of him I should say he will
-average well with the rest of us.
-
-First Lieutenant George S. Drake was also with Colonel Bostwick before
-he entered the army. He was commissary sergeant in the 128th New York,
-and always in close touch with Colonel B. He and I have long been fast
-friends, so it will not do to say anything against him. But I couldn't
-if I would. There is nothing but good to say of him. He has been in a
-position that kept him off the field, so I cannot say what sort of a
-soldier he would have been, but he has always done well whatever he has
-had to do, and probably would have done the same had he been in the
-ranks. He is a fine penman, much better calculated for a business career
-than that of a soldier. He is no hand to push himself ahead, but all the
-same he gets there. Does not make friends as fast as some, but he keeps
-those he does make. He is all right, no one need worry about Sol Drake.
-
-Second Lieutenant Jacob M. Ames came out as a private in Company K,
-128th New York. He was for some time assistant hospital steward and
-afterwards promoted to sergeant in his company. From there he came to
-this regiment as second lieutenant. He has not much taste for a purely
-military life and I think he would have done better service as clerk in
-some department. He has fits of blues, when he is rather cross and
-surly, but when these go off he is good enough to make it all up. He
-seems to be out of place.
-
-Second Lieutenant John Y. Keese was a private in Company H, 128th New
-York. Was made a corporal, and then a second lieutenant in this
-regiment. He has no enemies and few if any fast friends. He doesn't seem
-to have the knack of making either. Is not ambitious to get ahead. Some
-say he is lazy. At any rate it seems doubtful if he gets any higher than
-he now is. Still he may be like a singed cat, and come out top of the
-heap.
-
-Second Lieutenant George N. Culver is another graduate from Company H,
-128th New York. He has a habit of carrying his head high up and I have
-often wondered why he never stubbed his toes. He keeps rather to
-himself, not mixing with the others more than he is obliged to. Still he
-is a good sort of chap when one gets up close to him, and tends well to
-what he has to do.
-
-Second Lieutenant Charles Wilson was a corporal in Company D. He is of
-German descent, rather quick tempered, and not real well calculated to
-get along in a crowd like this. Still he is a good fellow and I think
-will make a good officer when his patience has had time to grow.
-
-Second Lieutenant William Platto is from the same company and regiment.
-He minds his own business and is well liked. So far as I know he neither
-smokes, drinks, or chews. If he has other bad habits I have not yet
-found them out. But he has good qualities enough to make him a favorite
-with all. He is tall and fine-looking and in all-round good qualities is
-above the average of us.
-
-Second Lieutenant Orrin A. Moody has not yet reported for duty and so he
-goes free. I hope he won't lower the average.
-
-Second Lieutenant Lawrence Van Alstyne was, like most of the others,
-from the 128th New York. He enlisted as private in Company B. Was
-appointed corporal, afterwards sergeant and acted as commissary of
-Company B until his discharge from the 128th and his transfer to this
-regiment. His spare time is mostly given up to writing letters either
-for himself or for others, and to keeping an account of his travels and
-adventures, which takes the place of letters to his folks at home.
-
-So much for the officers, and now for the men. In color they range all
-the way from ebony to a yellowish white. In stature they vary just as
-greatly, and so they do in intelligence and ambition. They are willing
-to learn and some of them learn very rapidly. But there are others that
-are quite the contrary, and that keeps the average rather low. In that
-respect they are like all other recruits, white or black, the quick to
-learn have to do a whole lot of hard work to make up for the stupidity
-of the rest. They look well in their uniforms and are tickled most to
-death with their outfit, especially their guns. Those that have been in
-the service long enough are good soldiers. When they have fought at all,
-they have fought like demons. If any were ever taken prisoners I have
-not heard of it, and quite likely they did not live long enough to tell
-of it. I have spent a lot of time over the descriptive list but am
-rather glad I stuck to it.
-
-
-_November 11, 1863._
-
-_Wednesday._ Yesterday I had to skip, or else break into my description
-of the Ninetieth, and that I did not want to do. Lieutenant Drake went
-to the city and I attended to his duties as well as my own. An order
-came for the Ninetieth to report at New Orleans, leaving a guard here to
-receive and forward such recruits as may be sent in from the front. It
-does not take soldiers long to move, and the entire outfit, officers and
-men, were off on the next train, leaving Lieutenant Smith and myself
-with Company D here to take care of the next squad that comes. Soon
-after they had gone who should appear but Colonel Bostwick, Adjutant
-Phillips and Lieutenant Wilson from Newtown with 130 more recruits. They
-were all hungry and we had quite a time filling so many empty baskets.
-The colonel looks well and says he feels well. Wilson, however, is sick,
-and the colonel decided to go on to New Orleans, and to take everything
-with him except Smith and I, and ten men as guards. They got off on the
-5 P. M. train. We had a hustling time getting them off, and after they
-were gone Smith and I sat down on the platform and smoked.
-
-The weather is cold for the time of year and we lay and shivered till
-after sunrise. Having no tents left we took up quarters in the same
-house we were in once before. Had we been out in a tent I don't know how
-we could have slept at all. We put in the day preparing for another cold
-night. With the aid of an apology for a stove, a candle and a pack of
-cards, we passed quite a comfortable evening and night.
-
-
-_November 12, 1863._
-
-_Thursday._ I put in the forenoon writing and Smith in running around.
-After noon an orderly came with an order from Colonel Tarbell for us to
-vacate the house, as he needed it for his clerks. As he is boss we had
-no other way than to get out. But we took our stove with us. We got
-hold of a good wall tent which we put up and moved the commissary
-stores into it, and where we are about as comfortable as we were in the
-house with half the windows out. To make the matter worse, Lieutenant
-Keese came in just at night with another batch of recruits. He left
-Colonel Parker at Franklin, and he is about the last one left up the
-country now. We issued rations for the men, and got them in the depot
-for the night. We took Keese in with us and the stories he told of his
-adventures up the country made the evening pass quickly.
-
-
-_November 13, 1863._
-
-_Friday._ We were up bright and early so Keese and his recruits could
-catch the first train out. After that we went into our tent to talk over
-matters. This just staying here with nothing to do but think brought to
-mind many things we had not thought of for a long time. I told Smith
-what Ike Brownell said just before he died. "That if he had the power to
-do so he would start North with every man who wanted to go, and as fast
-as he passed over four feet of ground he would sink it." Matt said that
-expressed his sentiments exactly.
-
-At noon the A. G. Brown arrived from Newtown and reported being fired on
-between here and Franklin. From the way she was barricaded with cotton
-bales about the pilot house and from the bullet holes through it, they
-must have had an exciting time. Lieutenant Reynolds before he left had
-got hold of a pony, but as he could not take him with him, told me to
-sell or give him away. I found plenty of buyers but they had no money,
-so I let him munch government hay until to-day, when I saddled up and
-started for a trade. I found a sutler a little way out of town who
-offered to buy if I would take it in trade. I made a rap with him,
-getting twenty papers of tobacco, twenty-five cigars, a pound of butter,
-a box of shoe blacking and a brush, and a glass of beer. That was the
-best I could do and it took me a long time to do that. Matt thought I
-made a good trade, and I hope Reynolds will think so too. A couple of
-sergeants from Colonel Tarbell's headquarters came in at night and we
-had a euchre party.
-
-
-_November 14, 1863._
-
-_Saturday._ For pastime to-day we went crabbing. We had good luck, and a
-feast to wind up with. The guards understand fishing much better than
-we, and they have all the fish to eat they care for.
-
-
-_November 15, 1863._
-
-_Sunday._ We kept in our tents nearly all day, writing letters and
-wondering when this dreary way of living will end. A man caught a big
-catfish which we traded some army rations for and have been living high
-to-night, besides having enough for some days to come. Our forces up the
-Teche are said to be working back this way. Droves of cattle and horses
-are being driven on ahead of them. They swim them across from Berwick,
-and when they get here are so tired out there is no trouble in yarding
-them. Then they are shipped to Algiers and slaughtered for the army. The
-horses, I suppose, are used in some other way, but am not sure, for I
-have seen bones in meat that I well know never grew in a cow, or a
-steer.
-
-
-_November 16, 1863._
-
-_Monday._ To-night, Lieutenant Wilson came from the city with a couple
-of orders, one for Matt, to go up the Teche again and report to Colonel
-Parker, and the other for me, to pack up bag and baggage and report to
-Colonel B., at New Orleans. The Southerner came down last night with
-over two hundred holes in her cabin made by the bullets fired at her
-from the bushes along the Teche. Several passengers were wounded but no
-one killed. They have cut the telegraph wires. Our main force seems to
-have left the ground they have passed over, not well enough protected
-to keep the wandering bands of guerrillas from doing a lot of mischief.
-Wilson brought some papers which say Fort Sumter has fallen. I supposed
-that had happened long ago.
-
-
-_November 17, 1863._
-
-_Tuesday._ The colonel left his horse here when he went through and that
-is the reason I am here yet to-night. I could not get a transportation
-order signed in time for the only train that carries horses. Matt got
-left over for much the same reason. His order had to be countersigned by
-Colonel Tarbell, and before he could get his signature the boat had
-left. Colonel Parker came in to-day and went on to the city, leaving his
-horse at Berwick, and Wilson is to ride him back to Franklin. He has
-gone across the bay and Matt and I are here by ourselves, just as if
-none of these orders had come.
-
-
-_November 18, 1863._
-
-_Wednesday._ Am in Brashear City yet and alone. I couldn't get away with
-the horse, and not daring to leave him here kept the whole outfit. I
-wrote Colonel B. why I did not go. Matt had just the same trouble I did
-and he got mad and left on the 5 o'clock train for the city to find out
-what's the matter. It is a strange mix-up. No one can leave the place
-with any government property without a pass signed by Colonel Tarbell,
-and Colonel Tarbell is out of town and no one left in his place. The
-report is Adjutant Phillips has resigned and his resignation has been
-accepted. Also that Lieutenant Clark has been put in his place. So much
-of my prophecy has come true, if this report is true.
-
-Lieutenant Culver came down to-day. Colonel B. left him with no orders,
-and he has been loafing ever since. He came down intending to go on to
-the city and find out about it. Lieutenant Mathers came from the city on
-his way to the recruiting camp, which Culver says is at our first
-camping place near Nelson's Landing. They staid and took supper with me
-and then went on, leaving me all alone.
-
-
-_November 19, 1863._
-
-_Thursday._ Had a call from one of the Twelfth Connecticut to-day.
-Another man called and tried to sell me a map of Brashear City. I told
-him I had one printed on my brain already and did not care for another.
-I took out my ten men and gave them a drill so as to keep them even with
-the others, in fact did anything and everything I could to pass away the
-time. A large force came across the bay just at night, belonging to the
-Thirteenth Army Corps. They must have joined the Nineteenth Corps
-somewhere up the Teche, and their coming through this way shows the
-campaign is about to wind up. They are western men--great big, lusty
-fellows, and by the way they act are able to get a living anywhere, for
-they have been helping themselves to everything that is not nailed fast.
-No orders coming for me, I went and made a call on the Ninety-first
-fellows, who loaded me with oranges and other good things to eat. Some
-of them are from Columbia County, N. Y. and I being from Dutchess, we
-were neighbors right away.
-
-
-_November 20, 1863._
-
-_Friday._ Last night, after I was abed and asleep, I was pulled out by
-the heels and told I had company to entertain. It was Matt, with a
-couple of his old railroad cronies, all on their way to the front. One
-of them was an Irishman chockfull of fun and stories. The other was a
-lieutenant in the Second Engineers. After getting them something to eat
-we sat and smoked, and Matt got his Irish friend telling stories. The
-consequence was we all went to sleep with a grin on our faces. Matt had
-got the transportation business fixed up, and at 1 P. M. I left Brashear
-City with everything belonging to the Ninetieth U. S. C. I. The train
-was crowded, some riding on top of the cars. One man, a soldier in the
-Ninety-first New York, had a chill that seemed as if it would shake his
-bones apart, and when that passed off had a fever that almost burned him
-up. Poor fellow, I pitied him, and that was all I could do. I hardly
-dare write it down, but I have never had a touch of that complaint that
-seems so universal in this country. We got to Algiers at 8 P. M. I left
-a man with the colonel's horse and took the rest to the ferry and was
-soon in New Orleans, looking for the "Louisiana Steam Cotton Press,"
-where Matt told me was now headquarters. I found the place, but it was
-so far from where I expected that I thought I would never get there. It
-was late, and after a handshake all around, I turned in with Sol and was
-soon asleep.
-
-
-FOOTNOTES:
-
-[6] After the war and after I was married, my wife and I went on a visit
-to relatives of mine in Albany County. While there it was proposed that
-we all go over into Green County and take dinner with some of my cousins
-whom I had never met. We went, and had the best sort of a time and
-dinner. It happened that one of the boys had been in the army, and
-naturally we talked of the war. He had been in the Gulf Department, as
-was I, and he was also in the Teche country. This led to my telling
-about stealing the horse, when he jumped up, declaring "You are the man
-who stole my horse!" He supposed the horse had got away, and having no
-time to look for him, rode through on one of the wagons of the Engineer
-Corps, of which he was a member. He described the horse, and some of the
-others, so I knew he was telling the truth. He said they had bargained
-with the people for a breakfast and were too busy eating to notice
-anything going on outside. L. V. A.
-
-[7] The man whose horse I had stolen the day before was of this company,
-and if I had not traded horses, no doubt I would have had some
-explanations to make. L. V. A.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XII
-
-The Louisiana Steam Cotton Press
-
- In winter quarters--Dull times--The fortune-tellers--An old man's
- blessing--A pleasant surprise--Leave of absence--On board the
- steamer Creole--Seasick--Losing Henry Holmes--Wholesale
- visiting--Finding Henry Holmes.
-
-
-_November 21, 1863._
-
-COTTON PRESS. _Saturday._ I slept until called this morning, and was not
-through with my nap then. I had breakfast with the quartermaster and
-then set out to get acquainted with the place we are now in. The Steam
-Cotton Press is, or has been, quite an affair. It fronts on old Levee
-Street and is about 300 feet long, running back about the same distance,
-with buildings all around it. Except at the front these buildings all
-front inside, with a board shed or piazza roof along them, under which
-the cotton as it was brought in was stored until pressed. From Reynolds,
-who has inquired into its history, I learned that the four-story front,
-except the space occupied by the press itself, was used for offices, and
-the buildings on the other three sides was for the help needed to do the
-immense amount of work connected with re-pressing the cotton for
-shipment to different parts of the world. Cotton was first pressed into
-bales about like hay bales, at the place where raised. Then it was
-brought here and sold to the cotton merchants, who re-pressed these
-bales to about one quarter their former size, thus enabling a vessel to
-take on a much larger load. The press itself it a simple affair, but
-powerful. The bed is of railroad iron cut to the proper length, and the
-follower is of the same. Long levers, with a short elbow at the lower
-end, stand at each side. Over these, chains run to a drum which pulls
-the long arms down, and the short arm upwards, thus forcing the bed and
-follower together. The great square yard in the center is graded smooth
-with sea shells, like the "Shell Road," and will make a capital drill
-ground. It is large enough for a whole regiment at a time. It is the
-best quarters we have ever had. Everything is dry and it should be
-healthy here if anywhere in this flat country. My first job will be to
-help get the books and reports in shape. But to-day I am allowed to look
-around and I am doing it. The colonel sent me to the ferry landing on an
-errand just at night, after which I got some thing to eat, wrote this
-and am going to bed.
-
-
-_November 22, 1863._
-
-_Sunday._ On duty as officer of the guard. The duties in this bricked-in
-camp are light, and are more a matter of form than anything else. Still
-it must be gone through with. I find the men have improved wonderfully
-from what they were at Brashear City. Nothing at all happened worth
-writing about.
-
-
-_November 23, 1863._
-
-_Monday._ I came off duty at 8 o'clock, and after breakfast settled down
-for a nap, which was cut short by a call from Charlie Ensign of Company
-B, 128th, who has just been discharged and is on his way home. We went
-out for a walk, and a talk about the boys of Company B. He says George
-Drury has got an appointment to come to us as hospital steward. Let them
-come. We are pretty much made up of 128th boys now, and if they keep
-coming we will get all of them.
-
-In the afternoon I took Company D out for an hour's drill. I found a
-great improvement since I last had them out. Once the hard shell of
-stupidity is broken through they learn fast. The best of it is they are
-anxious to learn and one can afford to have patience. John Mathers came
-in last night with twenty men, which will about make up another
-company, then our regiment will be half full.
-
-
-_November 24, 1863._
-
-_Tuesday._ The twenty men brought in last night were turned over to me
-to uniform and equip. Dr. Andrus from the 128th called on us to-day. He
-is on his way home on a visit. How I wish he could be with us all the
-time. Of all the men I have met since leaving home, there is none I
-admire as I do him. I wish all men were like him. A few might have to
-come down a little, but the most would have to jump up to reach his
-level; and some of them would have to jump high. At any rate it would
-raise the average wonderfully. Sergeant McArthur, also of the 128th,
-made us a visit. It seems as if every one that can get a pass to come to
-town are sure to fetch up here. We are glad to see them and they act as
-if they were glad to see us. The rainy season is about due now, and from
-appearances it is about to begin. A year ago to-day I was sick, on board
-the Arago off Fortress Monroe. It is a good thing I don't know where the
-next 24th of November may find me. I had rather leave it as it is than
-to know.
-
-
-_November 25, 1863._
-
-_Wednesday._ Drilling the men, and getting settled in our quarters, has
-kept me busy all the day. Borrowed five dollars and bought a stove with
-it. Have had plenty of help and advice about it and expect to have
-plenty of company, for we are great on visiting each other. We are in
-the most comfortable quarters for winter we ever had and I hope we may
-not be called out again until warm weather comes. The weather is not
-cold, that is, water does not freeze, but we do, almost. There is a
-chill in the air at night that goes right through a blanket.
-
-
-_November 26, 1863._
-
-_Thursday._ Thanksgiving day, as sure as I live! I never thought of it,
-until some one mentioned the fact to me. How the good things will abound
-at home. I suppose we should give thanks for what comforts we have, but
-it would be much easier if we had more of them. The day goes by like all
-the others, drilling our men, eating our rations, and sleeping in our
-tents, which are pitched under the sheds nearest the press.
-
-
-_November 27, 1863._
-
-_Friday._ A sergeant in Company K, 128th, who deserted while we were at
-Fortress Monroe, has been arrested and sent on here. He is in the Parish
-Prison, and Ames, who knew him, has gone up to see him. I don't know
-what they do with such, but from the fact of his being sent on I suppose
-it will be nothing more than reduced to the ranks.
-
-
-_November 28, 1863._
-
-_Saturday._ Colonel B. issued his first general order to-day and it
-reads like this: "Roll call at half-past 5 A. M. Immediately after the
-sound of the bugle the men will arise and arrange their knapsacks,
-blankets and overcoats in neat and compact order. The bunks swept, the
-blankets folded in the knapsacks, shoes polished, clothes brushed,
-muskets stacked and accoutrements hung on them. The company, except the
-police, will form and march to the river and wash face and hands.
-Breakfast call at 7 A. M. Doctor's call at 8 A. M. Guard mount at 9 A.
-M. Drill 9 to 11 A. M. Roll call and dinner at noon. Cleaning of muskets
-and accoutrements from 1 P. M. to 2 P. M. Drill 2 to 4 P. M. Supper 5.30
-P. M. Roll call at 8 P. M. Tuesday and Friday evenings a recitation in
-tactics from 6 to 8 P. M. A detail of one man from each company and one
-corporal from the regiment for policing camp. A pass to two men from
-each company each day, to visit the city or call upon friends, time of
-leaving and returning to be written on pass. Saturdays to be spent in
-cleaning up camp and getting ready for Sunday morning inspection.
-Officers in command of companies will be held responsible for the
-carrying out of this order and accountable for any neglect of duty by
-the men or officers under them.
-
- By command of
- CHARLES E. BOSTWICK,
- _Colonel commanding 90th U. S. C. I._"
-
-Good for you, Colonel B. It has given me something to write in my diary
-if nothing more. But I think the order a most sensible one. We know what
-to do now and when to do it. Besides it will keep us busy and that is
-what we most need. Some sort of deviltry is sure to be hatching soon
-after we get out of work. This being Saturday we have everything in
-apple-pie order. Oh dear! how I wish I had some. Just writing the words
-"apple-pie" makes my mouth water. I never saw a camp so spick and span
-as this is to-night. An order has just come for 130 men to be turned
-over to the Fourth Engineers. That cuts us down nearly half. Colonel B.
-gave me a handsome inkstand to-day. I suppose that would be as
-appropriate a present as he could make me, considering my constant use
-of one. He also asked me if I needed money. I told him I needed it badly
-enough, but did not want it enough to borrow just now; but all the same
-I thanked him and am glad to know I can call on him if necessary.
-
-
-_November 29, 1863._
-
-_Sunday._ Just two months since I was mustered into this regiment.
-Consequently I have two months' pay, $211, and am as poor as a church
-mouse. I am just as handy with a hard-tack and a cup of coffee as ever,
-and I presume feel better than if I could have anything I want. We have
-a way of telling what we will have for our next meal, getting up a bill
-of fare that would beat the St. Charles Hotel. After we have ordered the
-meal from George, our cook, we pick up a hard-tack and nibble away on it
-and are just as well satisfied, and all the better off. A letter from
-home tells me they are all well, and "the world it wags well with me
-now."
-
-The chills and fever keep at the men. Every day one or more comes down.
-I suppose they brought it with them from Brashear City. It doesn't seem
-as if they could get it here, for we are in the dry all the time, and
-everything about camp is as neat as can be. In my short army life we
-have never been in a place where we were so comfortable as here.
-
-
-_December 3, 1863._
-
-_Thursday._ For the past few days I have been too busy to even keep my
-diary going. We have been making out transfer papers to go with the men.
-We have to enumerate every article of clothing and equipment that goes
-with each man and they must all be made in duplicate. An officer from
-the engineers has been here and looked at the men, and seen them at
-drill. He decided to take Companies E, B and D. That cleans me out of a
-job, but I suppose Colonel B. will find me another. Charlie Ensign and
-Henry V. Wood who have been visiting us until their discharge papers
-were made out and transportation secured are to leave for home on the
-Cahawby to-morrow. Charlie has left me his profile, and says he will go
-to Sharon and see the folks in my place. We are all on a quiver, for
-some one has got to go on another recruiting tour, and no telling where
-it will be. Adjutant Gus Phillips, who has been under arrest for
-drunkenness for some time, was released to-day and started right off on
-another and a worse spree. This so exasperated Colonel B. that he put
-him under arrest again. I don't know what the outcome will be, but hope
-it will clear him from us for good and all.
-
-
-_December 4, 1863._
-
-_Friday._ Officer of the guard to-day, in place of a sick man. I once
-had the favor done me, and I am very glad to pay it back. Still more
-glad am I that I am well and able to do it. We expect our pay to-morrow
-and then hurrah for some new clothes, and a full stomach. Also a
-photograph to send home. Another steamer in and no letter for me. What's
-the matter up there? I guess I'll send them some stamps when I get the
-money to buy them.
-
-
-_December 5, 1863._
-
-_Saturday._ After guard mount this morning I started for the paymaster's
-office, and got pay up to November 1st, 31 days. It came to $110.15,
-several times as much as I ever before got for a month's work. With it I
-bought a coat, $30, a pair of pants, $10, a vest, $4, a couple of
-shirts, $5, four pairs of socks for $1, a cap for $3, invested another
-dollar in collars and a necktie, $4.50 for a trunk, paid the balance due
-Mrs. Herbert for board $2.50, had a dinner that cost twenty cents, a
-cigar that cost five cents, and a paper for five cents more. Paid a hack
-driver seventy-five cents to bring me home, paid George the cook $8.50,
-Lieutenant Gorton $7.65, borrowed money, for half a dozen handkerchiefs,
-ninety-five cents, and had $31 left over. I owe others for borrowed
-money, and by the time I get round I fear my pile to send home will be
-small. When next pay day comes I hope to make a better showing, for I
-won't owe so many and have so much to buy.
-
-
-_December 6, 1863._
-
-_Sunday._ Lieutenant Gorton and myself took a walk up town this
-afternoon, and at the Murphy House who should we meet but Charlie
-Ackert, one-time editor of the Pine Plains _Herald_. Fresh from good old
-Dutchess County, he was able to tell us all about the folks we so often
-think of. He looks and acts just as he did, just as full of fun as any
-boy. We walked about the town for a couple of hours and finally stopped
-at a picture-taking place and sat for photographs. We hardly expect they
-will be hung outside with the show pictures, but I have my new clothes
-on, and that may be an inducement. We came back through Rampart Street,
-which from the looks is where the F. F. V.'s live. I wrote a couple of
-letters, wrote the above in my diary and am now going to bed.
-
-
-_December 7, 1863._
-
-_Monday._ At home I was called a jack-at-all-trades and I find they all
-come in play here. The addition to my family by the arrival of
-Lieutenants Gorton and Smith made additional sleeping arrangements
-necessary. They both helped about making the beds, but not liking their
-work I drove them both out and made some that they owned up were much
-better. I also made a rack to hang our clothes on, for now that we no
-longer sleep with them on, we have need of something better than the
-floor to hang them on. We get good news from the North, nowadays. Grant
-is up to his old tricks again. The Army of the Potomac is on the move
-also.
-
-Towards night Colonel B. came round and said he had orders to turn over
-the rest of our men to the Engineers and to start out after more. An
-expedition is being fitted out for some place, supposed to be Texas, and
-probably that is where we are to go. I only hope we won't go by way of
-the Gulf again, for I would dreadfully hate to get my thirty-dollar coat
-wet. If General Banks will leave us as we are now until warm weather
-comes again, I will vote for him to be our next president, provided he
-can get the nomination.
-
-
-_December 8, 1863._
-
-_Tuesday._ After a bed, the next thing was to manufacture a table, and
-from that I went to chair-making. I made some little saw-horses, and
-across the top stretched a piece of canvas, and we each have a very
-comfortable seat. Smith says they should be patented. One end up they
-are chairs and turned over they are sawbucks. He says a man with one of
-them could saw wood until tired and then turn it over and have a good
-chair to sit on and rest up. Matt always has something to say, but we
-try to endure him. It has been a rainy day, but all being under shelter
-we care but little. No further news about Texas comes and we hang our
-hopes high. The photographs came to-day. Gorton doesn't like his and is
-going to try again. Mine are all right, except that Matt says the nose
-is crooked, but I don't care for a little thing like that, and shall
-hurry one of them home by first mail. At night we all gathered at
-Colonel Bostwick's tent, to show him how much we remembered of the army
-tactics that were worked into our noddles at Camp Millington. We filled
-his tent too full for comfort, and he decided to put off the school
-until he found a better place to hold it. He told us what lines to be
-prepared on and after visiting awhile we all went to our own homes, I to
-write and the rest to bed and asleep.
-
-
-_December 9, 1863._
-
-_Wednesday._ Officer of the guard again; was detailed, but soon after
-excused and another put in my place, all due to a mistake the adjutant
-had made. I went and had more photos made, as I found I had more friends
-than photographs. We exchanged with each other, and are each getting up
-a collection that will remind us of each other, when we again go our
-different ways. The officers that have horses are each trying to get the
-fastest one. This is a great place for horse racing, and everyone seems
-to catch the fever. Dr. Warren has the fastest one and Lieutenant
-Colonel Parker and Major Palon thought if they couldn't beat him alone,
-they might do it together. So on a back street they tried the experiment
-this afternoon. The doctor and the major started together. At the half
-mile post Colonel Parker struck in and the major dropped out. It turned
-out to be no race at all, for the doctor's horse beat them and didn't
-half try. Colonel Parker's horse is the one we searched out from the
-Great Cypress swamp. He is a beauty, but he can't run as well as he
-looks. The judges said the doctor's horse made the half mile in
-fifty-eight seconds and the mile in two minutes. We think the judges may
-have had a drink of the doctor's whiskey.
-
-
-_December 10, 1863._
-
-_Thursday._ Staid in my tent all day and wrote letters. I won't tell how
-many I wrote or to whom. At any rate there are none that I know of who
-can accuse me of owing them a letter. At night we went again to recite
-tactics to Colonel B. He said we knew our lesson, and I suppose we each
-got a credit mark. After that we went back to our tents and yarned it
-until bedtime.
-
-
-_December 11, 1863._
-
-_Friday._ To-day, after posting the letters I wrote yesterday, I
-regulated things in my trunks, getting rid of the letters I care the
-least about, and having a general house-cleaning time. Some of the
-letters I have read and re-read until they are nearly worn out. If the
-senders knew how I prize them I think they would send them oftener. It
-is rumored that Grant has been cutting up more didoes. If half the
-victories we read of were true the Rebellion wouldn't have a leg to
-stand on. Consequently we only believe such as are reported several
-times, and let those that are printed only once go for lies, which they
-generally prove to be. Still it gives us something to talk about, and
-to think about, and that is something we are always glad to get. How
-such stories get started is a wonder to me. Some one must make them up
-out of whole cloth, but if they knew how we hunger and thirst for the
-real naked facts I don't believe they would do it. At night Colonel B.,
-Gorton and I went for a walk. We went up to the stable where the colonel
-has his horse kept, which is way up beyond Canal Street. After looking
-at the horses we went to the Murphy House and filled up on oysters,
-washing them down with beer. After an hour or two of this we returned by
-a roundabout way to the Cotton Press, our home. I found my name on the
-bulletin board for officer of the guard to-morrow. As that meant no
-sleep to-morrow night I turned in, and the very next thing I knew it was
-morning.
-
-
-_December 12, 1863._
-
-Saturday morning, and almost time for guard mount. Lieutenant Reynolds
-pulled me out or I would have lost my breakfast. I reached guard
-headquarters just in time to march the new guard out for inspection.
-Then the colonel reminded me that I was not dressed according to
-regulations, and excused me while I returned for my dress suit, sash,
-sword and cap. Not having a sash I took the colonel's and was soon on
-hand, "armed and equipped as the law directs." I met with no other
-adventures, and had little to do, for the men show the training we have
-given them and are not the awkward things they once were. At 3 P. M. an
-officers' drill was had on the parade ground. Colonel Parker was
-drill-master, and had everyone out. Being on duty, I had only to look
-on, and enjoy seeing the awkward work done by some of them. It was not
-all fun for the drilled, for the driller seemed determined to get the
-last drop of sweat out of them. He afterwards said he did it for the
-good of the service, that enlisted men were looking on, and he wished to
-set them a good example. For that same reason none of them dared to
-make any objections until they were back in their quarters and then the
-drill-master got his medicine. He claimed he wanted to find out just how
-long it took to wilt a paper collar. I presume if another drill of that
-kind comes off Colonel B. will act as drill-master and the lieutenant
-colonel will get as good as he gave.
-
-_Midnight._ Some of the shoulder-strappers have gone to the theatre and
-the others are snoring away in their tents. In order to keep awake I am
-writing up the day's doings. A prayer meeting has been going on in the
-men's quarters since dark and is in full blast yet. It would be
-laughable only for their earnestness, which beats all I have yet
-witnessed. They sing more than they pray, and their hymns I have never
-seen in print. One of them I can repeat the first and last lines of, the
-middle being made up of variations. It starts "This lower world's a hell
-for us," and closes with "Where Jesus rides on a big white hoss." It was
-not funny, they were too much in earnest. Matt, who has just got in from
-the theatre, says he hopes it sounds better in heaven than it does here,
-and I haven't a doubt that it does. Abe Linkum comes in for a full
-share, his name being used as often in their praises as that of the
-Deity.
-
-
-_December 13, 1863._
-
-_3 a. m. Sunday._ The prayer meeting continues. I have found out that a
-negro preacher of great fame among them is present and conducts the
-services. If he does it for pay he is certainly earning his money.
-Reveille sounded before the meeting was over. After guard mount, a
-breakfast and a wash up, I turned in for a nap. In the afternoon I set
-out to go to church. Where, I had no idea, but after following the sound
-of bells, and finding some of them on fire engine houses, and some on
-steamboats, I turned and followed some people who had books in their
-hands and had every appearance of church-goers. They finally brought up
-at a church and I followed them in. The church was crowded, and the
-service was in a tongue strange to me, so as soon as I could I got out
-and came back home. Home--what a place to apply the blessed name of home
-to! Still it is my home. Any place, that a soldier leaves, expecting to
-return to it, is his home. If asked where my home is I should say at the
-Louisiana Steam Cotton Press. It's my only home now. That's what I say,
-but yet my heart says "in the little brown house under the hill, where
-the old folks stay." Shall I ever get over longing for that home? It is
-very humble but there is no other place on earth that I would rather
-see. Just as I was about turning to indigo, the postmaster came in and
-gave me a letter from Jane. Dear old Jane! If she could have seen me
-grab it, and watched me read it, I know she would write oftener. She is
-the scribe for the whole family. She is a fast writer. She knows just
-what to say for the others as well as herself, and the very worst thing
-I can say against her is that she does not write oftener. Still, the
-pile of letters in my trunk, all from her, are a witness that I am
-selfish to ask or expect her to write oftener. I will drop you, my
-diary, and answer this letter before it is cold from my hands.
-
-
-_December 14, 1863._
-
-_Monday afternoon._ Lieutenant Colonel Parker and Lieutenant Heath went
-out for a ride, and it was whispered about that they were going out on
-Montague Street for a horse race. Gorton and I followed them up and
-found them already at it. A horse-car line crosses Montague Street a few
-blocks from the Cotton Press, and a car came across just as they were
-almost to it. Heath just missed and the colonel ran plump into it. His
-head hit the edge of the roof, which laid his scalp lock right back on
-his head. We picked him up and got him into a nearby drug store, and by
-that time he was coming to. But he didn't know where he was or what had
-happened. We got a doctor, who said he should go to the hospital, and he
-is there now with a very sore head, and the prospects of a big broad
-scar to remember his ride by.
-
-If some of them don't get their necks broken it will be a wonder. Gorton
-has taken one of the rejected recruits to wait on him. Someway he had
-got past the doctor who examined him and was sworn in. But he is lame
-and was afterwards thrown out. His name is Henry Holmes, and says he
-enlisted at West Baton Rouge under an officer whose name he has
-forgotten. He was brought to New Orleans for transfer into a regiment,
-and was finally thrown out. He is very anxious to go north, and Gorton
-has promised to take him along when he goes home. He and my Tony are
-chums already and I am teaching them their letters. My time not being my
-own, I have no regular school hours, but they are always ready and
-really try hard to learn. As there is no prospect of our leaving our
-present quarters, and being of small account here, several of us have
-applied for leave of absence to go home. It is not expected each will
-get one and several bets have been made for and against any of us
-getting one. But wouldn't I be a happy boy if it should happen to be me.
-
-
-_December 15, 1863._
-
-_Tuesday._ Our hopes for a furlough are gone. Maybe we had no reason to
-hope, but all the same we did. Just a few minutes ago the colonel got
-orders to start at once for Matagorda Island. Where it is or what we go
-for, the order does not say. We are all in a fluster about it, and
-wondering what we will do with the housekeeping outfits we have
-collected. We certainly can't take them along. Some think Matagorda
-Island is off the Texas coast and others say off the coast of Florida.
-Matt Smith is sure it is on a mountain in Mexico. We expect to know when
-we get there. The best thing I can see in the move is that it will give
-us something to do, and me something to write about in my diary. I do
-hope another mail will come before we go. I feel now as I did the night
-we were marching on towards Port Hudson, when the mail carrier ran along
-the lines giving out the letters, and besides a letter gave me a
-photograph of dear old father and mother. I felt then as if I could
-storm Port Hudson alone, so much good did they do me. It has been my
-constant companion every minute since, and will go with me to Matagorda
-Island when I go. But I would like another letter. We are packed up, and
-the colonel is off looking after transportation. Good-bye, diary, for a
-spell.
-
-
-_December 16, 1863._
-
-_Wednesday._ Yesterday and to-day we have waited for the word "March,"
-and are still waiting. Colonel Parker has come back. He has an ugly
-scalp wound, and his head is covered with bandages. But the prospect of
-active duty has brought him around sooner than anything else could do.
-We know no more about our destination than the order, to "go at once,"
-says. We are ready, and that is all we can do. I have got out my writing
-traps, but it won't take me long to stow them away when the word comes.
-The stories we hear about the place we are going to are wonderful, but
-as none of them are likely to be true I won't waste paper putting them
-down. I am quite an authority on the times and places we have visited
-and am often called in to settle some disputed question, but my notes
-all look backwards and are good for nothing when asked about the future.
-We are still hoping for letters before we start.
-
-
-_December 17, 1863._
-
-CAMP DUDLEY. _Thursday._ I have never thought to tell the name given our
-camp here at the Cotton Press. All camps have a name, so orders can be
-sent to camp so-and-so, and some one with the proper authority named
-the Cotton Press, "Camp Dudley." We are here yet waiting for further
-orders. The trial by court-martial of Adjutant Phillips comes off
-to-day, and several have gone as witnesses. The story goes now that
-Matagorda Island is off the mouth of the Rio Grande River. If I only
-knew how long we are to be gone, I could tell what to take and what to
-leave, and would be better satisfied. Dr. Warren has given me a book for
-keeping up my diary. It is a physician's visiting list, just right to
-carry in my side pocket and I am just beginning in it, having packed up
-and sent off my diary up to this date. We had a hard thunderstorm last
-night, but it is cool to-day, and I have stuck up my stove again and
-have a good fire in it.
-
-_Noon._ The court-martial was adjourned and our family is together
-again. Our marching orders have been changed and now we are to start for
-Bayou Sara, just above Baton Rouge. We are going to-night. I have been
-trying to be sick for a day or two, and the colonel says I am just the
-one to stay and keep house. Dr. Warren came around in a little while and
-agreed with him, so I am to stay. It is the first time since I came out
-of the hospital last spring, and I hate to break such a record, but I do
-feel miserable for a fact. A steamer called the Northerner has just
-pulled up opposite camp, to take us up the river. She shows the marks of
-a skirmish with the Rebs, having a lot of bullet holes to show, and a
-big hole through her wheel house, where a cannon ball went through,
-taking off the head of a man in the cabin. They say the guerrillas are
-very troublesome.
-
-At night I had a letter from my sister, Mrs. Loucks, and in it was a
-picture of her own dear self, looking just as she did a year and a half
-ago; also a dozen stamps from father; they are all well, and so am I,
-now that I have heard from home, and have this little reminder of my
-sister to look at. A part of the regiment has gone, leaving the rest to
-keep house.
-
-
-_December 18, 1863._
-
-_Friday._ I was awakened this morning by a terrible commotion in the
-tent. It was full of smoke, through which I could see Gorton flying
-around and splashing water over everything. It appeared he had got up
-and built a fire and such a hot one that a spark flew out and set fire
-to the tent. Colonel Parker has got off some of the bandages and he
-looks as if he had been to an Irish wake. I have been writing letters
-and am all caught up now. George, the cook, has mended the tent so we
-are comfortable again. My letter and picture didn't cure me entirely,
-for I feel almost sick to-day. Dr. Warren is dosing me with something
-and I expect to be better or worse pretty soon. Good night.
-
-
-_December 19, 1863._
-
-_Saturday._ We heard a gun in the night, and are looking for letters
-to-day. We have got the President's message and have read it through and
-through. He has no notion of giving up the ship yet. He must be real
-game, for as near as I can make out he not only has the whole South to
-fight, but a part of the North as well. I wish he would send the
-Copperheads down here where they belong. Sim Bryan, the mail-man of the
-128th, is here, waiting for a boat. He says the boys of Company B are in
-fine spirits, and are still at Baton Rouge. If I had staid with them all
-this time I should surely have died with the blues. Besides, what would
-I have had to put in my diary? My stomach has a trick of throwing up the
-good things I eat as fast as I put them down. The weather keeps cool,
-and I do nothing but sit over the stove and shiver. We hear no more of
-going anywhere, and I begin to think we shall put in the winter right
-here.
-
-
-_December 20, 1863._
-
-_Sunday._ To-day has been my well day. That is I felt so much better I
-got out for a walk and took in a church on the way, where I heard a
-part of a sermon in English. The walk has made me feel almost like
-myself. If I don't get another setback to-morrow I will be all right
-again. I got hold of a New Orleans paper to-day, printed October 22,
-1861. It is amusing to us, but it cannot be so to the Rebels, to read
-what they then planned to do and then to look about and see what they
-have done.
-
-
-_December 21, 1863._
-
-_Monday._ Reported for duty this morning, and call myself well again.
-There was nothing for me to do however, but I am no longer reported on
-the sick list. Gorton says I was scared at the thoughts of going away
-and so played sick. But he says so much I pay little attention to him.
-Four different mail steamers are now due, and two of them have been due
-for a week. Have been in camp all day, keeping things shipshape against
-the return of Colonel B. and the rest of the regiment.
-
-
-_December 22, 1863._
-
-_Tuesday._ The Evening Star came in some time during the night and this
-morning I had business at the post-office. I took my stand by box
-thirteen, opening it every little while to see if anything had got in.
-This I kept up for a long time, and then went across the street, bought
-a paper and read the news. When I next opened the box there lay two
-letters, and both for me. I came back to Camp Dudley, hardly touching
-the ground, and was soon visiting with the folks at home. They are all
-well and seem to be enjoying themselves. So am I.
-
-
-_December 23, 1863._
-
-_Wednesday._ Have been making out the company returns. Also wrote some
-letters. Nothing new to report.
-
-
-_December 24, 1863._
-
-_Thursday._ Expecting the colonel back any time, and wishing to show him
-what good housekeepers we are, we got the drummer boys at work to sweep
-out the quarters and slick up the whole camp. Like boys everywhere, they
-started in well, but soon got tired. Gorton and I then took hold and
-helped them finish, and we are ready for anybody's inspection. We gave
-the boys each a pass to go outside, and after dinner went out to the
-race track, to see if any races were being run. Nothing much was going
-on, and after looking at the stables and the horses we came back. As
-to-morrow is Christmas we went out and made such purchases of good
-things as our purses would allow, and these we turned over to George and
-Henry, for safe keeping and for cooking on the morrow. After that we
-went across the street to see what was in a tent that had lately been
-put up there. We found it a sort of show. There was a big snake in a
-show case and a tame black squirrel running around, and sticking his
-nose into every one's pockets. Then there was another show case filled
-with cheap-looking jewelry, each piece having a number attached to it.
-Also a dice cup and dice. For $1.00 one could throw once, and any number
-of spots that came up would entitle the thrower to the piece of jewelry
-with a corresponding number on it. Just as it had all been explained to
-us, a greenhorn-looking chap came in and, after the thing had been
-explained to him, he said he was always unlucky with dice, but if one of
-us would throw for him he would risk a dollar, just to see how the game
-worked. Gorton is such an accommodating fellow I expected he would offer
-to make the throw for him, but as he said nothing I took the cup and
-threw seventeen. This the proprietor said was a very lucky number, and
-he would give the winner $12 in cash or the fine pin that had the
-seventeen on it. The fellow took the cash, like a sensible man. I
-thought there was a chance to make my fortune and was going right in to
-break the bank, when Gorton, who was wiser than I, took me one side and
-told me not to be a fool; that the greenhorn was one of the gang, and
-that the money I won for him was already his own. Others had come by
-this time and I soon saw he was right, and I kept out. We watched the
-game awhile and then went back to Camp Dudley and to bed.
-
-
-_December 25, 1863._
-
-_Friday._ Christmas, and I forgot to hang up my stocking. After getting
-something to eat, we took stock of our eatables and of our pocket-books,
-and found we could afford a few things we lacked. Gorton said he would
-invite his horse-jockey friend, James Buchanan, not the ex-president,
-but a little bit of a man, who rode the races for a living. So taking
-Tony with me I went up to a nearby market, and bought some oysters, and
-some steak. This with what we had on hand made us a feast such as we had
-often wished for in vain. Buchanan came, with his saddle in his coat
-pocket, for he was due at the track in the afternoon. George and Henry
-outdid themselves in cooking, and we certainly had a feast. There was
-not much style about it, but it was satisfying. We had overestimated our
-capacity, and had enough left for the cooks and drummer boys. Buchanan
-went to the races, Gorton and I went to sleep, and so passed my second
-Christmas in Dixie. At night the regiment came back, hungry as wolves.
-The officers mostly went out for a supper but Gorton and I had little
-use for supper. We had just begun to feel comfortable. The regiment had
-no adventures and saw no enemy. They stopped at Baton Rouge and gave the
-128th a surprise. Found them well and hearty, and had a real good visit.
-I was dreadfully sorry I had missed that treat. I would rather have
-missed my Christmas dinner. They report that Colonel Smith and Adjutant
-Wilkinson have resigned, to go into the cotton and sugar speculation.
-The 128th is having a free and easy time, and according to what I am
-told, discipline is rather slack. But the stuff is in them, and if
-called on, every man will be found ready for duty. The loose discipline
-comes of having nothing to do. I don't blame them for having their fun
-while they can, for there is no telling when they will have the other
-thing.
-
-
-_December 26, 1863._
-
-_Saturday._ The steamer Yazoo came in this morning and brought me four
-letters, one of which was from father. He wants me to come home for a
-visit, for he has been told I can come now if I want to. Dear old soul,
-I wonder if he knows how much I want to. I hope now my application for a
-furlough may be approved. It has been so long now that I had given up
-thinking about it. I saw Colonel B. and told him how the case stood,
-that I had neither asked for nor received any special favors since I
-came out, and would not now if there was anything to do. He says he
-approved the application I made some time ago, and that he would help me
-by trying to trace it and see what had become of it. He says there are
-so many applications for leave of absence that there is nothing strange
-about their not being heard from, but he will try and find mine and will
-also try and have it allowed. Good for you, Colonel Bostwick. But what
-shall I say to father about it? I finally decided to write him just how
-it is, that I will come if I can get away and that I want to see him as
-much as he wants to see me, but I did not dare say how many chances
-there are against my getting away.
-
-
-_December 27, 1863._
-
-_Sunday._ A heavy rain began early this morning and kept up until 3 P.
-M. Consequently we have not been able to do more than visit each other
-in our tents, or ramble about the Cotton Press. After the rain, the
-lieutenant colonel of the 25th Connecticut came and preached to the men.
-Another officer came with him, and also spoke. Altogether it was an
-interesting meeting. After this I settled down to write some letters,
-for a New York mail goes out to-morrow, and I don't allow any to go
-without one or more letters of mine. I met with a singular mishap while
-writing. Lieutenant Gorton had thrown his hat on the table and gone out
-to visit his neighbors. To get it out of my way I put it on my head and
-it having a wide brim, my candle set it on fire. The thing did not
-blaze, but just ate its way across the brim. I smelled it all the time
-and even looked about to see if any thing was on fire, but never thought
-of the hat, until I felt the heat and then the hat was ruined. Colonel
-Parker held a meeting in the hospital to-night and promises to have
-services in camp now right along. That looks as if our trip to Matagorda
-Island had been indefinitely postponed.
-
-Father's letter has completely upset me. He needs me for something or he
-would not have written as he did. But there is just nothing at all that
-I can do more than I have. If Colonel B. can't bring about my going home
-I don't know of any one who can. Good night.
-
-
-_December 28, 1863._
-
-_Monday._ I had another talk with Colonel B. to-day and as he gave me
-several messages to take to his folks in case I do go, I am wild with
-hopes that he sees a way for me to go. I didn't suppose I could be such
-a fool. If I fail, I think less of what the disappointment will be for
-me than for "the old folks at home." But I shall keep right on hoping
-until my application comes back with that awful word "Disapproved"
-written across it.
-
-
-_December 29, 1863._
-
-_Tuesday._ I put in a miserable night. I simply could not sleep for
-thinking about my application. I traced it from headquarters to
-headquarters, all the way up to G. Norman Leiber, A. A. A. General, and
-watched to see what he wrote across the back. It was approved at every
-stopping place up to his office, and I thought he merely glanced at the
-endorsements and then wrote "Approved." I found myself sitting up in my
-bed with the sweat pouring off my face, and Gorton and Smith both
-yelling at me to know what was the matter.
-
-So it seems I did sleep enough to have that blessed dream, but I was
-about heart-broken to find it only a dream. Smith says he shall tell the
-colonel to ask that my application be approved for the good of the
-service, and if that doesn't work will ask for another place to sleep
-in. After breakfast I was sent with a detail to get some material for
-brush-brooms, to sweep the quarters with. This was something I had long
-recommended, for I had learned from the men that they could make them if
-they had the material, and that could be found in any swamp. We went out
-Montague Street and followed it mile after mile till we were out of the
-city and into the Little Cypress Swamp, so-called to distinguish it from
-the Great Cypress which we saw when in the Teche country. We found acres
-of the stuff, and soon had all we could lug back. We got back in time
-for dinner and then the broom manufacture began. Some of them are fully
-as well made as any in the market, and all look as if they would do good
-service.
-
-After dinner I went at the company returns so as to be ready for January
-1st, when we expect to get our pay. What if my leave of absence should
-come before pay day? I don't suppose there is money enough in the whole
-outfit to pay my fare to New York. Jim Brant from Company B, 128th, came
-in to-night. He has a furlough and is going home by the first boat.
-Recitation came again to-night and we all had good lessons. I am going
-to try and sleep to-night, for I need it.
-
-
-_December 30, 1863._
-
-_Wednesday._ Rain all day, and at it yet, 10 P. M. Have been getting my
-company affairs settled up so as to be ready to turn over in case I go
-home. Have also been looking up so as to be ready for the tactics
-recitation to-morrow night.
-
-
-_December 31, 1863._
-
-_Thursday._ The last of the year 1863. A year ago we were at the
-quarantine station seventy-two miles below here, hardly any well ones
-among us, and from one to three deaths every day. All were discouraged
-and ready for any change, no matter what, for nothing could be worse
-than the condition we were in. We were about as hard hit as any regiment
-I have yet heard of. What a heaven our present quarters would have been
-to us then! Then we came up to Chalmette, just below here, where several
-more died, and then on to Camp Parapet, where I was so sick that Colonel
-B., then Captain B., wrote his father I would probably be dead before
-the letter reached him. But God was good to me. The next the captain
-knew I was better, and I have never seen any one get well as fast as I
-did. Before I was discharged from the hospital I followed the regiment
-on a scout to Ponchatoula, and that completed the cure. We then went to
-Port Hudson and through the siege of six weeks before the works there,
-and were rewarded by being one of the seven regiments to go in and
-receive the surrender. Then after marching back to Baton Rouge, we went
-to Donaldsonville, and then by easy marches up the river to Plaquemine,
-and from there to Baton Rouge again. Then came the split up, the 128th
-to remain where they since have been, and a few of us sent back to this
-city for discharge from the 128th and for muster into the Corps de
-Afrique. An exciting trip to the mouth of the Sabine River and back, and
-then a run up the Teche country and back here, brings me round to the
-present time and place. Thus I have summed up the most eventful year of
-my life. I have captured no medals for bravery, neither have I had a
-single reprimand for cowardice or lack of duty in any place I have been
-put. This much I am telling you, diary, and don't you ever tell how
-many times I have been scared most to death in the making up of this
-record. It is not one to brag about, neither is it, from my standpoint,
-one to be ashamed of. I have been on duty as officer of the guard
-to-day, but the duties are so light, and the sergeants so well drilled,
-I have found plenty of time to write. One of the officers--I won't
-mention his name, but will say he is the one responsible for our muster
-rolls being sent to the paymaster--got on a spree and forgot to send
-them. Colonel B. has talked him sober and he has gone to deliver them
-personally. If he don't get going again on the way, we stand a good
-chance of getting paid off to-morrow. To-night is recitation night, but
-being on duty excuses me. However I have the lesson at my tongue's end,
-for we have not yet got beyond what Colonel Smith pounded into us at
-Camp Millington. I shall never forget how, as knowledge rolled in, the
-sweat rolled out while in that hot and dusty school camp at Millington.
-Good night, 1863.
-
-
-_January 1, 1864._
-
-_Friday._ Good morning, 1864. How do you do, and have you a leave of
-absence for me on or about you? This is the coldest day I have seen in
-Louisiana. Ice formed on every puddle. The natives say it has not been
-so cold in seventeen years. Good! I have seen ice once more. Now for a
-snowstorm and then it will begin to seem like home. What are our folks
-at to-day? It is easy to guess, that they are together somewhere,
-probably at home to eat some of the good things mother knows so well how
-to cook. Then after dinner they will talk the afternoon away and then go
-home. But I forget that the roads may be blocked with snow, and the
-mercury too low for comfort in going out. At any rate it is safe to say
-they will have a good time somewhere and somehow. This idleness is going
-to be the ruination of us, I fear. Three officers are absent without
-leave, and Gorton was sent to round them up. He came back first and I
-mistrust he came on after giving them a caution. Soon after the runaways
-came back and were placed under arrest by Colonel B. and they now have
-only the limits of the camp. As nothing more is likely to happen
-to-night I will stop writing and try and plan how to sleep warm.
-
-
-_January 2, 1864._
-
-_Saturday._ As might have been expected, our half-burned tent kept out
-but little of the cold. To-day we have drawn a new one and put it up in
-a place more protected from the wind, and have left the old one standing
-for a store room. It has been a busy day in camp, for all hands have
-been trying to make themselves comfortable in any way they can think of.
-Tactic school again to-night, and that is all there is to say for the
-miserable day it has been.
-
-
-_January 3, 1864._
-
-_Sunday._ There was preaching in the quarters as promised. After a good
-sermon by an old man whom Colonel Parker had got hold of, the colonel
-gave a first-rate talk to all hands. I wrote several letters to home
-folks and had to tell them I had heard nothing more about my leave to go
-home. Good night, all.
-
-
-_January 4, 1864._
-
-_Monday._ Pay day to-day. I had $205.25 due me, and now let the furlough
-come. I am ready for it and if it had come before this I could only use
-it by walking.
-
-Gorton has said so much about a fortune-teller he has several times
-consulted, that I went with him and had my fortune told. I found the
-fortune-teller to be an old woman, whether white or black I am not sure.
-She was black enough, but her features were not like an African's.
-Whether Gorton had given her any points about me or not I don't know. He
-says he didn't tell her a thing. She took me in to a room dimly lighted
-and sat me down at one side of a table while she took the other. Then
-she spread out a pack of common playing cards, and began. First she said
-I had received a letter from a near relative that had caused me trouble
-of mind. That this near relative had also seen trouble on my account.
-That brought to mind father's letter and I thought, and wanted to say,
-"Go it, old gal, for you are correct so far." Next she told me I was
-going on a journey and would start within nine days. That it was partly
-by water and partly by land, but mostly by water. Also that I was going
-to meet with a great disappointment soon. These are the things I
-remember, and are the ones I feel most concerned about. The journey,
-provided she can read my future, and which I don't yet believe, may be
-the long expected trip to Matagorda Island. That order has not been
-countermanded yet. Or it may be I am really and truly going home. Either
-one would be by water and land both, but mostly by water. About the
-letter that had caused both myself and a near relative trouble, it must
-have been the letter from father, and Gorton may have told her of it.
-The disappointment is what troubles me most. I know of nothing on earth
-that would be a greater disappointment than the disapproval of my
-application. Gorton knows all about that and may have told her, though
-he swears he did not. He says there is another fortune-teller he knows
-about, but has never seen, that has a greater reputation and charges a
-greater price. My old woman charged a dollar and the other one has five
-times that, but all the same I am tempted to see her just to see how
-they agree. If they should agree I would have to own up they knew
-something, and if they disagreed I would throw the whole thing off my
-mind, that is, if I can.
-
-Lieutenant Reynolds wanted to go to the theatre to-night and I have
-taken his place on guard. A white regiment has moved in with us for
-winter-quarters. There is room for several regiments, and provided we
-agree, it will be pleasanter for all.
-
-
-_January 5, 1864._
-
-_Tuesday._ We had a cold wet rain this morning and then the rain
-stopped. The cold, however, kept right on and we are expecting to shiver
-all night. Sol, our commissary, had to go up town on business, so with
-his authority I went to the post bakery and drew bread for the regiment.
-Towards night Sol, Jim Brant, who is still waiting for a boat, and
-myself went up town and filled up on raw oysters, getting back in time
-to say our lessons to Colonel B. The run home, or the oysters, or both,
-warmed us up so the weather seems much milder, and we had a much more
-comfortable night than we looked for.
-
-
-_January 6, 1864._
-
-_Wednesday._ Another rainy morning, and so cold the water freezes on the
-trees and looks real homelike. The natives say it will kill the orange
-crop and the bananas also. Also that the sugar-cane crop will be a
-failure. From all I can learn this is very unusual weather for this part
-of the country. What about the soldiers that are out in tents, lying on
-the ground. They say nothing of them, but I cannot help thinking of and
-pitying them.
-
-Colonel B. has been to headquarters to-day and heard that our Texas trip
-is likely to come off yet. Just how soon he did not find out, but it is
-not given up. I suppose it would really be the best thing for us, for
-camp life is a very demoralizing life for soldiers. What we will be by
-spring if we stay here is hard to tell, but deviltry of one sort or
-another is sure to get a good start. Just at night I went to the
-post-office to have a look in box thirteen. There were some letters, but
-none for me. But I always think no news is not bad news, and then go to
-looking for the next mail. Sergeant Brant is here yet waiting for
-transportation. His furlough will run out while he waits, but he doesn't
-seem to care. I am sure I would be an uneasy mortal if I was in his
-place.
-
-
-_January 7, 1864._
-
-_Thursday._ Officer of the guard again and in camp as a natural
-consequence. The weather is quite mild. Rain keeps coming. It is the
-rainy season for this country, and we must put up with it. Lieutenant
-Ames is celebrating his full pockets. I am saving mine until I hear from
-my application and maybe then I'll celebrate.
-
-
-_January 8, 1864._
-
-_Friday._ The anniversary of the battle of New Orleans, and a great day
-for the place. They tell me it is nothing to what it used to be before
-the war. Still there is lots of noise and the bands are all playing as
-the people march by on the way to Chalmette.
-
-At night I went to the first show I have attended in New Orleans. It was
-at the Academy of Music and was fine. There was a troop of trained dogs
-that did everything but talk, and I expected that would be the next
-thing. Some were dressed like ladies and were posted around the ring on
-little chairs. A coach, drawn and driven by dogs, and with other dogs
-inside, came round making calls on the ladies. The coach would pull up
-opposite a lady, the footman would jump down and hold the horses while
-the lady inside got out and rubbed noses with the lady in the chair, and
-then on to the next until the circuit was completed. People could not
-have acted the part better. All that was lacking was the chatter and the
-smack that would have been heard if humans had acted the part. The rest
-was good but the dogs suited me best.
-
-
-_January 9, 1864._
-
-_Saturday._ Two letters to-day. Aunt Maria and Jane were the senders.
-They had just got my letters, written Dec. 9, so it takes just a month
-for a letter to come and go. I went up town and had my phiz taken again.
-Jane didn't like the one I sent her. Coming back I met with a strange
-adventure, and although there wasn't much to it, it someway impressed me
-so I have thought of little else since. A fairly well-dressed man, old
-and venerable-looking, tapped me on the shoulder and asked for five
-cents to buy some crackers. He did not look or appear like a beggar, and
-something about him and his manner struck me as no other such plea ever
-did. I had spent nearly all the money I had with me, but what I did have
-I handed over, and was going on when he stopped me to know if I would
-receive an old man's blessing. I stopped, not knowing what to say or do,
-when he raised his hands above my head, and as near as I can recall the
-words said, "God Almighty bless and protect you and yours. The Cross of
-Christ shall stand between you and all harm, a bullet shall never hit
-that head; you have helped a poor old man, and as you have helped him so
-shall you be helped. You have cast bread upon the water and though it be
-late in life, your reward shall come." I thanked him and hurried away.
-Quite a crowd had collected while this was going on. I was all togged
-out in my new uniform, having been to have my picture taken, and I
-suppose the sight was a little unusual. I haven't told a soul but you,
-diary, for anyone but you would laugh at me. But you and I are
-confidants and you have never yet betrayed me. Lieutenant Gorton is
-about sick to-night, and I have been doctoring him up the best I know
-how. Have got him to bed and given him a part of my covering, for though
-the night is cold he needs it the most. I don't feel a bit like sleep.
-In spite of me I can't get the old man and his strange conduct out of my
-head.
-
-By way of experiment a squad of sergeants was sent out to-night to try
-their hand at recruiting. They have come in with about sixty
-good-looking negroes. This shows they can beat us at the business, and
-if they are kept at it we will soon have a full regiment.
-
-
-_January 10, 1864._
-
-_Sunday._ Sergeant Brant thought sure he would go to-day and after a
-good-bye all round started for the boat. He came back soon after, saying
-he had given up the trip for to-day. It seems the boat is held back for
-some reason and will sail to-morrow. That will give me time to write
-some more letters. The quartermaster and I went to church to-day. He
-knew where to go, and though it was a long walk there and back, I felt
-well paid for going. As near as I could tell it was a Methodist church.
-At any rate the language used was United States, while those I had
-before attended used Latin. We were seated in a pew with a handsome
-young lady, who gave us a hymn book, even finding the place for us. I
-was never more sorry I could not sing. After church she invited us to
-come again, saying how glad she was we had come to-day. We promised her
-we would, and came back. If I can find the way there I certainly mean to
-go again. We now expect to start for Texas this week sometime. Only a
-part are to go and we are all impatience to know who will be taken and
-who left. If I knew my leave of absence wouldn't come I should want to
-go, but suppose it did come and had to follow me up, the time would be
-up before I could get started. I am very often thankful for the things I
-don't know.
-
-
-_January 11, 1864._
-
-_Monday._ I sneaked off this morning, and hunted up Madam Black, the
-"Great Indian Astrologist," as the papers call her. I had been boiling
-over with curiosity to know how near she and the other one--I have
-forgotten her name--agree as to my future. I found her without trouble,
-and was surprised to find her, not a squaw, as I expected, but one of
-the sweetest-looking and most motherly-acting old women I have seen
-since I saw my own dear mother. She simply took me by storm. I couldn't
-disbelieve her if I tried. I had always been an unbeliever in
-fortune-telling, but in the state of mind I was in I was ready to catch
-at any straw she held out. She took me into an elegantly furnished room,
-and the only question she asked about myself was the day and month of my
-birth. This I told her, and she sat down before me and closed her eyes
-as if going to sleep. Soon she began, and gave me as good a history of
-my past life as I could have told her, without going into particulars
-more than she did. Of course I was then ready to gulp down anything she
-might say, and was tempted to run away and leave my future as it had
-always been to me, a closed book. But my desire to hear about my going
-home, or going to Texas was strong upon me, and I held my breath while
-she continued. She told me I was born to disappointment, that my plans
-had been upset as fast as I made them, and this would continue until
-after my forty-fifth birthday; that happily for me I was also born with
-a disposition that did not allow disappointments to sink in as it
-otherwise would, and for that reason I had never been so discouraged as
-not to try again. After my forty-fifth birthday things would change and
-I would wind up rich and contented. As she said this she added, "but it
-won't take as much to make you rich and contented as it does most
-people." She told me I was to have two wives (she didn't say both at one
-time) and five children. Then she said, as the other one did, that I was
-going on a journey in a few days, from which I would return to New
-Orleans again; that inside of seven months I would go on a journey from
-which I would never return to this place; that after that I would be
-happy and the world would be kinder to me than ever before. Aside from a
-chat we had on other subjects, that was all I got for my $5. I believe
-now I am to go somewhere very soon, but whether to Matagorda or to
-Dutchess County I know no more than before. I came back and went to work
-getting ready for a start, because that was what the others were doing,
-but to save me I couldn't put much heart in my preparations. It rained
-to-day, as usual. Altogether it has not been a cheerful day for me. I
-am five dollars poorer and the little knowledge I swapped it for does
-not cheer me as I hoped it might. Good night, diary. Remember you are
-not to tell a living soul of this, and when Gorton next proposes my
-going to consult my future, I shall tell him I don't believe a thing in
-it, and that the whole thing is a swindle. The question, Texas or home,
-is still unanswered.
-
-
-_January 12, 1864._
-
-_Tuesday._ "Glory, Hallelujah!" I'm going home. Just as I was crawling
-under my blanket to-night, after a miserable cold, wet day of routine
-duty, the colonel's servant came and said the colonel wanted me to come
-to his tent. I got up and dressed, wondering what it could mean. Just
-then I recalled hearing a horseman ride in and out, and I said to
-myself--that means Texas sure. I found pretty much all the colonel's
-family packed in his tent and all with long, sober faces on them. The
-colonel asked me what sort of a caper I had been up to when out on a
-pass yesterday, adding, before I could reply, that I was the last one he
-expected to get such a report about from headquarters, at the same time
-handing me an official-looking document and requested me to read for
-myself. In a sort of a daze I opened it and at a glance saw it was my
-leave of absence. I came to life then. Whether they are glad to be rid
-of me for a while, or what, I don't know, but they all appeared as glad
-as I was. Appeared, I say, for it is not possible they could feel as I
-did, and do, about it. We kept the colonel up until he drove us off and
-then the most of them went home with me, and we kept up the clatter of
-talk until almost morning. The errands and the messages I have promised
-to do and deliver will make a hole in my vacation, but I don't care, for
-anyone of them would do the same for me. The day had been so dull that I
-was not going to write a word about it, but the wind-up was too
-momentous not to mention it on the day and date thereof. And now for a
-nap, or a try for one.
-
-
-_January 13, 1864._
-
-_Wednesday._ In spite of late hours last night I was up early, and as
-soon as I had eaten, was off to look up the matter of transportation. If
-a transport is to sail soon I can go through for nothing. I found it was
-barely possible one might go this week, but it was quite uncertain.
-Knowing how very uncertain these army uncertainties are, I went to the
-office of the Creole and found she sails on Friday. I engaged passage
-and came back and have since been getting ready to go. Gorton wants me
-to take his Henry Holmes along to help Mrs. Gorton, and says I can pass
-him through as my servant free of cost. I told him if that was the case
-I would take him along, and the darkey is almost as glad to go as I am.
-Marching orders came to-day, and preparations for a move are already
-under way. Two regiments of mounted infantry have come in to camp with
-us and this makes neighbors pretty close.
-
-
-_January 14, 1864._
-
-_Thursday. Night._ Camp is torn up, and the men and officers have gone.
-Part started for Franklin again, for recruits, and Colonel B. with the
-rest have started off towards Lake Ponchartrain, what for, nobody here
-knows. If I have the good luck that was wished me, I shall certainly
-have a fine time. I have got my ticket, and my baggage is on board the
-Creole. She sails at 7 A. M. to-morrow morning. I am back in camp to
-stay with Sol and the quartermaster, who are left to go on to-morrow
-with the stores. Colonel B. rode in for some final directions. He says
-they encamp at Lakeport to-night, and will receive orders in the morning
-what to do or where to go. He says there is a prospect of our being
-transferred to the quartermaster's department.
-
-
-_January 15, 1864._
-
-_Friday._ On board the steamer Creole, at South West Pass. Have taken on
-a pilot and will soon be across the bar and into the Gulf. We left at
-foot of Toulouse street at half past eight this morning. Gorton had
-managed to get in, in time to swing his hat as we started down the
-river.
-
-Whether he had something of importance to say I don't know, for he was
-too late for anything but the farewell swing of his broad-brimmed hat.
-The boat is so nice I don't feel a bit at home. The table and staterooms
-are likewise. However I shall try and endure it. The most of the
-passengers are army men with a sprinkling of men and women, some of the
-latter being Sisters of Mercy. No place would look right without them,
-for they seem to be everywhere. We are in the Gulf now, and the pilot
-has just left us. The sea is getting rougher every minute and my dinner
-and supper seem to be quarreling about something. I did not expect to be
-seasick, but the symptoms are all here and I think I will go below.
-
-
-_January 17, 1864._
-
-_Sunday._ Yesterday I did not write. I had other business to attend to.
-Friday night I went below, thinking I might the better escape an attack
-of seasickness, which I felt coming on. But I did not. After a night as
-full of misery as one night can be, I found myself alive at daylight,
-but perfectly willing to die, if I only could. The stateroom was first
-swinging around in a circle, and then going end over end. First I would
-go up, as if I was never going to stop, and then sink down until it
-seemed as if I must strike bottom. My clothes, hanging across from me,
-were going through the same motions. I was soon gazing at my breakfast,
-dinner and supper of the day before, and I think I saw traces of my New
-Year's dinner. Life or death, York State or Louisiana, peace or war were
-all the same to me then. Whether the ship was on its way to New York or
-to the bottom didn't interest me a particle. Anything would suit me.
-After a while of this I fell asleep, and about 3 P. M. I came to life
-again, and began to take stock, as Sol says. I felt like a dishrag,
-thrown down without being wrung out. Soon a knock came at the door, and
-I was surprised to find I could say "come in." A colored individual with
-the boat's uniform on came in, and after a look at me and then at the
-floor went after the necessary tools for house-cleaning. There were two
-berths, one above the other, and I was in the lower one. He helped me
-into the upper berth and began operations on the one I had occupied.
-After a while he claimed things were once more shipshape, and left me
-saying I would soon be all right. I soon after got out on the floor and
-managed to get into my clothes. From that I ventured into the cabin,
-where I sat down in a chair I could not possibly fall out of, and soon
-got into conversation with a man, whom I found to be a sea captain, on
-his way to New York to take out another vessel. He didn't seem to be
-worried about me, and said there were many others on board that had been
-sick and had not yet showed up. He got me a cracker, which I ate, more
-to see if my stomach was still there than because I was hungry. This
-helped me wonderfully, and after visiting a while I went back and slept
-sound all night.
-
-To-day I have been on deck almost all day. The water is not smooth, but
-it is nothing to what it was night before last. I looked up Henry
-Holmes, and found he had been as sick as I, and that he was not over it
-yet. His color had changed to a gray, which did not improve his looks at
-all. All I could do was to tell him how sorry I was for him, and that he
-would soon feel well again. But he said he would "never live to see the
-Noff, he just knew he couldn't." The day was perfect, almost everyone
-was on deck, and though some were rather pale, all seemed to enjoy
-themselves.
-
-
-_January 18, 1864._
-
-_Monday._ I was all over my sick spell this morning, and although there
-was quite a breeze, and the water quite rough, it did not disturb me.
-Henry was still sick, and wished himself back on the old plantation. I
-wished I could help him in some way, but was told there is nothing to do
-but grin and bear it. About 10 A. M. we saw something they called
-Florida Cape, but if it had not been pointed out I should not have seen
-it at all. Altogether the day passed very pleasantly for me.
-
-
-_January 19, 1864._
-
-_Tuesday._ The same thing to-day. Henry is sick yet, though I think I
-see some improvement. We don't seem to move, but I suppose we do. There
-is nothing in sight but water, and it seems to go up hill in every
-direction. The Creole keeps chugging away, but there is nothing by which
-I can tell whether we move or not.
-
-_Night._ The captain says we are off the coast of Georgia, but how he
-knows I don't know. If we were near enough, I would feel just like
-jumping off and going on foot to New York and telling them the Creole is
-coming.
-
-
-_January 20, 1864._
-
-_Wednesday._ To-day the wind has been against us. At noon we were said
-to be off Charleston. The sea-captain passenger has had fun with the
-landsmen about staggering as we go about, but he is laughing no more.
-This afternoon he was getting up from a nap in his room, when a sudden
-lurch of the vessel pitched him head first against a mirror opposite,
-and smashed it fine. He called all hands up for something at his
-expense. We have spent the evening playing euchre and had a very
-pleasant time.
-
-
-_January 21, 1864._
-
-_Thursday._ The day has been warm and pleasant, we are past Cape
-Hatteras and with good luck will be in New York by to-morrow at this
-time. Henry is coming round all right but he has been dreadfully sick
-and shows it.
-
-
-_January 22, 1864._
-
-_Friday._ Was up early, for at night, or before, we were to reach New
-York. I saw that Henry was ready to grab his little bundle, and then
-kept an eye out ahead. The first I saw was Sandy Hook, and soon we were
-in sight of land and numberless other vessels. At 2 P. M. the Creole
-tied up at pier 13, North River, and not long after, Henry and I were in
-an express wagon bound for the 26th Street depot. I had to call at 197
-Mulberry street to deliver a message for John Mathers, and his people
-urged me to stay all night and tell them about John and the war. From
-there we went to Brook Brothers to do an errand for Colonel Bostwick and
-then on for the station. A man jumped on the wagon and wanted to hire
-Henry for a cook in a restaurant, but Henry had all the job he wanted,
-and refused. He offered him $25 a month and board, but Henry said no. At
-26th Street we found the train would soon start and I hustled for
-tickets. I had given Henry a dollar, telling him to get something to eat
-at a place opposite the station and looked all around for him after I
-had my ticket and trunk check. I went to the restaurant and hunted all
-about until the cry "All aboard" came, and then giving his ticket to a
-policeman, to send him along on the next train, got on board, and at
-8.20 P. M. landed at Millerton. No one knew of my coming, and the people
-gazed at me as if I had risen from the dead. I was still five miles from
-home, and as the roads were it might as well have been fifty. There was
-no one in the place from our way, and as I had to be there when the
-train came next day to look for Henry, there was no other way but to
-stay all night. This I did, at Sweet's Hotel.
-
-
-_January 23, 1864._
-
-_Saturday._ I visited about until train time, and managed to send word
-home that I would be there at night or before. I took dinner at Jenks'
-and was scolded for not coming right there the night before. At 2 P. M.
-when the train came I was on the platform, but no Henry got off. I then
-gave him up as lost in New York somewhere, but for what reason he had
-left me as he had I could not imagine. I had seen him enter the Dutchess
-County House after a lunch, and in ten minutes I was back there looking
-for him, but he was gone. That is all I could tell Mrs. Gorton, or the
-lieutenant, when I saw him again. I jumped in with Joe Hull, stopped at
-the Center and told Mrs. Gorton about Henry, went on, stopping at Mr.
-Hull's for a short call, and was soon after at home. I found little
-change in the dear old couple. I thought they looked a little older, but
-it was the same father and mother who had never been absent from my
-thoughts since I left them a year and a half before. They had been told
-I was at Millerton, on my way home. There had been no time to notify
-them by letter for I left New Orleans before a mail steamer did, after
-my furlough came. What was said and what was done concerns only us
-three, and we are not likely to forget it. It is enough to say we were
-all happy, and that we talked until late bedtime. I found my room just
-as I left it. So far as I could see, nothing had been disturbed. It was
-a long time before I slept, but I did at last, and I suppose they did
-also.
-
-
-_February 27, 1864._
-
-_Saturday._ From January 23 on I was too busy, visiting and being
-visited, to do more with my diary than keep notes enough to remind me,
-when I got time, to write up again. Time was too precious to even write
-about, I had the free run of everything. Horses and wagons, or sleighs
-as the case might call for, were free, and the houses of my friends were
-all open for me either night or day. Many times the younger set met
-somewhere for an evening and in that way I did much wholesale visiting.
-I feel ashamed now, as I look over the list, to think I spent so much of
-the time away from home. But there seemed no other way. The main object
-of my coming, that of getting a place for father and mother to live
-after April, was accomplished by buying the place opposite Mott Drake's,
-with which they are well pleased. They will be among old and tried
-friends, and about central for the girls to visit them--near the church
-and store, and where the mail passes every day. With land enough to keep
-the cow, and to raise all the vegetables they need, they have never been
-so comfortably situated since my time began. Through Mr. Bostwick's
-kindness I was able to accomplish all this, and I go back to my task
-with a lighter heart and a heavier debt of gratitude then I came home
-with. I cannot mention all the people I visited and that visited me. It
-would be easier to tell those I did not meet. Those who had dear ones in
-the South that I could tell them about were never tired hearing about
-them. Some whose dear ones lie buried where they fell were the hardest
-for me. I could not tell them the worst, and the best seemed so awful to
-them I was glad when such visits were over.
-
-Almost at the last I got track of Henry Holmes, and left him with John
-Loucks to pass along to Mrs. Gorton. He told me the man who tried to
-hire him in New York followed him into the restaurant and told him I had
-left a trunk on the Creole, and that I wanted him to go and get it. He
-jumped in the same wagon that had brought us there and was taken down
-town to a recruiting office, where he was asked to enlist. His being
-lame prevented that, and he was turned out in the street again. He asked
-everyone where the depot was where Lieutenant Larry went for tickets.
-Finally he told his story to someone who was humane enough to help him,
-and in that way got back to the 26th Street depot. There the policeman
-to whom I had given his ticket saw him, and, as there was no train that
-night, sent him to some place for the night, and saw him on the train
-the next day. He was asleep on the train when it reached Millerton, and
-was taken through to Albany, where he kept up the search and inquiry for
-Lieutenant Larry. Some kind-hearted people then set about quizzing him
-for my last name, and hearing the name Van Alstyne, which is common in
-Albany, he at once said it was Lieutenant Larry Van Alstyne. After a
-while he recalled Major Palon and Colonel Bostwick to mind. As neither
-of these names were of Albany, and as the Palons were known to live in
-Hudson, he was sent there. The Palons got him a place with a farmer at
-Johnstown, below Hudson, and also put an advertisement in the paper
-giving the particulars as Henry had given them. One of these papers fell
-into the hands of Colonel Bostwick's mother, who sent for me. John
-Loucks then went to Johnstown and found Henry, who had a good place with
-people who were good to him, and he refused to go, saying he had been
-fooled so many times he had rather stay where he was. As John was about
-to leave he happened to say in Henry's hearing, "I don't know what Larry
-will say." At the name Larry, which it appears had not been spoken
-before, Henry at once asked if he meant Lieutenant Larry, and upon being
-told he did, he said, "If you know Lieutenant Larry, I'll go with you."
-And so it came about that we came together only the night before I was
-to start for the South again. I was certainly glad to see Henry, and if
-actions are any guide, Henry was glad to see me.[8]
-
-
-FOOTNOTES:
-
-[8] After the war I became a citizen of Sharon, and soon after Henry
-Holmes came there to live and so conducted himself that only good can be
-said of him. In the book of Sharon epitaphs, published in 1903, appears
-the following:
-
- "Henry Holmes
- Died May 19, 1887
- Free at last."
-
-"Henry Holmes was probably about seventy years old at the time of his
-death. He was born a slave and so remained until freed by the Civil War.
-He was last owned by a cotton planter in Louisiana from whom he took his
-name. He came north in the winter of 1864-5 and lived nearly all the
-remainder of his life in Sharon. He was a Methodist, and was buried from
-that church. The ministers from both the other churches attended and
-requested the privilege of taking part in the services. They each in
-turn gave testimony to the help and encouragement they had received from
-the words and example of this good old man. He was entirely
-self-supporting and at his death it was found he had laid by a sum
-sufficient to defray the expenses of his burial, and to pay for the
-enduring monument which marks his grave in Hillside Cemetery."
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIII
-
-On Board the McClellan
-
- The start for Dixie--The McClellan is not the Creole--A tough
- crowd--Man overboard--Martial law proclaimed--Arrest of the
- rioters--Storm at sea--Stop at Key West--In New Orleans again.
-
-
-I reached New York on my return journey Feb. 23, and sent my trunk to
-the Creole, which was to sail the next morning. Returning to the
-Washington Hotel for the night, I found Daniel McElwee, who told me if I
-would wait until Saturday he would send me through free of expense. This
-was inducement enough for me to send and get my trunk and wait. Sixty
-dollars saved in three days was not to be missed even at the risk of a
-slower boat and poorer accommodations. John Thompson was also there.
-With a letter from Daniel to George Starr, the head of the
-transportation department, we went and gave him a call. He seemed glad
-of a chance to do his friend McElwee a favor, telling me to be on board
-the transport McClellan on Saturday morning and he would do the rest. I
-had promised Mrs. Gibson to call on my way back and tell her more about
-her brother, Lieutenant John Mathers, and we next went there. From there
-to Brooks Brothers to find out about Colonel B.'s clothes, and then back
-to the Washington, where I met several old acquaintances and spent a
-very pleasant evening. The next morning I got to thinking of a donation
-party that was to come off at the city that night, and how nice it would
-be to drop in and surprise them. By train time I had figured out a
-programme that would cost no more than waiting in New York, and at 8 P.
-M. I was in Amenia, and in one of the worst storms of the whole winter.
-Rain, snow, and hail, and a high wind to drive it. There was nothing to
-do but go to Putnam's and stay over. The next day I took the stage to
-the city and and found out the donation party did not come off. The
-storm continued and for all I could do it would not stop. I put in the
-day as best I could and the next morning went back to Amenia and took
-the train for New York, having been within five miles of home, when they
-supposed I was somewhere on the Atlantic. I put up at the Washington but
-found no one with whom I was acquainted. I spent a dull enough evening,
-and went to bed disgusted with everything, but mostly with myself for
-putting such a miserable finish to the vacation which I had so longed
-for and had so much enjoyed.
-
-
-_February 27, 1864._
-
-I was on board the McClellan at 10 o'clock, as agreed upon, and found
-Mr. Starr already there. He introduced me to the captain, the surgeon,
-and the purser, as his friend, whom he wished them to give as good as
-the boat afforded, and to land me safely in New Orleans, as a personal
-favor to him. They appeared to know him well, and seemed glad to do him
-the favor. I told Mr. Starr I felt under great obligations. He said as
-he could not fight for his country himself, he was happy to help those
-who could, and said: "If you ever get the chance, just give the
-Rebellion one blow for George Starr." But after all said and done, the
-McClellan is not the Creole. It is a government transport, much after
-the pattern of the Arago. There are a dozen or so of military officers
-on board, one of them with an eagle on his shoulder, several with one
-and two bars, and the rest like myself, second lieutenants, with their
-bars to get. I was given a stateroom to myself, but not very much like
-the one I had coming home. However, beggars must not be choosers. The
-cargo so far as I could see was commissary stores and other warlike
-material. We went a little way out into the stream and anchored, and
-soon a smaller vessel came alongside with the toughest-looking lot of
-people I had ever seen together. There were four hundred of them, and
-they were counted as they stepped on board, as sheep are, running
-through a gate. They were stowed in below, just as we were on the Arago,
-only there being so few they had plenty of room. I had never seen such
-evil-looking faces on human beings as some of them had. The purser told
-me they were conscripts, deserters and bounty jumpers; that they had
-been in close confinement, and for safety were not brought on board
-until we were away from the dock. Their language was as vile as their
-faces, and they seemed to have neither fear nor respect for the officers
-who had charge of them. Not all were like that, but there was quite a
-sprinkling of them. There was perhaps a company of soldiers in uniform
-and with arms, which I found to be men who had been sick or wounded, and
-were now returning to their regiments. The last to come on board were a
-couple who it appears had gotten away while on their way from prison to
-the boat, and had been rounded up by the police. One of these was
-accused of robbing another of a hundred-dollar bill, and as the accuser
-had some proof the fellow was stripped on deck, but no money was found
-on him or in his clothes. Just as he was to be released, one of the
-soldiers I have mentioned stepped up and running his finger in the
-thief's mouth hooked out what I supposed was a chew of tobacco, but
-which proved to be the hundred-dollar bill. He was then allowed to go
-below. Then we started for Dixie. The wind blew like a hurricane and we
-were soon in rough water. Rain kept falling, and altogether it was a
-most dismal setting out. Soon a great rumpus was heard below, and
-something that sounded like shooting. The officers in charge of them
-paid more attention to a demijohn of whiskey they had than to the men.
-So it went till night. Cries of murder were heard and such cursing and
-swearing and quarreling I never heard even in the army. A man came in
-the cabin with a broken arm, and told who broke it, but nothing was done
-about it. A little Dutch doctor undertook to set it, but both the doctor
-and the patient were drunk and got to quarreling, and the man was
-hustled back with the broken bone unset. Altogether it was the blackest
-picture I had ever looked upon. I shut myself in my little coop
-wondering how it all would end, and hating myself for deserting the
-Creole, for a free ride on this old tub. If I had a chance to swap the
-$60 I had saved for a berth on the Creole, the bargain would have been
-made then and there.
-
-
-_February 28, 1864._
-
-_Sunday._ The wind continued strong and against us, and all was quiet
-below. The whiskey had given out. The man with the broken arm was sober
-now. He had suffered all night, and his arm was swollen badly. The Dutch
-doctor was seasick, as were many others. The ship's surgeon fixed up the
-broken arm as well as it could be done in the condition it was. The day
-passed off after a while, and nothing worth noting happened.
-
-
-_February 29, 1864._
-
-_Monday._ The last day of winter. The wind kept dead ahead and blew
-strong. The waves were higher than any I ever before saw. I got
-acquainted with a Captain Reynolds, and was surprised to find him a
-brother to Captain Reuben Reynolds of our regiment. He was much
-surprised to find I knew his brother and to hear so direct about him. He
-is so much like his brother I seem to have known him a long time. The
-performance below has begun again. The officers have but little
-influence over them. One of them, a captain at that, went down to quiet
-them and was hit with something and his eyebrow cut open. There is so
-little light below, it is dangerous going about among the devils down
-there. Some have money and the others steal it like highwaymen. A man
-who looked and acted like a crazy man came in the cabin and declared he
-was afraid for his life. As the day wore on the deviltry grew worse.
-Captain Gray told the officers in command that unless they could
-control them he would stop at the nearest port and land them. He is
-afraid of fire, as they smoke and have open lights all the time. Several
-of them are known to have revolvers, and to have fired them. The
-officers I think are afraid of them and I don't know that I wonder.
-There are six or eight ringleaders, and the peaceably inclined have to
-submit to anything they say. At least a dozen complaints were made
-to-day and all were against a few, of whom they are in terror.
-
-
-_March 2, 1864._
-
-_Wednesday._ After breakfast, and as we were mostly on deck smoking, a
-man rushed up from below and went out upon the guard in front of the
-wheel house as if to have a wash up from the tub standing there. His
-manner, and the look upon his face, attracted the attention of several.
-He pulled off his coat, and throwing up his hands sang out, "Good-bye,
-all," and jumped off directly in front of the wheel. We rushed to the
-rail in time to see him come up behind the wheel, and strike out to
-swim. He had hit something, for his head and face were bloody. "Man
-overboard," was yelled by everyone, and chairs or any other thing handy
-was thrown towards him. The vessel was stopped, but by this time the man
-was far astern, and only to be seen as he rose on the waves, which were
-quite high. A boat was lowered and put out after him, and that, too, was
-hidden from view about half the time. The man, as near as I could judge
-the distance, was a half mile away by this time, though by watching the
-place he could be made out every time he came up in sight. Those who had
-glasses watched him until the boat seemed almost to him, and said that
-as he lay in plain sight on the uphill side of a wave he suddenly went
-down. One of the crew said sharks were always prowling about near a ship
-at sea, watching for anything thrown out, and if one of them crossed the
-trail of blood which the man must have left, it would follow him like a
-streak of lightning. He thought it strange he had been let alone so
-long, and had no doubt that a shark was the cause of his going down so
-suddenly. The McClellan had come round so as to face the wind, and
-waited for the boat to come back, which it did just before noon. A rope
-was thrown out and caught, and after several times trying, the boat was
-got close enough to be hauled up, men and all. While this was going on,
-nearly everyone on board had come on deck. A few, with the best-looking
-faces, were brought to the quarter-deck and questioned, and the stories
-they told of the doings below could hardly be believed. Everything short
-of murder had been done. The worst of the lot had so terrorized the rest
-that they dared not report them for fear of what might happen to
-themselves. The man who jumped overboard had been so abused for coming
-to the cabin the night before, that he took the only other course to get
-rid of it that seemed open to him.
-
-Now that the whiskey was gone, the most of them were willing and anxious
-to be decent, but were in such mortal terror of the ringleaders that
-they dared not make a move to bring them to justice. After hearing the
-stories, which were all of one kind. Colonel Zotroski (that's the way it
-sounds), being the ranking officer on board, took command and declared
-martial law. He summoned every military officer and the armed soldiers
-to the quarter-deck. These soldiers had, by the way, kept apart from the
-others and had not been molested. After taking the names, he appointed
-an officer of the day, and I was almost paralyzed to hear my name called
-as officer of the guard. A guard was detailed from among the armed men,
-and then I got orders to station them at different places below, and to
-arrest and put in irons any who created a disturbance or disobeyed an
-order given them. Also to allow no smoking between decks. Scared most
-out of my wits, I took the first relief and went below. I posted them
-where they could see all parts of the room they were in, and one on the
-next deck below, in a smaller room where the cooking was done, giving
-them the orders I had received from the officer of the day. I then
-started back up the ladder, when some one caught me by the feet, just as
-I had my hands on a brass railing that ran beside the opening to the
-deck above. That hand-hold saved me. I yanked one foot loose and with
-the heel of my boot jammed the knuckles of the hands holding me so they
-let go and I was free. I said nothing, out loud, but went straight to my
-room for my revolver. I came back just in time to see the guard I had
-posted in the kitchen tumble out on deck, all spattered with hot
-potatoes which had been thrown at him, some burning him severely. He was
-mad clear through and was ready to shoot, and I wished we were in the
-open where loaded guns could be used. I took him back to the same post
-and told him to bayonet the first man that attempted to lay hands on
-him. A great big hulk of a fellow stepped out from the crowd and coming
-close up, said, "Good, old hoss, if you want any help just call on me."
-I made all the allowance I could for his manner of speech, thanked him,
-and went where I could see what went on without being seen by him.
-Pretty soon he started as if going past the guard, and when opposite him
-made a quick grab and got hold of the gun barrel, and the fight was on.
-Before I could get there the guard was down and ready to be tumbled on
-deck again. It was just what was needed to bring my Dutch up to the
-fighting point. I grabbed the tough by the collar with one hand and with
-the other jammed the muzzle of a cocked revolver against his ugly face,
-telling him to climb that ladder or die. He was a coward after all and
-went on deck as meek as you please, where I handcuffed him to the
-rigging and went back after more. Another was pointed out and when I
-beckoned to him he came right along. The well-disposed took courage and
-in a little while had two more on deck, where I handcuffed them fast in
-different places. I now had four, but the worst one of the lot could not
-be found. He was said to be the leader in all the deviltry that had
-been going on. The men said they would watch for him and let me know the
-minute he was found. I went on deck, where I found several men who had
-been robbed by the man yet at large, of sums totaling $211. Another said
-the one I got first had stolen a shirt from him and was then wearing it.
-
-My orders said nothing about restoring stolen property, so the matter
-was carried up to Colonel Zotroski, who told me to act my pleasure about
-it. It was my pleasure to take off the handcuffs and let the owner of
-the shirt take it off the thief's back. After locking him fast again, I
-went on with the search for the missing one. I wanted to find him while
-my gritty spell lasted, for, from all accounts, he was a desperate
-character and the leader of the gang. Just before dark one of the
-watchers came and told me they had located him under a berth, and they
-thought he was asleep. Sure enough he was, sound asleep between the
-floor and a lower berth. I took him by the leg and had plenty of help to
-haul him out. He had a revolver and a cheese knife with him, but in the
-narrow quarters, and in the jiffy of time it took to get out, had no
-chance to use either. There were as many hands as could get a hold, and
-by the time I reached the deck he was there. A madder man I never saw.
-The men he had robbed were there and I told them to go through him and
-see what they could find. Although he was handcuffed, he was so handy
-with his feet that shackles had to be put on before the search for the
-money began. Wrapped around one ankle was the money, just two hundred
-and eleven dollars. As that amount was what the victims claimed to have
-lost, it was given back to them to divide up. As I fastened the villain
-to the pump, the handiest thing there was, he swore all sorts of
-vengeance on me, saying he would see my heart's blood if he had to wait
-twenty years for it. Besides the knife found on him, his revolver had
-three empty shells, showing he had used it, and probably would have used
-it again if he had been found while awake. I was mighty glad sleep
-overtook him before I did, for if it had not the day's doings might read
-differently.
-
-All was quiet now, and at the supper table I found myself to be quite a
-somebody. Some with whom I had not spoken before took pains to speak now
-and to congratulate me on the result of the day's work. But if they had
-known how scared I was when I went at the job, and how little bravery
-was really necessary to arrest four cowards and one sleeping bad man,
-they might have thought differently. But I hope never again to feel as I
-did when I arrested the first man. There was murder in my heart, and the
-man's wilting as he did is all that saved me from being a murderer. If
-that is bravery, I am glad I have so little of it.
-
-After supper Captain Gray asked me to use his room on deck for my
-headquarters, and as I must be up all night I was very thankful for such
-a nice place. The captain's bunk was in a room adjoining and he turned
-in, leaving me alone. A map of the ocean's bottom lay on a table. The
-depth of water all along the coast and for a distance from it was marked
-on the map. The wind came up between nine and ten o'clock and howled
-terribly. The captain came out and looked at the barometer hanging on
-the wall. He said it was all right yet, but if it got to a certain
-point, which he showed me, it would mean a much bigger blow. I went the
-rounds about once an hour, and found it very difficult to walk on the
-deck. The prisoners were where I put them, and in spite of all I began
-to feel sorry for them. But not knowing what to do with them I left them
-to suffer a little, thinking it would be no more than they deserved.
-
-To stop smoking between decks was not so easy as it might seem. On every
-round I made I had smelled tobacco smoke, but had not located a single
-smoker. Finally I saw what I knew was a lighted cigar in an alley along
-the outside tier of bunks, and where the light from the lamp did not
-reach. It was after midnight, and all but those on duty were supposed
-to be asleep. This fellow did not see me until I was right upon him. I
-took the cigar from his mouth, dropped it on the floor and put my foot
-on it. Neither of us said a word, and I found no more smoking after
-that.
-
-At midnight the wind was something awful to hear or feel. After one of
-my rounds I came in and found the barometer pointing to the very place
-the captain had pointed out. When I told Captain Gray of it, he jumped
-up and pulled a bell handle. Soon another officer came and they
-consulted together. A change of direction was decided upon, and then
-there was more pulling of bell handles, and they both went out. Soon
-after this the ship seemed to be going over. A tremendous thump, a
-smashing of timber, and a great rush of water all came together. I
-thought the ship was sinking or had run afoul of something. I started
-out and was glad to get under cover again. The deck was wet and water
-was dripping from everything. The deck was so high from the water I did
-not think it possible the waves could reach it, and yet as it was not
-raining I had to think they had been very much higher, for the water was
-running down from everything. The prisoners were alive yet, for I could
-hear them yell and swear. After a little the ship stopped rolling and
-only pitched and dove. I ventured out and found it raining and the wind
-blowing harder than ever. The poor wretches fast to the rigging were
-repentant now and begged for some better place. I looked about and found
-a sheltered place, and with the help of the sergeant of the guard moved
-them to it.
-
-Morning finally came, and with it better weather, though the sea was
-something awful to look upon. What I heard in the night was now
-explained. A great wave had gone clean over the vessel, taking every
-loose thing with it. It also smashed some of the timbers that form the
-guard in front and back of the wheel-house. These had gone clear over
-and out on the other side. They looked to be six inches square and solid
-at that. The rail was broken where they struck it going over. I thanked
-my stars I was inside when that happened. Such waves I had never seen.
-As the bow climbed up one, the stern would sink down in another, until a
-solid body of black water stood up all around it, and seemed ready to
-fall upon and sink the ship, but instead, the bow would go down and the
-stern go high up in the air; at the same time a sheet of water would
-come swashing over the deck, and running off at the sides. I had often
-wished I might witness a storm at sea, and here I was right in one. I
-asked Captain Gray if this was the real thing and he said it was "pretty
-stiff weather."
-
-Eight o'clock came and I was relieved. After a wash-up and breakfast I
-turned in and slept till dinner, and since that have been writing up my
-diary. Everything is quiet on board. No more cutting up between decks
-has yet happened. I am glad now I had just the part I did in bringing
-about this state of affairs, but to tell the honest truth I didn't
-suppose it was in me to go through the part I did. There was a whole lot
-of good luck, as well as some good management. As I look back over the
-last twenty-four hours I see much more to feel thankful for than to feel
-proud of.
-
-
-_March 3, 1864._
-
-_Thursday._ Before the wind for the first time since leaving New York.
-The sea is still rough, the vessel pitching and diving all the time.
-Everything quiet and well behaved in the lower regions. At night the
-captain says we are off Savannah, Ga.
-
-
-_March 4, 1864._
-
-_Friday._ A fine day and fine weather. Have spent the day on deck,
-smoking, reading and thinking about my two homes, the one I am going to,
-and the one I have so lately left.
-
-
-_March 5, 1864._
-
-_Saturday._ Have been in sight of Florida all day. The day has been
-plenty warm enough for comfort, the water smooth and I suppose a good
-run made.
-
-
-_March 6, 1864._
-
-KEY WEST, FLORIDA. _Sunday._ We stopped here for coal about 9 A. M. I
-have been on shore and looked about. To me it is like being in another
-world. Everything I see is different from anything I ever saw before,
-unless it be the people, and they talk a language I never heard, even in
-the French quarters of New Orleans. Cocoanuts grow here, and pineapples.
-The place appears to be the tip end of Florida, as the sea shows in all
-directions but one. The buildings are low, squatty, wooden buildings,
-but the streets are clean and the people look so. A few can speak
-English, but the most of them, black or white, talk more like geese than
-anything else. I saw a great many strange sights in the markets and
-shops. Nearly every building is a store on the ground floor. Great
-turtles, some of them a yard long, were sitting up on end in the markets
-and helplessly waving their feet, or fins rather, for that is what their
-feet look like. So much misery made me sorry I had seen the place. I
-suppose they are kept that way until they are sold, or die. Last night
-there was a quarrel among the men, and Colonel Zotroski interfered and
-got some talk back that made him mad. He ordered the man to be brought
-on deck, and to be bucked and gagged. This was done, and when it was
-time to release him he was not to be found, and has not since been
-found. It is supposed he rolled overboard, but I don't see how that was
-possible. More likely his friends got him and have hid him away.
-
-
-_March 7, 1864._
-
-_Monday._ We left Key West about ten last night. We are now out of sight
-of land, and I suppose are in the Gulf of Mexico. The weather is hot as
-blazes. So hot an awning has been put over the quarter-deck, and it is
-now a most delightful spot to sit and watch the porpoises play.
-
-
-_March 8, 1864._
-
-_Tuesday._ Another perfect day. A shower passed over just at night and
-sprinkled the boat with warm water. I have been off my feed for several
-days, but begin to be myself again and think I will be able to crack a
-hard-tack by the time I get into camp. My vacation, or leave of absence,
-that seemed so like heaven to look at, is over now, and the stern
-realities of a soldier's life are looking me right in the face. Well, I
-have a lot to think of that I didn't have then, and a whole lot of
-things to talk about, too.
-
-
-_March 9, 1864._
-
-_Wednesday._ When I woke up this morning, we were outside the bar,
-waiting for a pilot. About six o'clock one came and we were soon
-steaming up the river on the last stage of our journey. I was again
-detailed as officer of the guard, and so it came about that I was the
-first and the last to have charge of the prisoners, who were still in
-irons. The fellow who threatened me with such dire vengeance was quite
-docile, and said no more about killing me.
-
-At quarantine we were halted and a medical man came on board to look us
-over. He must have found us all right, for he soon went overboard and we
-proceeded up the river. It called up sad memories as we passed the
-little graveyard where so many of our boys are lying.
-
-I wondered if such a used-up mess had ever struck the place before or
-since. About noon a sharp shower came upon us, and drove everyone under
-shelter. It lasted nearly all the afternoon. At 8 P. M. we tied up at
-the foot of Josephine Street. I turned the prisoners over to the provost
-marshal and I suppose they were soon in jail. I wonder what their
-punishment will be. I was soon relieved from duty and went ashore. I
-went first to the Murphy House, where I found Dr. Warren's and George
-Drury's names on the register. They were out, but I secured the room
-next to them and went out to see if I could find any one I knew. I went
-to 184 Gravier Street and found the house shut up. Got a shave and then
-went to the St. Charles. Coming out I met a fellow passenger looking for
-a place to stay and took him with me to the Murphy House. There I found
-Drury and from him got the first trace of Colonel Bostwick and family.
-He said they were at Lakeport, nine miles away.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIV
-
-The Red River Campaign
-
- Camping on The Laurel Hill--At Port Hudson again--Meeting the
- 128th--Up the Red River to Alexandria--Two trips to Grand Ecore--The
- river falling--The dam at Alexandria--The burning of Alexandria.
-
-
-_March 10, 1864._
-
-_Thursday._ Was up early, and after breakfast started for the McClellan
-to get my trunk. I bargained with an expressman to take it and myself to
-the Ponchartrain Railroad, where I met Hallesay, our sutler. He said the
-boys had heard of my arrival and were on the way to meet me. Soon after
-this we were together again, and such volleys of questions as were fired
-at me was a caution. They didn't give me time to answer one before
-several more were asked. The train was ready for the return trip and we
-soon reached Lakeport, where I found Sol and Matt Smith both having a
-tussle with the chills and fever. The regiment had been across the lake
-at Madisonville nearly all the time I had been away. Had had some cases
-of smallpox among the men, but no deaths. Tony was overjoyed to see me,
-and almost the first thing wanted me to write a letter to his wife. I
-was kept so busy answering questions I hardly had a chance to ask any,
-but I found out that the regiment was under marching orders and expected
-to break camp that day. I felt quite flattered to think every white man,
-not sick or on duty, had gone out to meet me. After dinner in camp, we
-all hands took train for the city again. Sol and I switched off and went
-to do some errands on our own hook, after which we joined the regiment
-at the foot of Poydras Street and went on board the Laurel Hill. I put
-in the rest of the day and evening, when not answering questions,
-writing letters to the home folks, for I had a long list I had promised
-letters to.
-
-
-_March 11, 1864._
-
-_Friday._ I kept right on scribbling, but was so bothered with
-questions, I finally gave it up and talked till hoarse. After dinner I
-was detailed for guard duty, but as there was only one guard to post, I
-had next to nothing to do. We had the whole great boat to ourselves, and
-were in the finest kind of quarters. As soon as I had a chance I began
-to ask questions and found out that the muster rolls were sent for
-before I returned, and I had been reported as absent without leave. I
-then figured up and found I had over-stayed my time, owing to the long
-time it had taken to make the trip. Had the rolls been called for a few
-days sooner or a few days later I would have been all right. Colonel B.
-says it will all be made right next time. But in the meantime I must
-live on borrowed capital, for I had come back skin-poor.
-
-
-_March 12, 1864._
-
-_Saturday._ I managed to write some letters before I was relieved and
-after the new guard went on I fairly made them fly.
-
-
-_March 13, 1864._
-
-_Sunday._ Started for church with the quartermaster and brought up at a
-fire on St. Charles Street. Nearly a whole block was burned. I saw fire
-engines at work for the first time. There were several of them. They
-threw water enough to float a ship, and still the fire kept bursting out
-in a new place until all that could burn had been burned. The side
-streets were full of families and their belongings. At night we went
-again and saw a sailor from one of the boats baptized. After the sermon,
-a trap door was raised and under that was a space filled with water,
-into which the minister and the sailor walked by way of steps at one
-end, and where the convert was dipped just as they do it in the brook at
-Stanfordville.
-
-
-_March 14, 1864._
-
-_Monday._ Two cannon were brought on board to-day and mounted on the
-forecastle. This looks like business, but none of us know as yet where
-we go or when. The Evening Star came in with a large mail this morning.
-I had one letter, from my never-failing correspondent, sister Jane. Was
-glad to hear that all's well at home.
-
-
-_March 15, 1864._
-
-_Tuesday._ The Laurel Hill, our present habitation, cut loose from foot
-of Poydras Street this morning and tied up at the foot of First Street.
-Forage for man and beast soon began to come on board and kept it up by
-spells all day. The paymaster came and paid everybody but Ames and Van
-Alstyne. The one is under arrest for drunkenness, and the other has been
-"absent without leave." We looked on with wistful eyes, but the
-paymaster never took the hint. Whether out of pity or not I don't know,
-Colonel Parker invited me to go with him and Captain Hoyt to the
-theatre. We went, and enjoyed what we saw of it very much. At what
-seemed to me the most interesting part, the captain of the Laurel Hill
-came in and said he had orders to go to Port Hudson as soon as he could
-get up steam. The officers and many of the men were out on pass and we
-started out to round them up. I found Major Palon at the St. Charles,
-and he knew where others were likely to be found. He went one way and I
-another. I found it easier to find them than to get them started for the
-boat. Some refused to go; thinking it a ruse to get them back on the
-boat. I did get one started and we double-quicked it to the foot of
-First Street just in time to get on board. Upon counting noses we found
-sixteen officers were left behind, Colonel Bostwick among them.
-
-
-_March 16, 1864._
-
-_Wednesday._ Woke up opposite Donaldsonville, passed Baton Rouge a
-little after noon, and reached Port Hudson at 4 P. M. Here we received
-orders from General Andrews to land in the morning, as the Laurel Hill
-is needed for another purpose. So we settled down for another night of
-comfort, not knowing what the next may be.
-
-
-_March 17, 1864._
-
-_Thursday._ We unloaded ourselves and our belongings, and teams soon
-carted them to the high ground above. We settled in the quarters just
-vacated by the 22d C. D. A., borrowed some tents and in a little while
-were living like soldiers again. I could not help thinking how different
-was our coming this time from what it was almost a year ago. Then it
-took us six long weeks to get inside, and now not as many hours. As we
-had no orders, we looked about the place for a while and then settled
-down, I to my everlasting task of writing.
-
-
-_March 18, 1864._
-
-_Friday._ Same old story. With no idea when I can mail a letter I kept
-right on writing them, and by night was where I could begin to see the
-end. No news from the missing ones yet.
-
-
-_March 19, 1864._
-
-_Saturday._ We found a ball and had a game, which helped to pass the
-time. Colonel Parker tried to find Colonel Bostwick by telegraph, but
-did not make out. At night was detailed for guard to-morrow.
-
-
-_March 20, 1864._
-
-_Sunday._ On duty and in camp all day, of course. An order came for us
-to go on board the Illinois, which was tied up under the bluff, but
-before teams came for us the Illinois cut loose and went down the
-river.
-
-
-_March 21, 1864._
-
-_Monday._ We were ordered on board the Laurel Hill again until further
-orders. That suited us much better than lying on the ground in camp, and
-as soon as teams came we loaded up and were soon in our old comfortable
-quarters again.
-
-Major Hill's sentence was carried out at noon on the parade ground, and
-in as public a manner as possible. He is to forfeit a year's pay, and
-spend the next ten years on Dry Tortugas at hard labor. His straps and
-buttons were also cut off.[9]
-
-The Laurel Hill has orders to take on 4,000 sacks of grain and then drop
-down to Baton Rouge for a part of Grover's Division, after which she is
-to go to Alexandria, somewhere on the Red River, I believe.
-
-
-_March 22, 1864._
-
-_Tuesday._ Oats kept coming on board all day, and by the sound all night
-as well. The Errickson came up and unloaded two regiments of colored
-troops at night.
-
-
-_March 23, 1864._
-
-_Wednesday._ Left Port Hudson at 4 A. M., and at 6 were at Baton Rouge.
-I hustled off for a call on the 128th. Found them breaking camp to go
-with us, and at noon we were all together on board the Laurel Hill. At 1
-P. M. we started up-stream again. I had to go all over the story of my
-going home, for it was very interesting to all of Company B. But they
-had little to tell me, for they had been in the one place ever since I
-left them. Dr. Andrus had also been home. He is the same good soul he
-has been all along. No wonder the boys all love him well enough to die
-for him if it were necessary. Any man that can first get, and then keep
-the profound respect of the 128th New York's officers and men alike, is
-truly a wonderful man, and one perfectly safe to pattern after. If I die
-in the army I hope it will be with Dr. Andrus near me, for it would be
-so much easier. He has spoken for another game of checkers as soon as we
-can find a place and a board to play on.
-
-We kept on past Port Hudson, going first one way and then another, on
-account of the many crooks in the river, and by night entered the mouth
-of the Red River. I have found out why it is called red. The banks are a
-reddish clay, and enough is all the time washing away to color the water
-so it shows plainly after it joins the Mississippi.
-
-
-_March 24, 1864._
-
-_Thursday._ Still going up the Red River. We passed a fort, called Fort
-Derussey, which was until lately in possession of the enemy. General A.
-J. Smith, with portions of the 16th and 17th Army Corps, took it with
-everything in it. These troops were with Grant at Vicksburg, and are now
-ahead of us on the way to Alexandria. These with the 19th Corps under
-Banks make a big army. The Red River is mostly crooks. Now and then a
-straight place gives a look ahead and backward, and boats of all kinds
-cover the water. They are mostly transports loaded with troops and their
-equipments. It is easy to tell about moving an army, but the amount of
-stuff that must be moved with them is another thing. By water it is a
-question of boats enough, and by land a question of enough mules and
-wagons. Where all these things come from is what I often wonder at.
-Mules and wagons are constantly giving out, and yet there is never any
-lack. And I have never seen any repair shops for wagons or hospitals for
-mules. Once they give out their places must be taken by others. The
-wonders performed by the quartermaster's department are not mentioned in
-any reports I have seen, and yet it is what the life and success of the
-army most depends on.
-
-A man hailed us from the bank and was taken on board. He proved to be
-one of those captured at Sabine Pass last fall when Franklin's
-expedition undertook to land there. He escaped, and has been living with
-the negroes most of the time since. From all I can learn we are on the
-way to Shreveport, where the Rebels are said to be waiting in force.
-Shreveport is said to be the gateway between this state and Texas.
-
-
-_March 25, 1864._
-
-_Friday._ We reached Alexandria about midnight. The 128th went ashore,
-but we of the recruiting squad remained on board. We hear nothing of
-Colonel Bostwick and the others that were left behind. After breakfast I
-went ashore and looked up the 128th, and also looked about the place. It
-is a pretty place, not quite so large as Baton Rouge, but in every way a
-much better place to live in. A broad street runs along next the levee,
-and appears to be the principal business street. The Court House, a
-large brick building stands on a square by itself, and is the finest
-building I saw. Alexandria is rather a big village than a city. The
-streets are wide, and the houses are not crowded up against each other.
-Nearly every house has a yard and one or more shade trees in it. I saw
-no fortifications. If there are any they are outside. Altogether it is
-the finest place to live in I have seen in Louisiana. General Smith had
-taken possession, and we had only to walk in and enjoy ourselves.
-Towards night the negroes began to flock in and we enlisted quite a
-number. Dr. Andrus staid with us. The pilot let us in his house, where
-we rigged up a checker-board and played till most morning. Neither of us
-had anything to brag about when we finally gave it up.
-
-
-_March 26, 1864._
-
-_Saturday._ The boats cover the water as far as can be seen both up and
-down the river. There are rapids a little way above town and the
-gunboats have trouble in getting over, there only being places where the
-water is deep enough for them to clear the rocks. The 128th, which went
-into camp a mile or so out, moved back in town for provost guard duty.
-Colonel Bostwick and the other missing ones came up and our family is
-all together again. Captain Laird, who has not before been with us, came
-with them. He was assigned to Company D, and if ever we get a regiment,
-I suppose he will be my captain. For that reason, I have looked him over
-pretty closely, and without being able to tell why, yet there is
-something about the man I don't like. I hope I may be mistaken in him,
-as I sometimes have been in others. At any rate we won't have much to do
-with each other for a while, so I am not going to worry over it.
-
-It was expected that the 19th Corps would take the lead from this point,
-but General Smith has gone on with his army. The Laurel Hill got sailing
-orders and we had to leave our pleasant quarters. We took a large brick
-house, where we have all the room we want. The dining-room was so large
-we all ate at one table. Dr. Andrus came and staid with us again, and we
-had another tie game of checkers. The last tenants took all the
-furniture with them, so we had to sleep on the floor, but we don't mind
-a little thing like that.
-
-
-_March 27, 1864._
-
-_Sunday._ Colonel Bostwick sent all hands out to look up recruits and we
-are to make that our business from this on. We are to report every night
-what success we meet with. Not one of us got a recruit, but we all got a
-lecture.
-
-
-_March 28, 1864._
-
-_Monday._ Colonel B. didn't like the house we were in, and we all moved
-into another that he liked better. Moving day at home used to be a busy
-one, and so were several days before and after, but we have improved on
-the old order of doing such things. We just pick up what belongs to us,
-walk out of the old house into the new one and throw them down--and the
-job is done.
-
-Lieutenant Bell and I were set at making out reports, and we managed to
-smuggle in a letter or two apiece. After that, Sergeant House from
-Company B came in and we all walked up the river as far as the Falls, as
-the rapids are here called. It was very interesting to watch the
-ironclads feel their way over the rocks into the deeper water above. The
-hospital boat, the Woodford, hit a rock and sprung a leak. She was run
-ashore on the opposite side and the gang plank run out. From the way the
-sick people hurried off I don't think they were very badly off. The boat
-began to settle down, as if the damage was serious.
-
-
-_March 29, 1864._
-
-_Tuesday._ Was detailed for officer of the guard, and was in camp all
-day. There are men coming in every day that have escaped the
-conscript-officers and have been living in the woods like wild beasts.
-They opposed secession and would not serve in the secession army. Many
-of them are owners of property in this place, but they left their homes
-and their families and herded together for protection against small
-bands of pursuers, scattering again when a larger force was sent after
-them. Now that the coast is clear, they offer to act as scouts or to
-fight in the ranks for the Union cause. Nearly enough for a regiment
-have reported. They are well armed and are ready to use their guns
-against the common enemy. They are not the poor whites, who are as
-ignorant as the blacks, but are intelligent men, and the stories they
-tell of the wrongs they have suffered and the sufferings they have
-endured have made my blood boil with sympathy for them. They swear
-Alexandria shall never again be in possession of their enemies, for they
-will burn it to the ground before that happens. They call themselves
-"Jay-hawkers" and seem proud of the name. It seems wicked to doubt their
-sincerity, and yet I can't help thinking what a slick trick it would be
-for the Rebels to cut these men loose from their army and send them
-among us with just such a story as they tell. Now and then one could
-slip away and not be missed as regular enlisted soldiers would, and so
-every plan and every move we make be carried straight to them.
-
-Rumor says Colonel Bostwick has been detailed at headquarters; and
-Lieutenant Colonel Parker has been appointed superintendent of
-recruiting service in this department.
-
-
-_March 30, 1864._
-
-_Wednesday._ New orders already. Major Palon, with Lieutenants Bell,
-Dillon and Van Alstyne, is to go to Natchitoches for recruits. The
-Jay-hawkers say every one of the recruiting squad is known by name to
-General Mouton, and that he also has a pretty good description of each
-one. He has had this ever since we camped on his plantation last fall.
-If any are captured we are to be tried by the civil authorities for
-"nigger stealing," the penalty for which is death. How General Mouton
-got all this information the Jay-hawkers say they don't know, but if
-what I have been mean enough to hint at should be true, then it all
-becomes plain. It seems to me they should be watched until they prove
-their sincerity by their works. We begin to think we are somebody after
-all, to be mentioned in general orders, even if it is only to advertise
-us as "nigger-stealers."
-
-We boarded the steamer Jennie Rogers at noon. I tried to get Tony to
-stay back, telling him the Jay-hawker story and that if he was caught in
-our company his fate would be as bad or worse than ours. At first he
-decided to stay, but as we were going on board he changed his mind and
-would go, saying, "If the Rebels get you, then I'm going to die wid
-you." We ran up to the rapids and stopped. The gunboat Ozart had got
-fast in the mud by going too close to the opposite bank. A big rope was
-run across the river to a tree and made fast, and the machinery on the
-Ozart went to winding up on it, thinking to pull herself loose. Next,
-another rope was tied to the middle of the big one, and a tugboat began
-pulling on it, the Ozart all the time winding up the slack. The big
-rope, or hawser as they call it, was finally pulled high enough so the
-tug could go under it, and then it went up-stream as far as the rope
-would let it, and then, with a full head of steam, came down under it,
-fetching up with a tremendous yank on the hawser, which made the water
-fly from it in all directions. This was done several times, but the
-Ozart was still there. Then a tree was cut and one end brought on board,
-the other resting against the bank. In some way, tackles were rigged so
-that the tree was made to push, and the tug giving one more pull, the
-Ozart came loose from the bank and seemed none the worse for the tugging
-she had had. The line across the river was then taken in and the Jennie
-Rogers went on for ten or a dozen miles and tied up for the night.
-
-
-_March 31, 1864._
-
-_Thursday._ We started at daybreak and had gone perhaps twenty miles,
-when we overtook General Smith's army, which was stopping every boat
-that came along, until enough were had to carry his army. We tied up and
-I went ashore and mixed up with the western soldiers to see how they
-differed from the eastern troops. They are larger men on the average,
-and more on the rough and ready order than ours, but on the whole I
-liked them first-rate. They were at Vicksburg, and if they told the
-truth about the siege of Vicksburg, we of Port Hudson hardly know what
-war is like. As I could not match their stories, I told none, more than
-to give an outline of the siege, which they thought must have been
-pretty tame.
-
-From an old man, a native, I was told an interesting story about a hill
-that is in sight. He said it is called "The Hill of Death," so named by
-the Indians, who fought a Kilkenny-cat battle there until all were
-killed but a few women and children. It is not much of a hill, not more
-than half as big as Bryan's "Sugar Loaf," but otherwise much like it.
-Boats kept coming and tying up. Those that came later brought news of
-the capture and destruction of the Lacrosse, just below Fort Derussey
-yesterday. Also that the Mattie Stevens was fired on and her pilot
-killed. Sim Bryan, our mail carrier, was on the Mattie, and if the Rebs
-got Sim and the letters he carried they know what our opinion of them
-is.
-
-
-_April 1, 1864._
-
-_Friday._ Moving day at home. Our folks will get into their new home
-to-day, and I wish I was there to help settle them down in it. It will
-be their first move without me since I was big enough to help.
-
-I slept late this morning, till long after breakfast, and then, having
-nothing to get up for, lay and dozed until dinner time. Tony had my
-clothes brushed and my boots blacked and felt much worse than I did
-because I had lost my breakfast. I told him I would make it up for
-dinner, and I did. The river is full of boats now.
-
-
-_April 2, 1864._
-
-_Saturday._ About noon General Smith and staff went on board the
-Clarabelle and at 2 P. M. we started up the creek. A copy of the code of
-signals that are to govern us was sent to each vessel. The river is so
-narrow we must go Indian file, and are to keep 400 yards from each
-other. One long whistle while tied up means "Get under way." One long
-whistle while under way means "Tie up." Three short whistles, "Close
-order." Four short whistles, "Open order." Five short whistles, "I wish
-to communicate." One gun from the flagship, "The enemy is in sight." Two
-short whistles and a long one, "I want assistance." Three short whistles
-and a long one, "The enemy has a battery." Four short whistles and a
-long one, "The troops will land." One gun and a long whistle, "All
-right." We got under way and everything went well until dark when, in
-rounding a short turn in the pesky little rivulet, another boat bumped
-into ours and stove a hole in below the water line. The Jennie was
-pointed for shore and by the time she struck there, there was such a
-panic among the Vicksburg heroes as I don't believe eastern men ever
-thought of. At any rate none of our party so much as thought of joining
-in. They rushed for the side and began jumping from the upper and lower
-deck at the same time, landing on each other and some of them in the
-water, and then began quarreling and fighting over the hurts they had
-got. The rush to one side tipped the hole out of water, and as soon as
-the men could be got on the boat again it was held in that position
-until the damage was repaired. The whole thing was amusing from our
-point of view, and after a good laugh over it we went to bed.
-
-
-_April 3, 1864._
-
-_Sunday._ The leak was stopped and the water pumped out, and at 4 A. M.
-we took our place in the line and went on. An idea of the number of
-boats is had from the fact that they had been passing all the time this
-was going on, and the end was not in sight when we started again.
-
-At noon we stopped for wood, and to relieve the neighbors of their
-surplus chickens. The western men are all right on a chicken raid, for I
-don't think one escaped them. At 6 P. M. we were under way again, but
-the Jennie ran onto a sand bar soon after and it took a lot of puffing
-and blowing to get loose from it, and to catch up and take our proper
-distance again. This makes thirty out of the last thirty-eight days I
-have been afloat. One in New Orleans, four at Port Hudson, and three at
-Alexandria, is all the time I have been ashore. At that rate I will soon
-be a sailor.
-
-
-_April 4, 1864._
-
-GRAND ECORE. LA. _Monday._ We reached Grand Ecore some time in the night
-without further mishap and found ourselves tied fast to a tree on the
-bank when we awoke this morning. About noon the Jennie untied and went a
-little above the town and made fast again. We did nothing but watch the
-unloading of the troops. About 10 P. M., just as we were about to turn
-in, an order came for us to report at once at Alexandria for further
-orders. We were told that the Luminary was to start at daylight, and
-Major Palon told me to see if I could verify the report. Between us and
-the Luminary was a creek, without a bridge or other visible means of
-crossing. Tony found a boat and we were soon on board the Luminary,
-where we found the report about her sailing at daylight was true. In the
-meantime, some one had taken our boat, and we had to go away along the
-bayou until we could hear the challenge of the picket guards before we
-could get across. We legged it down the opposite side, and in the
-darkness mistook the Hastings for the Jennie Rogers. From her we got our
-bearings and were soon on board the Jennie and reported. The Jennie had
-a small boat, the Little Jennie, and with this we crossed the bayou and
-were soon on board the Luminary, only to find that since I was there her
-orders had been changed and she was to go up the river instead of down.
-By this time it was almost morning and we went back to the Jennie Rogers
-and to bed. I had had exercise enough to make me ready to sleep almost
-anywhere, and I was soon sound asleep.
-
-
-_April 5, 1864._
-
-_Tuesday._ We were glad we left the Luminary, for she ran into a nest of
-Johnnies, who fired on her and killed six men. Heavy firing was heard in
-front and skirmish firing much nearer. Smith's troops had gone in that
-direction and had probably met some opposition. I went ashore and fell
-in with an old resident who told me that Grand Ecore proper lies four
-miles back in the country now, though it was once right on the river
-bank. It being on the inside of a bend, the water kept washing the earth
-from one side and leaving it on the other, until now the village and
-river are four miles apart. At every time of high water the river moves
-on a little farther, leaving a strip of new made ground on which young
-cottonwood trees immediately sprout up. This makes the top look like a
-great green stairway, the first step of which was made by the last
-freshet, the next by the freshet before, and so on to the top.
-
-The firing grew nearer and there was more of it. By ten o'clock it was
-plain that hot fighting was going on, and not very far away. The dense
-growth of cottonwoods cut our view down in that direction to a little
-strip along the river, and out of this wounded men and small parties of
-prisoners began to come. By noon it seemed as if the whole of Smith's
-army was coming back and coming in a hurry, too. Batteries from below
-were rushed up and planted in the young cottonwoods right in front of
-us. Artillery horses, with their traces cut, came out by the dozen, and
-there was everything to show that a part or the whole of Smith's army
-was retreating. Soon the woods were alive with choppers, and the trees
-began to fall. In a time so short I hardly dare tell it the road and a
-strip each side of it was uncovered for at least a mile. How men could
-live where trees fell as they did there is a miracle. All the time men,
-horses and mules kept coming by the hundreds, and maybe thousands. Boats
-began loading with them. Forty-seven were put on our boat, three of them
-commissioned officers. A guard of negro soldiers was on the boat and the
-idea of being put under them made them howl with rage. Such swearing as
-one captain did would be hard to beat anywhere. The trouble in front
-began to quiet down. Not a shot had come our way, and not one had been
-fired in that direction. Whatever had happened was too far away for us
-to more than guess at. But it was plain that General A. J. Smith had
-run afoul of something that was a match for him, and what we were
-looking at was a genuine retreat. From the way boats were loading up and
-moving down-stream it looked as if the "nigger-stealers" were to have
-plenty of company on the way to Alexandria. From an artillery sergeant
-who was not so scared but that he could tell what had happened I found
-out this much. That the road ran through the woods for a long way and
-finally went diagonally across a large cleared space and into the woods
-beyond. That they were not molested until, while crossing this opening,
-they were fired upon and a panic was the result. The road was full and
-reinforcements could not get at them from either direction, and they cut
-loose and ran for it. The infantry caught some of the bolder of the
-enemy and brought them in. They could not stop the retreat. They had to
-get out of the way or get run over by the crazy men and horses that
-filled the narrow road.
-
-One of the prisoners is a Captain Todd. He was quite willing to talk. He
-said he was a cousin to President Lincoln's wife, and that he should now
-take the amnesty oath and try to get a job as clerk in some department.
-
-Captain Faulkner, another prisoner, is as full of venom as a
-rattlesnake. He brags of what he has done and tells of what he will yet
-do. If he carries out his present intentions we had better skip for the
-north before he gets loose. He said he led the force that riddled the
-Black Hawk at Morgan's Bend, and I think he told the truth, for the
-pilot on the Black Hawk at that time is now pilot on this boat. They
-knew each other at sight. Captain Faulkner said, "Captain Frayer, I had
-four shots at you at Morgan's Bend, and all I ask for is one more."
-
-The main force is somewhere in advance, but a good bunch of the rear
-guard is here. Everyone is blaming everyone else for what happened, and
-I expect all hands are ashamed of it now. When General Smith gets at
-them I expect they will feel worse yet.
-
-Captain Faulkner's horse came in with others, and as soon as the captain
-saw him he begged to have him taken on board. He called him up close to
-the boat by whistling through his fingers. The coming of his horse
-changed the captain wonderfully. If he hated us, he certainly loved his
-horse. I felt sorry for him and told him so. He asked me to take off his
-saddle and bridle and perhaps he would find his way home. I stripped him
-and found a bullet had grazed his back and the flies were already at
-work. The saddle had also galled him. More out of pity for the horse
-than the captain, I took him to the river and washed his sore back
-clean, and at the captain's suggestion got some bacon fat from the
-steward and rubbed it well in. The captain said that would stop the
-flies. He was very grateful and told me all about the horse, how
-intelligent he was and how he hated to leave him. Said he never needed
-training, for he knew more than most people. He had raised him from a
-colt and no other white man had ever handled him as much as I had just
-done. Among the soldiers I found one that was a fellow passenger on the
-McClellan, and that brought up the subject of the rough passage and the
-rougher passengers. He said the ones I had arrested were tried and sent
-to the Dry Tortugas, which is an island in the Gulf of Mexico off the
-Florida coast.
-
-
-_April 6, 1864._
-
-_Wednesday._ Captain Faulkner was up before I, and had called up his
-horse. The pony, for he was nothing else, tried to get up the gang
-plank, and would have come on board if the guard had not driven him
-back. I wished I could see them together. I had never seen so much
-affection shown by a horse, and I felt almost as bad as the captain did
-to see them kept from each other. I gave him a good washing with soap
-and water and another greasing with bacon fat. About seven o'clock the
-Jennie untied and went down the river about a mile, where she stopped
-for wood. The pony followed, and when the gang plank was run out he
-again tried to come on board. This was too much for me. I went to the
-captain and offered him the only five-dollar bill I had in the world to
-take him on. But it was of no use. He resented my offering him money to
-disobey orders, and the door against the pony was closed. The last I saw
-of him he was running off across the country as if a new idea had struck
-him. But Captain Faulkner was most grateful to me, and I hope if the
-enemy ever gets hold of me Captain Faulkner will be among them, for he
-says he would just like a chance to get even with me for what I have
-done.
-
-Another of the prisoners had been overseer on the plantation where we
-were taking on wood. His wife, with their little boy, came on board and
-pleaded for his release on parole. This, together with the pony affair,
-made the day a miserable one for me. Someway that sort of suffering hit
-me in a very tender spot. I could have seen the overseer and Captain
-Faulkner both shot and not have felt as badly as I did to think of that
-wife and child mourning for their husband and father, and the pony
-looking for his master, and perhaps falling into the hands of someone
-who would be cruel to him without ever knowing how near human he is. It
-is lucky for the government that I am not president, for such things as
-I have seen and heard to-day would tempt me to pardon Jeff Davis
-himself. When the wood was on board we started down the river for
-Alexandria, having done nothing more to earn our pay than to spend a few
-days as spectators of the stirring times at Grand Ecore. At a bend in
-the river by a woodyard an old darkey, mounted on an old gray mule,
-hailed us and said the Rebs were waiting for us in the woods about a
-mile below. A boat behind us had some guns on her forward deck, and
-began shelling the woods as soon as they came within reach, and we went
-past without a shot being fired at us. The river was lower than when we
-came up, and also narrower, in places not much wider than the length of
-the boat. At 11 P. M. we reached Alexandria and went to headquarters to
-report. We found the family all abed and asleep. A whiskey bottle
-standing on the table relieved us of any embarrassment we might
-otherwise have felt for calling at so late an hour. We soon had them all
-out of bed to receive us in a manner more fitting to the occasion. Dr.
-Warren got mad and used some improper language, for which he was soundly
-spanked and put to bed again. Thus ended our trip to Natchitoches, a
-place we never saw.
-
-
-_April 7, 1864._
-
-_Thursday._ There being nothing to hinder, I went to visit the 128th.
-Found that Charlie Travis had died while we were away. He was one of the
-best of the lot, and Company B was feeling pretty sober over his sudden
-taking off. They were going to have chicken for dinner and I had to stay
-and help out. After that I came home and wrote a letter. The Polar Star
-came up with 500 prisoners on the way to the front to be exchanged. They
-were delighted at the prospect of a chance to fight us again. Those we
-brought down with us, on their way to prison, didn't seem to feel so
-happy.
-
-
-_April 8, 1864._
-
-_Friday._ While we were up the river the rest of the squad have enlisted
-over 300 men, and have gone in camp just out of town. Colonel Parker is
-in command. After breakfast I went to see them. Found Sol shaking yet;
-cold one day and hot the next. From his looks he has been real badly
-off. I visited them until noon and then went back to headquarters, where
-I found a lot of writing had been saved up for me. I wrote till night
-and then made Sol another visit, after which I came home and went to
-bed.
-
-
-_April 9, 1864._
-
-_Saturday._ Orders for up the river again. The same four go, with Major
-Palon in command as before. Some way this trip smells stronger of danger
-than any we have taken. We have packed our trunks, keeping out an extra
-shirt apiece, and left the keys, with directions what to do with them in
-case we don't come back. At 1 P. M. we boarded the Laurel Hill, our old
-favorite, and set out. As we were turning about to get under way another
-boat almost touched us, and on it was Lieutenant Manning, with a bundle
-of letters in his hand for us. Was ever anything more tantalizing than
-that? To go off, not knowing for how long, with those letters almost in
-our hands, was worse than not seeing them at all. But there was no help
-for it and we went on, swallowing our disappointment as best we could.
-We reached the rapids and got over them without mishap, and in a little
-while had tied up for the night. We sat on the deck and smoked,
-wondering if any of the letters were for us, after all, and when we
-would see them in case they were.
-
-
-_April 10, 1864._
-
-_Sunday._ We started at daylight and met with no adventures worth
-telling of on the way. At 6 P. M. we were at Grand Ecore again, where we
-learned that a hard battle had been fought at Mansfield Plains and at
-Pleasant Hill--a two days' fight and nobody claiming the victory. Some
-say the Rebs had the best of the first day's fight and that our folks
-had the best of the last, which was yesterday. A large body of men and
-animals is here--cavalry, infantry and artillery--all mixed up in no
-sort of order. Wounded men are lying on the ground and wounded horses
-and mules hobbling about. I looked until dark, and then listened to the
-sounds of suffering until sleep overtook me.
-
-
-_April 11, 1864._
-
-_Monday._ We went ashore and put up our two tents as much out of the way
-as possible, and waited for things to settle down. Wounded men were all
-the time being brought in, some on stretchers and some on foot. General
-Ransom went past on a stretcher, with one knee bandaged and bloody.
-Right behind him walked a man with one arm gone, and who was joking with
-another who was carrying his cut-off arm in his hand. I got out among
-them to try and hear what had happened and what I heard was not
-altogether complimentary to General Banks. But it was Smith's men who
-were talking and some allowance must be made for that. They say it has
-all come of poor management on the part of General Banks. If Grant had
-been in command this would never have happened, from all of which I
-judge the Rebs have given them a dressing out and they are mad at
-General Banks about it.
-
-A strong rear guard is all that keeps them from coming and finishing up
-the job. Lieutenant Bell has been out taking notes and upon a
-comparison, we have both the same story to tell. Everything is in a
-mixed-up condition. Everyone is full of trouble but the recruiting
-squad, and we have nothing to do but look on. The process of unraveling
-the tangle is very interesting to me, but so much suffering on every
-hand makes me sick, and I cannot help wondering if it pays.
-
-
-_April 12, 1864._
-
-_Tuesday._ Having no orders to do otherwise, I kept out among the
-stragglers to learn what I could. The wounded have mostly been sent down
-the river for better treatment than can be had here on the hospital
-boats. It is said that several boats are above here, some aground and
-others helping them off, while all the time the Rebs are firing on them
-from the shore. One story is that reinforcements are being hurried up
-the river from Alexandria and other points below.
-
-
-_April 13, 1864._
-
-_Wednesday._ Things have been lively here to-day. Firing was heard up
-the river this morning, and a pontoon bridge was thrown across here and
-troops hurried across and gotten into position. The Colonel Cowles came
-down and reported the boats above here to be in an awkward situation.
-Troops have been going up on the other side all day. They soon go out of
-sight around a turn and are hid by the woods. We certainly are having
-the soft side of soldiering now. There is nothing we can do but look on,
-and we do that all the time. But we are obeying orders, and that's all
-any of them are doing.
-
-
-_April 14, 1864._
-
-_Thursday._ The stranded boats began coming down this morning, and were
-greeted with cheers from the soldiers and whistles from the steamers.
-Several were riddled with bullets, and quite a number of dead men were
-taken off and buried. The wounded were taken on board the hospital
-boats. The Black Hawk, as usual, came in for a full share, getting the
-worst shooting up of any. This is the third time she has got it on this
-expedition. The land forces brought 300 prisoners with them. We are
-still watching proceedings, being too light handed to do anything more.
-No recruits are here, and they won't dare come in as long as the enemy
-holds the ground all around us.
-
-
-_April 15, 1864._
-
-_Friday._ This has been an interesting day. An attack was expected and
-preparations were made to receive it. Troops were shifted from one place
-to another. The pickets on the Natchitoches road were driven in. The
-woods were chopped away to give the artillery a chance in that
-direction. A negro came running out of the woods saying the Rebs were
-within three miles and were coming on the double-quick, but this report
-was not believed, for someone besides him would have found it out. At
-any rate no attack was made and the day passed and left things very much
-as it found them.
-
-
-_April 16, 1864._
-
-_Saturday._ Another day of doing nothing. This looking for trouble is
-worse than finding it. The troops have been shifting about all day, as
-if it was hard to decide what was the right position. There were no more
-signs of trouble to come than the getting ready for it. The recruiting
-squad helped all it could by looking on and wondering what it is all
-about.
-
-
-_April 17, 1864._
-
-_Sunday._ Reinforcements having been coming in for some days. I set out
-this morning to look them over and see if the 128th was here. Sure
-enough, I found them about a half mile out on the Natchitoches road,
-feeling fine and ready for business. I staid all day with them, getting
-back in time for supper and to talk over the hard times we are having
-doing nothing.
-
-
-_April 18, 1864._
-
-_Monday._ For pastime to-day. Lieutenant Dillon and I borrowed a skiff
-from one of the boats and explored the country along the river above
-here. We went ashore and looked for something to vary our diet of
-hard-tack and coffee. After dinner we moved our tents back into the
-woods, where we will have shade all the day long. Our duties are so
-laborious it is necessary to have a cool spot to work in. For exercise
-we run, jump, box, or do anything we can think of to keep up
-circulation. We have made the acquaintance of a stray mule and take
-turns letting him tumble us off over his head in the sand. He is gentle
-as can be, and lets us do anything with him except riding him beyond a
-certain distance. When he has gone far enough he gives a quick jump,
-stands on his head, and the thing is done.
-
-
-_April 19, 1864._
-
-_Tuesday._ Just before daylight the "Long Roll" sounded and such getting
-up nothing else could have brought about. Batteries limbered up and took
-position. The horses were taken back and left with harness on. Men took
-their stations at the guns. Ambulances were placed in convenient places,
-and every preparation made for a fight, but no one appeared to fight
-with. The excitement, which was great at first, grew less until it was
-all gone and the same lazy feeling that had been with us for days came
-back. I have been doctoring a wounded horse for the last week, and the
-beggar has got to depending on me for his rations instead of hunting for
-it himself. He eats hard-tack much better than I can, and appears to
-like them better than grass. I have to go across the river for grass,
-and mow it with my knife. He eats it without as much as a thank you, and
-as he is about cured I am going to take him across the river and leave
-him soon. To-night we had a grand gymnastic performance and are going to
-bed.
-
-
-_April 20, 1864._
-
-_Wednesday._ On board the John Warner, bag and baggage. When we got up
-this morning we found everybody pulling up and getting ready for a move.
-We watched and waited for orders to do likewise. The major, who had gone
-to investigate, came back and said the Red River campaign had been given
-up and all hands were going back to Alexandria. He secured passage for
-us on the Warner and here we are. For fear someone would press him into
-the service and forget that he was only a convalescent, I took the horse
-I had patched up, and after stuffing his wound with bacon fat, I took
-him across the pontoon bridge and turned him loose in the big grass on
-the other side. When I came back Tony had my few things picked up and
-ready to go on board. The bulk of the army goes by land and a portion of
-it is already on the way to Alexandria, our first stopping-place. Major
-Palon says the expedition had to be abandoned on account of the falling
-of the water in the river, and if the boats get over the rapids at
-Alexandria they must do it right away. At any rate a retreat is now in
-order and the major says I will have plenty of filling for my diary
-before it is over.
-
-_Night._ Four thirty-pounder Parrot guns have been mounted on the
-forward deck, and the men and ammunition necessary for their use is on
-board. Every preparation for trouble is being made, whether we have any
-or not. The cause of the retreat is common talk now among the officers.
-Banks is blamed for the failure of the expedition, though I fail to see
-how he is to blame for the falling of the water in the Red River.
-
-A man fishing from the boat this afternoon hooked onto something which
-when pulled up proved to be a dead soldier with his skull smashed in.
-The boatmen remembered him as one who had a quarrel with a deck hand
-last night, and as he, too, is missing, it is thought he killed this
-soldier and after throwing him in the river cleared out. I could not get
-his name or regiment, but am sure he did not belong to the 128th. It is
-easy to die here and there are many ways of doing it. A dead man was
-found on the upper deck of the Mattie Stevens yesterday. He was thought
-to be asleep until a comrade went to wake him up and found he was
-sleeping his last sleep. He was shot through the heart, but as no shot
-had been fired on the boat it is supposed it came from some distance
-away, missing the thousands that are here and finding only this sleeper.
-He was of the 33d Massachusetts. What I have seen to-day would fill a
-book. The major's prophecy that I would find plenty of filling for my
-diary is coming true. I had noticed a prisoner handcuffed fast to a post
-in the cabin, but had paid no attention to him until some loud talking
-in his neighborhood led me to it. A soldier, one of the Western men,
-with a bloody bandage around one leg, was giving this prisoner the
-biggest kind of a tongue-lashing, and was with difficulty kept from
-clubbing him with his cane. I finally got at the Westerner and found out
-what it was about. He said his regiment was waiting in the road below
-here for the line to be made up. Noticing a house and other buildings in
-a grove not very far away, he and two of his comrades set out for some
-eggs and perhaps something else good to eat. They were met by this
-prisoner, who acted very friendly, giving them milk to drink and to fill
-their canteens. When they asked for eggs he told them there were none in
-the house but plenty in the loft, pointing to a loft with a ladder
-reaching to it. Without a suspicion of treachery they set their guns up
-by the side of the building and went up the ladder after the eggs. When
-they started to come down they found their own guns pointed at them, in
-the hands of this prisoner and two other men they had not seen before.
-There was nothing to do but surrender, which they decided to do. They
-came down and were marched into the woods for some distance, stood up in
-line and fired upon. One was killed instantly, my informant was shot
-through the leg and fell more from the expectation of certain death than
-from his hurt. The third man was missed clean and started to run with
-the three devils after him. That gave this fellow a chance and he legged
-it for his regiment and fell fainting from terror and the loss of blood.
-When he came to, his comrades were returning with this prisoner, the
-only one they could find. They did find the man that ran away, lying
-where he had been overtaken and stabbed to death with bayonets. The
-wonder and the pity is they ever brought this murderer away with them.
-Why they didn't shoot him full of holes instead of taking him prisoner
-is what none of us can understand. I suppose he will live on Uncle Sam
-for a while and then go free. This must do for one day's record. It is
-late and I am almost blind from writing by the light of a lantern.
-
-
-_April 21, 1864._
-
-_Thursday._ We were loaded up and ready for a start early this morning.
-We dropped down-stream to our place in the long line of steamboats,
-gunboats and most every kind of boats. Got onto a sand bar and had to be
-pulled off. A gunboat got fast just below us and getting that loose took
-the rest of the day.
-
-
-_April 22, 1864._
-
-_Friday._ We got another start at about daylight and kept going until
-noon, when we struck bottom and had to be pulled loose again. We could
-plainly see that the bottom of the river was much nearer the top than
-when we came up. We stopped at the same landing for wood where the old
-contraband warned us of trouble on our last trip down. Sure enough, he
-was here again and with another warning. He said the woods below Cane
-River were alive with sharpshooters, of which he had warned the boats
-ahead, and would warn those to come. We heard firing long before we
-reached Cane River, and as we neared the woods the guns on our boat
-began a raking fire on each side and kept it up until the woods were
-passed. It was dark by this time and the boats went little if any faster
-than the flow of the river. We reached the rapids above Alexandria about
-10 P. M., and so far as I know, not a person was hurt on the way.
-
-
-_April 23, 1864._
-
-_Saturday._ When we awoke we were glad to hear it raining hard. This
-will at least stop the river from going any lower, and may raise it. We
-left the boat and took a four-mile walk to Alexandria, where we found
-our folks well and enjoying themselves. The regiment is nearly full. If
-we had remained here we might have filled it. As it is, our two trips to
-Grand Ecore have amounted to nothing more than seeing some stirring
-times in which we had no other part than spectators. Sol had nine
-letters for me and a basketful for the others. It took me quite a while
-to read so many. After reading them I began writing a reply to each one.
-I had had a grumbling toothache for some days and to-day it has taken
-hold for sure. I suppose my walk in the rain gave it an excuse. At night
-we were relieved from recruiting service and ordered back to the
-regiment, I reporting to Captain Laird for duty. Lieutenant Bell and I
-were ordered to report for fatigue duty in the morning at 7 A. M.
-
-
-_April 24, 1864._
-
-_Sunday._ Agreeable to orders, Bell and I reported to the quartermaster
-at 7 o'clock and were given 134 men and sent to the rapids to unload
-boats and load up wagons for transportation below the falls. One was to
-check what came off the boats and the other what the wagons carted off.
-Someone else checked again as the stuff was loaded on the boats below
-the falls, and if anything was lost it was easy to tell who was to
-blame. My tooth ached so badly that the quartermaster put another in my
-place and I went back to camp to try and get rid of it. Dr. Andrus
-talked me off the notion, and gave me something to put in it, which
-helped it so much that I went back and finished out the day. When we
-reached camp at night I felt as if I had earned my pay, having walked
-sixteen miles, done a lot of writing, and had suffered severely with
-toothache nearly all the time.
-
-
-_April 25, 1864._
-
-_Monday._ The army begins to get in from up the river. The 128th had a
-brush at Cane River and lost one man. I put in the day writing, and at
-night went and visited with Sol.
-
-
-_April 26, 1864._
-
-_Tuesday._ Kept right on writing. Sim goes in a day or two and I want to
-get even with my correspondents.
-
-
-_April 27, 1864._
-
-_Wednesday._ Heavy firing up the river. By the sound it is ten or more
-miles away. The gunboats are up there holding the enemy from getting
-their artillery within reach of the transports. The Rebs are closing in
-around Alexandria and the pickets begin to clash. Went for a walk with
-Captain Enoch, after which I called on Dr. Andrus to get him to do
-something with that tooth. He put me off with some more medicine, but
-says if it doesn't stop to-night he will pull it to-morrow.
-
-
-_April 28, 1864._
-
-_Thursday._ On duty as officer of the guard, and next to nothing to do.
-So many of the men are helping unload the boats, the camp is almost
-empty. The enemy is fighting his way along day by day. The roar of
-artillery is heard almost constantly. Our lines must hold the country
-for ten miles all round us, for that is as close as the fighting appears
-to be. We hear of wrangling among our leaders, one blaming another for
-the fix we are in. A dam is being built below the falls to raise the
-water so the gunboats may slide over. A Colonel Bailey is the engineer
-in charge of the job, and it is quite a job, too.
-
-_Night._ A ring of fire surrounds Alexandria to-night. It is said our
-forces are working in and burning everything as they come. Lieutenant
-Ames, who has been under arrest since last winter for drunkenness, was
-to-day dismissed from the service.
-
-
-_April 29, 1864._
-
-_Friday._ No fighting here yet. The firing outside is constant now, but
-what it amounts to we don't know. Was relieved from duty at 8 o'clock
-and went for a walk before turning in. On a back street a terrible
-commotion broke out as I was passing a backyard with a high slab fence
-around it. I peeked through a knothole and saw a shocking sight. An old
-sow had a little child down on the ground and was trying to eat it. Two
-women, one with a broom and the other with a mop, were hammering the sow
-and screaming at the top of their voices, while the old sow was making
-such a noise as only a hog can make when raging mad. Just as I had taken
-in the situation, something struck the top of the fence with force
-enough to shake it from end to end. One of the ugly-looking dogs called
-bloodhounds had jumped and caught his fore feet over the top and was
-scrambling for a hold with his hind feet. Just as I looked up he got a
-toe hold, and quicker than I can tell it was over the fence and had the
-old varmint by the back of the neck. The women ran in the house with the
-child, and whether the child or the old sow lived I don't know, but I
-shall always think well of the bloodhound after this. I went back home
-and slept the day away.
-
-
-_April 30, 1864._
-
-_Saturday._ Five letters to-day. All from good friends at home. They are
-all well and know nothing of the predicament we are in. Every loose
-board about town is being gathered up for use at the dam. The water is
-already up so many of the lighter draught boats are floated over the
-rocks. The gunboats, our main dependence, are there yet.
-
-
-_May 1, 1864._
-
-_Sunday._ My tooth bothered me yet, and I went to the hospital this
-morning determined to get rid of it. Dr. Andrus was out, but Lew Brooks,
-the hospital steward, said he could do the job just as well. He got a
-good deep hold and pulled on it, but the tooth stood firm. After a
-second trial and a second failure, he called in a man to hold my head
-still and tried it again with both hands. The tooth simply wouldn't come
-out. But the character of the pain was changed, and that was a little
-satisfaction. Dr. Andrus gave me some chloroform linament which helped
-some, but has taken from my mouth what little skin Brooks left on. I
-have been in agony all day. The tooth sticks out so I can't shut my
-jaws, and is getting sore every minute.
-
-
-_May 2, 1864._
-
-_Monday._ I don't know what has been done to-day, and I don't care. I
-have had troubles enough of my own. Dr. Warren has excused me from duty.
-Tony made me a stew that needed no chewing, and I drank it without
-asking what he made it from.
-
-
-_May 3, 1864._
-
-_Tuesday._ Have felt worse to-day than any day. My neck and shoulders
-are so lame and sore I can hardly roll my eyes. My mouth is better, and
-I can begin to use it.
-
-
-_May 4, 1864._
-
-_Wednesday._ I found myself this morning feeling much more like myself.
-Tony stole a chicken and cooked it so I could suck the meat off the
-bones, and it made the whole world seem better. I got out among folks,
-and hope by another day to be able to manage a hard-tack. The Rebs are
-coming, for the firing sounds plainer than any day yet. There is much
-discussion of, and more cussing about, the situation we are in. A party
-of unarmed men was seen on the other side of the river, and a boat was
-sent over. They proved to be all that is known to be left of the 120th
-Ohio, which was on its way to join us. They were fired on from the shore
-and their boat crippled. The men jumped overboard and swam ashore, and
-while the most were captured, some got away and have found their way
-here. Others may come if not picked up on the way.
-
-Sergeant Nace, who said he belongs to the 176th New York, found me
-to-day and almost claimed relationship. He knows the folks in Rowe
-Hollow, and from his talk and actions was very glad to see me. I never
-heard of the man before. He was a good talker, and if the ears of the
-people in Rowe Hollow didn't burn it wasn't because they were not talked
-about.
-
-
-_May 5, 1864._
-
-_Thursday._ Reported for duty and was put on as officer of the guard.
-The 128th got in touch with the rebel skirmish line and Casey, of
-Company I, was shot through the mouth. The dam is being pushed in every
-possible way. Trees are cut and dragged in the river, and bags filled
-with earth are thrown in to fill up the spaces. Stones are so scarce
-that brick houses not in use are torn down and used for ballast. I
-bought a horse, saddle and bridle to-day for four dollars, and he is now
-eating government hay with the mules. He may come handy when we skip
-out, which we expect to do as soon as the gunboats are over the falls.
-General Smith fought quite a battle above here to-day and took some
-prisoners. It is reported to-night that the John Warner, the boat that
-brought us from Grand Ecore, has been sunk in the river below here, and
-Sim Bryan captured. He had our mail, and if the Rebs read our letters
-they know about what we think of them. I'd like to hear the comments
-they make. The tables have been turned, and we are now the besieged,
-instead of the besiegers.
-
-
-_May 6, 1864._
-
-_Friday._ "It never rains but it pours." About noon Lieutenant Colonel
-Foster of the 128th and about thirty others came in. They are all that
-are known to have escaped from the John Warner. They report the river
-blocked for anything short of our ironclads, which at present are lying
-above the rapids waiting for the dam to be finished. Colonel Foster
-thinks Sim may have destroyed the mail, but the time was rather short
-for it. Our pay rolls and the monthly returns were in his bag, and five
-letters from me to different friends. If the captors get any comfort
-out of them they are welcome. Colonel Foster had some dispatches with
-him, but managed to get away with them. As a reminder, he brought with
-him a ball in the calf of his leg which Dr. Andrews cut out with his
-jackknife. It was just under the skin and popped out at the first cut.
-Just at night more came in. They had escaped in the confusion of the
-attack and our cavalry scouts had found them and brought them in. These
-say that Captain Dane was hung, but we hardly think they had time to see
-all they tell of. However, it may be true, for he left the Confederate
-service when Butler took New Orleans, and has since been in our service,
-and true to it. He is the one who ran the A. G. Brown on our Texas trip.
-He has made several trips to Grand Ecore, the last of which was when we
-came down with him. The 128th had another brush with the enemy last
-night and took several prisoners.
-
-
-_May 7, 1864._
-
-_Saturday._ The 128th and another regiment captured and brought in a
-wagon train loaded with corn and other stuff the Rebs had picked up for
-their own use. They are skinning the country below here, so we will have
-to board ourselves or go hungry when we leave Alexandria.
-
-
-_May 8, 1864._
-
-_Sunday._ A very hot day. The men are being examined and any not fit for
-a hard tramp are put on the boats. The dam is nearly completed. All but
-the deepest draught boats are below the rapids waiting for the dam to be
-blown up so they can come down and load up for the run down the river.
-From all I can learn the plans are for the gunboats, provided they get
-over the rapids all right, to protect the left flank, which is to follow
-the right bank of the river and go as fast as infantry can possibly go.
-General Smith is to take care of the rear and as much of the right flank
-as he can. General Banks is to open up the way and also to look out for
-the right flank. No hard fighting is expected, but skirmish fighting is
-looked for all the way down. I went up to the dam just at night. The
-water rushes over it and through it like a young Niagara. It is a big
-job, and the engineers deserve great credit, whether it does all it is
-expected to or not.
-
-
-_May 9, 1864._
-
-_Monday._ The dam broke away in the night; all the boats near the break
-were swept through by the rush of water and are now where they can be
-used. The accident brought out a new idea, which is to repair the break
-and to build wing dams from each side towards it, and to depend on the
-rush of water pulling the whole outfit through.
-
-Marching orders were issued this morning and every effort is being made
-for a sudden start. I have only my blanket and my diary to carry.
-Everything else besides my sword and revolver is on the Rob Roy. The
-troops have been moving out, getting in position, and everything
-betokens an early departure from Alexandria. We have a regiment of
-unarmed negro soldiers to get away with. They can be handled fairly well
-in camp, but how they will act in case of an attack is not yet known.
-
-
-_May 10, 1864._
-
-_Tuesday._ A rainy day, a rare thing nowadays. Colonel Parker succeeded
-in getting arms for our men, and they are wild with delight. Few of them
-ever had a gun in their hands before, and are as awkward with them as
-can be. We have been drilling them in the manual of arms and they did as
-well as could be expected. The army is getting straightened out for a
-start as soon as the ironclads are released. The wagon train is said to
-be fifteen miles long now, and the final start will add miles to it.
-
-
-_May 11, 1864._
-
-_Wednesday._ We put in a solid day of drilling in the manual of arms. No
-loading has been attempted, but the times and motions have been drilled
-into the woolly heads, so that a very encouraging improvement is the
-result. Captain Laird, my captain, is missing, and whether he has run
-away or been carried away, no one seems to know. At any rate, the care
-and conduct of Company D now comes upon your humble servant.
-
-
-_May 12, 1864._
-
-_Thursday._ Another day of the same. While the most of them do as well
-as can be expected, yet the ignorance and stupidity of the others is
-enough to try the patience of a saint. A boat came up to-day and was
-only fired on at one point. This looks as if the Rebs are planning some
-new move which will develop later. The moving preparations go steadily
-on, and the dam is progressing finely.
-
-
-_May 13, 1864._
-
-_Friday._ Eight miles below Alexandria. The Jay-hawkers kept their
-promise to burn the place rather than have it go into the hands of the
-enemy again. About daylight this morning cries of fire and the ringing
-of alarm bells were heard on every side. I think a hundred fires must
-have been started at one time. We grabbed the few things we had to carry
-and marched out of the fire territory, where we left them under guard
-and went back to do what we could to help the people. There was no such
-thing as saving the buildings. Fires were breaking out in new places all
-the time. All we could do was to help the people get over the levee, the
-only place where the heat did not reach and where there was nothing to
-burn. There was no lack of help, but all were helpless to do more than
-that. Only the things most needful, such as beds and eatables, were
-saved. One lady begged so for her piano that it was got out on the porch
-and there left to burn. Cows ran bellowing through the streets.
-Chickens flew out from yards and fell in the streets with their feathers
-scorching on them. A dog with his bushy tail on fire ran howling
-through, turning to snap at the fire as he ran. There is no use trying
-to tell about the sights I saw and the sounds of distress I heard. It
-cannot be told and could hardly be believed if it were told. Crowds of
-people, men, women, children and soldiers, were running with all they
-could carry, when the heat would become unbearable, and dropping all,
-they would flee for their lives, leaving everything but their bodies to
-burn. Over the levee the sights and sounds were harrowing. Thousands of
-people, mostly women, children and old men, were wringing their hands as
-they stood by the little piles of what was left of all their worldly
-possessions. Thieves were everywhere, and some of them were soldiers. I
-saw one knocked down and left in the street, who had his arms full of
-stolen articles. The provost guards were everywhere, and, I am told,
-shot down everyone caught spreading the fire or stealing. Nearly all
-buildings were of wood; great patches of burning roofs would sail away,
-to drop and start a new fire. By noon the thickly settled portion of
-Alexandria was a smoking ruin. The thousands of beautiful shade trees
-were as bare as in winter, and those that stood nearest the houses were
-themselves burning. An attempt was made to save one section by blowing
-up a church that stood in an open space, but the fuse went out and the
-powder did not explode until the building burned down to it, and then
-scattered the fire instead of stopping it, making the destruction more
-complete than if nothing of the kind had been attempted.
-
-Having done all that could be done for the place and the people, the
-call sounded and, as soon as we could get together and call the roll, we
-came on to this place, where we hope to stay to-night, for we certainly
-are in need of a rest. It is said the ironclads got over the rapids this
-morning and that we are to start on our long tramp early to-morrow
-morning.
-
-
-FOOTNOTES:
-
-[9] I have no recollection at this time of this affair more than is here
-given.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XV
-
-The Red River Retreat
-
- Guarding the pontoon train--Sleeping on feathers--Killing the
- goose--Forced marching--The fight at Yellow Bayou--Crossing the
- Atchafalaya--Another forced march--A raw beef supper--Footsore and
- weary.
-
-
-_May 14, 1864._
-
-_Saturday._ Reveille at 3.30 A. M., breakfast at 4.00, and at 4.30 we
-were off. The road followed the river, which is very crooked, making it
-nearly double the distance it would be in a straight line. About 9 A. M.
-the cavalry got into a fight on our right. We halted, and for the first
-time had the men load their guns. The enemy had come out from the woods
-and charged a squadron of our cavalry as it was passing, and for a time
-it was hard to tell which was getting the best of it. One of our men was
-shot from his horse, but the horse kept his place in the line as if
-nothing of the kind had happened. When the Rebs were finally routed and
-driven through the woods, the riderless horse kept his place and
-distance as long as they were in sight. Before leaving Alexandria I had
-traded my horse for a mule that had no brand on him, and I had let a man
-who was not feeling well ride until now. In the skirmish just noted one
-of the mules in the quartermaster's team got hit and the quartermaster
-took my mule to put in his place, putting his rider in the wagon. That
-left me to walk whether I wanted to or not, but as I had plenty of
-company I didn't so much care. We kept going at a lively gait until
-noon, when we halted for hard-tack and coffee. The men on the boats kept
-exchanging shots with the Rebs on the opposite shore, but with what
-result I don't know.
-
-Soon after dinner we came to a sharp turn in the river where the road
-ran close up to the river bank, and while rounding this on a
-double-quick we got the first attention from the other side that had
-been paid to us direct. A volley came from a thicket on the other side,
-the most of which went over our heads. One shot, however, went through
-the haversack of the man next to me and spoiled his tin cup. The shot
-came as close to me as it did to him, but I have nothing to show for it,
-while he is prouder of his battered cup than he ever was before. About 2
-P. M. the advance had a sharp skirmish with the enemy, losing ten men
-killed and forty wounded. The wounded were put on a boat and a detail
-left to bury the dead, after which they must catch up as best they can.
-About dark we passed Wilson's Landing, said to be twenty-five miles from
-Alexandria. Soon after we overtook the pontoon train and halted for the
-night. We are detailed to guard the pontoon train on the trip and have
-nothing to do but keep up with it unless it is attacked. I found the
-128th close by, and after comparing notes with the boys of Company B,
-crawled behind a log and went to sleep.
-
-
-_May 15, 1864._
-
-_Sunday._ I was lying behind the log this morning, rubbing my eyes open,
-when a horseman rode right over it. The horse missed me and that was
-about all, but a miss is just as good as a mile. I found we were right
-by the wreck of the John Warner, her burned hull showing above the
-water. The letters that Sim carried were scattered over the ground, the
-wind having distributed them over several acres. I looked for some of my
-own, but did not find any. Some of those I read were curiosities, and
-possibly mine were carried off as such.
-
-The train did not start until noon, and without any startling adventures
-we reached Marksville at 8 P. M. I wondered if this is the Marksville
-mentioned in "Uncle Tom's Cabin." At any rate, it doesn't seem to be
-much of a place. The Rebs are said to be at Avoyelles Plains[10] in
-force, only a little way from here. Sergeant Nace of the 176th New York
-appeared to me again, having lost his regiment, as he said. I thought it
-a queer thing for a sergeant to lose on a trip like this, and I made up
-my mind he was a shirk and was beating his way through. However, I
-invited him to share my bed and board for the night, and while he went
-after water I hunted for something to eat. He soon after came back,
-lugging a big feather bed, which he said he found at the house where he
-went for water and brought it along for a keepsake. After supper we
-planted ourselves on it and slept so sound that nothing short of a
-general engagement could have roused us.
-
-
-_May 16, 1864._
-
-_Monday._ Reveille at 3.30 did not awaken the feather-bed brigade.
-Colonel Parker pulled me off just in time to fall in line, and without a
-mouthful to eat or drink I started on another hard day's tramp. Passing
-through Marksville, which I found to be much more of a place than I
-thought last night, we found the artillery stationed on a rise of
-ground, beyond which was a hollow and thick woods beyond it. We passed
-the artillery and were in the hollow beyond when the Rebs opened fire
-from the woods, and soon a big gun fight was on, the shot and shells
-passing directly over us, but doing us no harm. We parked the train and
-formed in front of it. Soon after the lines were pushed forward, and
-again the enemy opened on us and the same performance was gone through
-with. As we lay on the ground in front of the train, a goose, from no
-one knows where, came squawking down the line in front of us and I
-captured it. I cut its throat with my sword, and as it was the first
-blood drawn by the 90th I let the blood dry on. Aside from the goose,
-the only casualty I know of was the killing of four artillery horses.
-They were all killed instantly by the same shot. Two pairs happened to
-be standing side by side and broadside to the enemy, when what must have
-been a three-pounder went through three of them and stopped in the
-fourth one, dropping the four dead in their tracks. The men behaved
-splendidly. The shots that missed the rise of ground behind us went on
-in the direction from which thousands were coming, but I don't know what
-harm they did.
-
-About noon the enemy was driven out of the woods and we went on, I
-picking my goose as we went. While going through the woods we came to a
-sluggish stream too deep to cross without a bridge and a halt was made
-for some pontoons to be put across. I gathered some kindlings and made a
-fire to cook my goose, and was swinging it around my head to let all see
-what a prize I had, when a cavalry officer riding past caught it by one
-leg and riding on, took me and the goose with him. The leg I had hold of
-finally pulled off and the rascal went on with all the rest of it. While
-it was roasting, I washed my pocket handkerchief in the stream, and was
-holding it by two corners, dipping it up and down in the water to rinse
-it, when, as I pulled it up the head of a great big snake came up after
-it as if he wanted to get hold of it, or perhaps to see what it was. He
-went right back and I saw no more of him. Just then "Attention" sounded
-and I grabbed the goose leg and tried to eat it. Hungry as I was, raw
-goose was too much for me. I went around begging a hard-tack here and
-there and in that way got quite a meal, and also got the goosey taste
-out of my mouth. I no longer begrudged the fellow that stole my goose,
-but did wish he had to eat it raw.
-
-The troops were all across at 9 P. M. and the pontoons were soon emptied
-and loaded on the wagons. Then began such marching as we never before
-had done. No attention was paid to the files. Those that could keep up
-did so, and the rest fell out by the way. The whole army was ahead of us
-and we must get to the front for the next crossing. We went on until
-midnight and then halted for an hour. "Fall in" again sounded and away
-we went, passing the thousands upon thousands of sleeping men and
-beasts. At 3 A. M. we reached Yellow Bayou, the biggest stream we had so
-far met with. Excepting in the traveled path, men were sleeping all over
-the ground. My blanket was on some wagon, but I was too tired to look
-for it. Crawling in between some men who were sleeping on a blanket, I
-made out to get my body out of the wet grass and was soon sound asleep.
-When I awoke the sun was shining in my face. My bedfellows had gone and
-taken the bed with them. Whether they pulled me off the blanket or
-pulled it from under me, I shall never know. The heavy dew and the chill
-night air had gone through my clothing, which was already wet with
-sweat, and I found myself about helpless, so sore and stiff were my
-joints.
-
-As soon as I got my stiffened joints working, I looked around for the
-90th and found them across the bridge on the bank of the bayou. More
-than half our men were missing, having fallen out by the way and been
-left to sleep it off. A detail was at the bridge to pick up stragglers
-and direct them where to go. Tony was among the first to get in and was
-dreadful sorry he had missed me in the night. I started right in for
-another nap and was next awakened by Tony, who had found a chicken that
-the others had missed and had it cooked. As soon as that was disposed
-of, I continued my nap, sleeping until night, when I was sent to the
-bridge to pick out our men as they came straggling in. I had five
-sergeants, and posting one at each end of the bridge, I went and sat
-down on a knoll to watch them work. I finally lay down and in spite of
-myself dropped off again and slept all night. The sergeants had relieved
-each other and had gathered in nearly or quite all of our missing men.
-The troops were still crossing the bridge in a steady stream and the end
-was not yet in sight. We of the 90th had nothing more to do but wait for
-the troops to pass and then hustle for the front again. But we were
-rested and ready for it, and put in the day talking about our first
-experience on a forced march. The opinion was that if the next was any
-worse than this had been we wouldn't all be there to tell about it.
-
-
-_May 18, 1864._
-
-_Wednesday._ The rear guard was just coming in sight this morning when
-we heard firing at the rear. Soon aides came riding down the line,
-halting some and turning others out of the way. They raced across the
-bridge and in a little while troops were hurrying back across the bridge
-from the front. It beat all how soon the scene was changed. The firing
-in the rear kept increasing and grew plainer to hear. The 90th stood at
-attention on the bank, which overlooked the whole plain where the
-trouble seemed to be centering. Unless the bridge was attacked we had
-only to look on, and it was a sight worth a lifetime to see. The ground,
-except where worn down by the passing army, was covered with weeds and
-bushes, which hid the skirmish line from our view until they rose up and
-fired almost in each others' faces. Smoke soon hid the battleground.
-There was no wind and the smoke rose up like a cloud instead of
-spreading. The smoke came nearer and it began to look as if our turn
-would soon come, but by and by it stood still and then began to move
-back. By noon it was plain to see that the fight was ours, for the smoke
-cloud went faster and the firing grew less. By 4 P. M. it was over and
-the troops began recrossing toward the front. The surgeons had their
-shop under a big tree near the bridge. I heard one of them say to
-another that he had never seen so few slight wounds among so many. Most
-of those that were hit were either killed outright or mortally wounded.
-Only a few legs or arms were cut off. The saddest sight I saw was the
-killing of a boy, son of a colonel somebody, whose name or regiment I
-could not get. I had often seen the boy while at Alexandria and wondered
-why such a child should be in such a place. He rode a handsome bay
-pony, and wore the infantry uniform, even to a little sword. When the
-fight began he was somewhere in the advance, and came riding back at the
-head of his regiment by the side of his father. They went into the cloud
-of smoke and in a few minutes a man came leading the pony back with the
-little fellow stretched across the saddle, his hands and feet hanging
-down on either side. He was taken back toward the front and I suppose
-his body will be sent home. What must that father have felt, and what
-will the mother feel when she knows of his death! It was such a useless
-sacrifice from my point of view. Nothing bigger than bullets came our
-way and they either went over our heads or struck in the bank of the
-bayou below us.
-
-
-_May 19, 1864._
-
-_Thursday._ Our dead were picked up and brought to the bayou, where they
-were laid in rows on the ground. Those that were identified were buried
-in separate graves, and the others put crosswise in a wide ditch, with
-blankets spread under and over them. Our loss was estimated at 500 and
-that of the Rebs at 800. That must mean killed and wounded, for no such
-number was buried. The rebel dead were buried in the field, I suppose,
-for none of them were brought in.
-
-_Later._ A couple of our men are sick and Dr. Warren called in another
-doctor to look at them. They called it smallpox, and the men were put in
-a wagon and carted off right away. When the team came back the driver
-said they were put in the first house they came to, and a man who has
-had the disease was left to give them medicine. By night everything but
-the rear guard was across the bridge, and we had orders to be ready to
-march. We settled down to get some sleep if we could, but the long roll
-soon sounded and we sprang to our places. No enemy appearing, we built
-fires and made coffee, and then sat round nodding our sleepy heads until
-4 o'clock in the morning.
-
-
-_May 20, 1864._
-
-_Friday._ By 4 A. M. the troops were across and the pontoons loaded. We
-marched at quick time and at 6 o'clock were at Simmsport, where we
-stopped for breakfast of hard-tack and coffee. While at it a man rode in
-saying the Rebs were already bridging Yellow Bayou. Simmsport is on the
-Atchafalaya River, and the same Colonel Bailey who planned the dam at
-Alexandria had built a bridge of boats for us to cross over. Twenty-four
-steamboats were lashed together side by side, and reached from shore to
-shore. Across the bows of these the artillery, cavalry and wagons were
-passing in a continuous stream, and infantry was crossing through and
-among them as best they could. Other boats were busy ferrying the
-troops, and such getting across a river I never saw. The Liberty took us
-across and we marched down the opposite side for an hour, and halted for
-the line to straighten out. And so the whole day went, first starting
-and then stopping again, but expecting every minute to set out for good.
-The time we were waiting, if all put together, would have given us a
-good rest, and the marching we did would have been good exercise. But as
-it was, we had a hard day of it. It was pitch dark when we finally
-started. We came to woods and the darkness could be felt. The train got
-stalled in the narrow road and then another wait. I was so dead sleepy
-that twice I fell flat on the ground as I was walking along. The fall
-woke me up each time and I kept going some way. Men had given out and
-were sleeping all along beside the road like dead men. Daylight never
-seemed so long coming. We got through the woods and could see much
-better. My naps as we walked along, and the falls I had in consequence
-of them, helped to drive off the dreadful drowsiness and by daylight I
-was wide awake.
-
-
-_May 21, 1864._
-
-_Saturday._ When daylight came we were passing the mouth of the
-Atchafalaya and were again on the banks of the Red River. About sunrise
-we halted. Lieutenant Moody and I sat down and began to figure up how
-long we had been awake, when we both tumbled over on the ground and were
-sound asleep. The next thing I knew Moody was shaking me and asking if I
-was hurt. His face was bloody and I supposed he had been shot. But we
-soon found that a horse had ran over us, his hoofs striking between our
-heads and scraping the skin off Moody's forehead as he picked them up.
-We soon after started again, and at 8 o'clock stopped for breakfast,
-after which we took a livelier gait than ever. The day was hot. The
-horses and mules showed the strain as well as the men. Soon the men
-began to give out, dropping like dead men, and it was impossible to
-rouse them from the deathlike sleep that had overtaken them. There was
-nothing to do but pull them out of the road and leave them, for every
-horse and vehicle was loaded with all it could carry. No stop was made
-for dinner. On we went, and by 6 o'clock men were lying all along by the
-roadsides. Teams gave out and were left panting, their sides showing how
-cruelly they had been whipped to get the very last effort out of them.
-My feet were blistered, I knew by the feeling, though I had no time to
-see or attend to them. The pain each step gave me was, I think, the only
-thing that kept me awake and going.
-
-About sundown we passed a little village and turned from the road across
-the country, which was said to be the nearest way to the Mississippi. It
-was a beautiful country, much like the Teche country, which is sometimes
-called the "Garden of Louisiana." There were some cattle, and a drove of
-them was gathered and driven along for our supper. In passing round a
-body of water that came in our way, a huge snake lay floating on it and
-was shot by some of the passing throng. Several small snakes lay across
-the big one, and I suppose it was a mother and children taking a bath.
-Some thought the old one was twelve feet long, but it flopped about so
-it was hard to give a close guess. It was the nearest approach to my
-Port Hudson snake that I have seen.
-
-At 9 P. M. we reached the Mississippi at Morgan's Bend, or Morganzia.
-The cattle had been shot down and were lying as they fell. It was
-everyone for himself. Chunks were cut out and were being eaten before
-the animal was done kicking. A pack of wolves never acted more ravenous
-and bloodthirsty. I managed to get my hand between the ribs of one and
-hold of the liver. I couldn't pull my hand out without straightening the
-fingers and so only got shreds, but I kept it up until I had taken the
-edge off my appetite and then lay over on my back and was sound asleep.
-I suppose a hundred men stepped over me and maybe on me, but nothing
-disturbed my slumbers. I slept like a dead man.
-
-
-FOOTNOTES:
-
-[10] Better known as the Plains of Mansura.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XVI
-
-Camp at Morganzia, La.
-
- On picket with the western men--Smallpox appears--A pay-day
- misunderstanding--Building Fort Morgan--Fourth of July
- dinner--General Order 88--The army moving away.
-
-
-_May 22, 1864._
-
-_Sunday._ The sun was shining bright, and the flies were crawling over
-my bloody face, and hands when I awoke. Tony had got in and had found
-some hard-tack and a piece of beef for my breakfast. The skeletons of
-the cattle were picked clean. The field looked like a battleground. Men
-were stretched on the ground everywhere and in every position, and
-others were picking their way about among them. But unlike a
-battlefield, the dead began to rise up and move about. At 8 o'clock the
-order "Fall in" came and soon after we started again. I had to walk on
-my heel, for something was grinding the ends of my toes off. No
-attention was paid to the order of our going; it was simply a question
-of going at all. We only went about a mile, when we stopped in a grove
-of big trees between the road and the river, and preparations for
-camping were soon under way. Captain Laird appeared and took charge of
-his company. He said he had lost us while fighting fire in Alexandria. I
-joined the multitude in the river. The dirt our clothes and our bodies
-had picked up on the way was astonishing. Enough of it to make a garden
-was soon floating down the river. My feet were in terrible shape, one
-much worse than the other. The blisters had broken and bled and the dirt
-had formed a scab, which had acted like a grater on the raw flesh
-underneath.
-
-A good swim in the river and a good beating of our clothes, together
-with a good dinner after it, made the world seem different to all of us.
-The hard tramp was over and we cared little what came next. The 90th
-had had the hardest time of all. We had to hustle from the rear to the
-front with the pontoons, marching mile after mile and hour after hour,
-while others were sleeping soundly by the way. Upon comparing notes I
-had the satisfaction of knowing I was the only white man in the regiment
-that had walked the entire distance. Every other one confessed to having
-ridden some part of the way. From the time we formed in line at Yellow
-Bayou until we stopped at Morgan's Bend was forty-one hours of hard
-marching, on scant rations and with less than an hour's sleep all put
-together. I had heard and read of forced marching, and now that I had
-taken part in one, I was ready to believe anything that was ever said or
-written on the subject. Major Palon's prophecy that I would find plenty
-of filling for my diary had certainly come true. I have only skimmed
-over the account, but will never forget the rest. It would fill a book
-if written out, and then only give a faint idea of the reality. The
-sufferings of the horses and mules made me sick at heart. Men, when they
-could go no farther, said so and gave up trying, but the poor beasts'
-sufferings went right on until neither whip nor spur could get another
-move out of them.
-
-
-_May 23, 1864._
-
-_Monday._ The army of stragglers kept coming in. They were gathered in a
-bunch and then sorted out and sent to their respective commands. Our
-tents arrived and were put up, and we began to live like folks again.
-Smallpox had by this time begun to develop, and a tent was put up
-outside the camp and such as showed the symptoms sent to it. We have all
-been exposed and may all have it, but a trifle like that does not worry
-us after what we have lived through. Some of the men have had the
-disease and they are to be used in nursing the others.
-
-A nice little shower came up toward night which washed the dust from the
-leaves and grass, leaving everything about us beautiful. The smallpox is
-the only enemy in sight now, and that we can neither shoot nor run away
-from. The best thing about it is that one stands just as good a chance
-as another, and no better.
-
-
-_May 24, 1864._
-
-_Tuesday._ Thomas Dorsey, one of the brightest of my company, is dead.
-Before I knew what ailed him, I had done all I could to make him
-comfortable, even to giving him my blanket to keep him off the ground.
-His death scared the others so they could not be got near his tent. As I
-had been exposed as much as it was possible to be, I rolled him up in
-his blanket and dragged him into a hole that had been dug outside the
-tent and covered him up.
-
-
-_May 25, 1864._
-
-_Wednesday._ All hands have been vaccinated. All stood in line and as
-fast as the job was done the line moved up until all had had a dose.
-This is the fourth or fifth time I have been vaccinated in the army, and
-so far nothing has come of it. In the afternoon I borrowed the
-adjutant's horse and went with Sol and Gorton for a ride. They both have
-the shakes yet. Stragglers kept coming in, among them being Sergeant
-Nace, who has not yet found his regiment. When he found we had smallpox
-he cut short his visit. He is a dead beat, I thought so before and am
-sure of it now. I hope his regiment will find him, if he don't find it.
-
-The picket lines are well out, and videttes are still farther out. This
-gives us a large territory to feel at home in. The enemy is said to be
-hovering around on the outside, but give us no trouble. Maybe they, too,
-are tired and are taking a rest.
-
-
-_May 26, 1864._
-
-_Thursday._ Nothing happened to-day worth telling of. I am detailed for
-picket duty to-morrow.
-
-
-_May 27, 1864._
-
-_Friday._ With a horse to ride and a company of men from a western
-regiment, I went out about one and a half miles to relieve a part of the
-picket line. Quite an army goes out every day, for the line about our
-present stopping-place is many miles in length. I had about half a mile,
-almost all the way through bushes and wet ground. An empty house near
-one end of the line was my headquarters, and from there I hobbled over
-the line every two hours, the line being too rough to ride. I was not
-called out once, everything being quiet along my line, and I heard no
-calls from those on either side of me. The officer of the day came round
-as often as he could ride the line, and at midnight the grand rounds
-came.
-
-Sol and Gorton came out and brought me a supper and visited me until I
-had to go over the line. Orders were very strict at night to halt
-everything. An Irishman on one of the posts asked me if he should halt a
-pig if he came along, and I repeated the order to "halt everything." At
-midnight, when I went over the line with the grand rounds, there was
-fresh pork frying at that post, and as the orders were strictly against
-foraging I said to the man, "You paid for the pig, didn't you?" "Yes,
-sor," said he; "it's only the loikes of them Indiana fellers that'll
-steal." That almost made me yell, for the grand officer was colonel of
-an Indiana regiment that were noted foragers. He grinned at the joke on
-him, and with that one adventure we reached the end of the line, where I
-turned him over to the next and came back. I got a generous slice of the
-stolen pig for my breakfast.
-
-
-_May 28, 1864._
-
-_Saturday._ The night wore away and at 9 A. M. the new guard came. After
-my line was relieved I marched them back to guard headquarters to
-discharge them. A new order, that no loaded guns be allowed in camp, had
-come out, and I took them to the river bank to fire off the guns. I
-noticed that the gun next to me did not go off and told the man of it.
-He tried it again and still it didn't go. I then pricked some powder in
-the tube and snapped it, and as it didn't go off I tried the ramrod to
-see if it was loaded. The gun was nearly half full of something, and
-upon taking it to the armorer, who took out the breach, found the first
-charge had the bullet end down. The man could not account for it, but
-probably in the excitement of the Yellow Bayou fight he had got rattled
-and kept loading every time he snapped the gun. It is said such things
-do happen in volley firing, but I never before saw anything of the kind.
-I was glad enough the first charge was wrong end up. There were six
-charges in the gun and something must have happened if the first charge
-had exploded.
-
-I then returned to our camp and slept till night.
-
-
-_May 29, 1864._
-
-_Sunday._ This was to be our pay day, and little else was thought of or
-talked about all the morning. A number of us were in Colonel Parker's
-tent when the adjutant congratulated me on getting full pay, with no
-reduction for the time I was absent without leave; that the rolls had
-been passed upon at headquarters and no reduction made. Colonel Parker
-said it could not be. The record had never been cleared, and if the
-paymaster was informed of the fact I wouldn't get any pay at all. After
-some talk, in which some took one view and some another, the matter was
-dropped and I thought no more about it until told by the paymaster, when
-I stepped up for my $415, that I could get no pay until an investigation
-was had and the rolls cleared. I was mad clear through, and I was
-terribly disappointed, too. I first found out that the colonel had done
-it and then went and gave him a piece of my mind. He laughed the matter
-off, but he was just as mad as I. I forgot about his being my superior,
-and I wonder he didn't put me under arrest. I certainly gave him plenty
-of excuse for doing it. I had no right to talk as I did, but I had
-plenty of reason, and I have not yet got to the point where I am sorry
-for doing it. I reminded him that although I was absent from my regiment
-for a few days without leave, I was on duty in another, and earning my
-pay, while he and the rest of them were loafing in camp at Lakeport. I
-can't imagine why Colonel Parker has so suddenly turned against me. So
-far as I know he has no reason for it, and if he knows of one, he is not
-man enough to tell. So I must live on borrowed money for another two
-months, and affairs at home must get along the best way they can. Maybe
-it all comes from his hobby, "The good of the service," which he so
-often quotes.
-
-
-_May 30, 1864._
-
-_Monday._ I made an application for an investigation of my reasons for
-being absent without leave, and Colonel Parker endorsed and sent it to
-headquarters. The matter has blown over for the present. From all I can
-hear, the colonel is ashamed of the shabby trick he played me. If
-Colonel Bostwick had been here instead of at headquarters, I don't
-believe the thing would have been thought of. Colonel Parker is like
-some others I have seen. A little authority makes a fool of him.
-
-A fort is being built just above here and our men are to work on it. We
-have a new doctor. Dr. Henry, Dr. Warren having been detached. He is
-doing all he can to stop the spread of smallpox, and as no new cases
-have developed in several days now we think the worst may be over.
-
-
-_May 31, 1864._
-
-_Tuesday._ Was in camp all day writing.
-
-
-_June 1, 1864._
-
-_Wednesday._ Moved camp up the river to where the fort is being
-built,--that is, all the well ones. Hallisy, our new sutler, came to-day
-with a full stock of goods. He belonged to the 6th Michigan; was
-wounded at Port Hudson. Shot through the arm and the wound would not
-heal and he was discharged. Not wishing to go home, his comrades chipped
-in for a box of cigars, which he peddled out among the soldiers and was
-able to buy more and continue peddling. He was soon able to make trips
-to the city for anything needed by his comrades, and in a short time was
-doing quite a business. He is honest and trustworthy in every way, and
-when he asked to be appointed sutler for the 90th he had all the
-recommendations the officers could give. He is a money-maker and will
-get rich if the war lasts long enough, yet he is so fair and square in
-all his dealings that no one ought to begrudge him the money he makes.
-He brought our mail and in the bundle were seven letters for me, and
-none of them had any bad news in them.
-
-
-_June 2, 1864._
-
-_Thursday._ Was on detail at the fort. Officers of the engineer corps
-have the work in charge. They have stakes stuck everywhere with marks on
-them that they may understand, but surely none of us can. A plan on
-paper shows it to be in the form of a star, with a wide and deep ditch
-running round it. The dirt from this ditch is being carefully piled up
-inside in a bank just like the ditch, so that every foot the ditch goes
-down, the bank rises another foot. There is no lack of men or teams. A
-detail is made every day of as many men as can work to advantage. On my
-section a curious snake or animal was dug out. He came out from a hole
-that was cut across as the ditch went down. It looked most like an eel
-at first, but a closer examination showed four short legs, not over an
-inch long, and armed with toes for digging. The men called it a Congo
-snake and seemed to have a superstitious dread of it, for they left the
-ditch as soon as it appeared and would not go back until I had killed it
-and thrown it out of their sight. A shower broke off the work in the
-afternoon and flooded the diggings.
-
-
-_June 3, 1864._
-
-_Friday._ Was notified that a commission had been appointed to
-investigate the stopping of my pay and would meet at brigade
-headquarters as soon as practicable. Then we will know. If Colonel
-Parker is right I shall apologize for the free speech I gave him. I
-wonder if he will do as much if I win out.
-
-
-_June 5, 1864._
-
-_Sunday._ Captain Laird, who has not been mustered yet, went to Port
-Hudson to see about it, to-day. I put in the day visiting and being
-visited. While in Sol's tent, and as we lay talking to each other, we
-heard a commotion in Colonel Parker's tent, which was close by. Just
-then a big black snake slid in under the tent, and stopped when right
-between us. His head was well up and he just slid over the ground like a
-sleigh crook. Sol's sword was within my reach and I crippled him before
-he got any further. Where on earth he could have come from and not be
-seen till he entered the colonel's tent is a mystery, for the ground is
-as bare as a board all through the camp, and men are all the time moving
-about on it. We think he must have crawled under somebody's bunk in the
-night, and not liking the quarters had started for the country again.
-
-
-_June 6, 1864._
-
-_Monday._ Captain Laird came back, saying he was unable to get mustered,
-and says he shall throw up the job and go home. Major Palon, who has
-been to New Orleans, came on the same boat.
-
-
-_June 7, 1864._
-
-_Tuesday._ Was called before the commission to show cause why I should
-not be punished for being absent without leave. Colonel Fuller of the
-73d, Captain Morton, acting assistant adjutant general of the Engineer
-Brigade, and Lieutenant Colonel Parker of the 90th comprised the board.
-I was not put under oath, but just told my story and was acquitted. The
-findings of the court, however, will have to go to Washington for
-approval. Colonel P. was the only one of the 90th who did not
-congratulate me. He appears more cranky than ever.
-
-
-_June 8, 1864._
-
-_Wednesday._ Borrowed $200 and sent home to pay on the place. Went down
-to visit the 128th and came near a sunstroke on the way. The weather is
-something awful in the middle of the day. I was completely used up when
-I got home.
-
-
-_June 9, 1864._
-
-_Thursday._ I kept very quiet to-day for the heat is harder and harder
-for me to bear. Colonel Bostwick, Captain Hoyt, the quartermaster, Moody
-and Reynolds all came up from the city, where they have been for a
-visit. Orders were received for us to turn over the best drilled of our
-men to Major Paine.
-
-
-_June 10, 1864._
-
-_Friday._ Captain Laird went home to-day, and Company D is mine to look
-after again. I have just been able to keep about to-day.
-
-
-_June 11, 1864._
-
-_Saturday._ On duty as officer of the guard to-day. The duty is nothing,
-but the wearing of uniform, with a sword, belt and sash, for twenty-four
-hours came near using me up. I thought I would have to beg off, but I
-lived through it. There were plenty ready to take my place but were not
-allowed to.
-
-
-_June 12, 1864._
-
-_Sunday._ A friend in the 128th got in trouble and was brought up to see
-me. I helped him all I could, but I can't say I pitied him.
-
-
-_June 13, 1864._
-
-_Monday._ Major Paine came and took 110 of our men. He took all of
-Company D, and I am out of a job unless Colonel Parker finds something
-for me to do, which I have no doubt he will. Company D made the best
-showing in the manual of arms and in marching. Captain Laird has either
-taken away or destroyed the company papers, and it took me all day to
-get the transfers made out.
-
-
-_June 14, 1864._
-
-_Tuesday._ On detail at the fort. General Sickles reviewed the troops in
-this department to-day, from which we judge another move will soon be
-made. General Sickles lost a leg at Gettysburg but he rides just as well
-as if he had both. An orderly carried his crutches for him, and a pocket
-built on the saddle, in which to rest the stump, answered the purpose of
-a stirrup.
-
-
-_June 15, 1864._
-
-_Wednesday._ Was busy settling up Captain Laird's company affairs, which
-is made much harder on account of the original papers being missing.
-
- * * * * *
-
-After the 15th of June the diary is missing. Whether it has been lost,
-or whether I no longer kept it going, I cannot now tell. From papers in
-my possession, and from quite a vivid recollection of the events that
-made up those last days of my army life, I am able to give a pretty good
-account of it up to my home-coming.
-
-We remained at Morganzia until about the middle of July, attending to
-the routine duties of camp life, and helping at the fort that was
-building as we were called upon.
-
-On the fourth of July we had an old-fashioned celebration: one that
-doubtless is recalled with pleasure by every survivor of the event. We
-borrowed planks from the fort and built a long and wide table with seats
-along the sides. Having plenty of both workmen and materials, we spared
-no pains to make it a very substantial affair. The regimental colors
-were placed in the middle of the table, flanked on either side with
-stacks of muskets, each of which had a flag flying from its top.
-Everything good to eat, drink or look upon that we could buy, beg or
-borrow, was piled upon it. Sutler Hallisy made a special trip to New
-Orleans for such things as we could not otherwise get. The planning for
-it and the carrying out of the plans took all our spare time for weeks
-before. Officers from headquarters and from many of the regiments near
-us were invited, and few, if any, failed to accept the invitation. After
-the dinner, all that could, made speeches, and many of them were worth
-going a long way to hear. Lieutenant Bell distinguished himself, making
-what I thought was the best and most appropriate speech of all. All
-joined in singing patriotic songs, and many a good story was told. From
-start to finish the affair passed off without a hitch. Not a thing
-happened to mar the enjoyment of any one present. When it was over, the
-men took possession and finished up the eatables, after which they, too,
-had speeches and singing and wound up with a dance on the table. Their
-part was fully as entertaining as ours had been, and taken altogether,
-the day was one to live long in the memory of those present.
-
-Soon after the review of the troops by General Sickles, the great army
-that covered the ground for miles about us began to melt away, some
-going up the river and some down to other fields of activity. The Red
-River campaign was over and nothing left to show for it but the great
-waste of men and money it had cost.
-
-The 128th left Morganzia a few days before the fourth of July, thus
-missing our great dinner, at which there were mutual regrets. They went
-into camp at Algiers for a time and then came North and served out their
-time under Sheridan and Grant. The men in our camp that had not already
-been transferred were taken to fill up other regiments, and the officers
-ordered to New Orleans for muster-out. (See General Order No. 88,
-Department of the Gulf, dated July 11, 1864.)
-
-The trouble with Colonel Parker kept sticking up its head and was the
-cause of my only unpleasant recollections of those days. I still
-suffered from the heat, and it seemed as if I was detailed for guard or
-fatigue duty on the hottest days that came. On the 28th of June the sun
-came up blazing hot, bidding fair to beat any record it had yet made. I
-felt the heat more than common that morning, having been on duty at the
-fort the day before, and was congratulating myself on having nothing to
-do but keep as cool as possible, when an order came for me to take
-Company B out for a two-hours' drill.
-
-This was such a direct slap in the face that I made up my mind it was
-time for the worm to turn. As politely as I knew how, I refused to obey
-the order, and was at once ordered in arrest and sent to my tent. It was
-the first time I had ever known of an officer being detailed for extra
-duty two days in succession. I believed I was right and was willing to
-await the outcome. In a little while the order for arrest came to me in
-writing. I have it yet and it reads:
-
- Special order No. 27. MORGANZIA, LA., June 28, 1864.
-
- 2d Lieut. Lawrence VanAlstyne, 90th U. S. C. Infantry is hereby
- ordered in arrest for disobedience of orders.
-
- By command of Lt. Col. GEORGE PARKER,
-
- JOHN MATHERS, JR.,
- 1st Lt. & Adjutant.
-
-The next was a copy of the charges and specifications, which soon after
-came and which reads:
-
- HEADQUARTERS 90TH U. S. C. I.
- MORGANZIA, LA., June 28, 1864.
-
- Charges and specifications preferred by Lieut. Col. George Parker,
- against 2d Lieut. Lawrence VanAlstyne, 90th U. S. C. I.
-
- Charge first.
-
- Disobedience of orders.
-
- Specification. In this that he, the said Lieut. Lawrence VanAlstyne
- did when ordered by his commanding officer to drill Co. B, 90th U.
- S. C. I., refuse, saying "I refuse to do it," or words to that
- effect. This at Morganzia, on or about the 28th day of June 1864.
-
- Charge 2nd.
-
- Conduct to the prejudice of good order and military discipline.
-
- Specification. In this that he the said 2nd Lieut. Lawrence
- VanAlstyne did when ordered by his commanding officer to drill Co.
- B, 90th U. S. C. I., refuse, saying "I refuse to do it" or words to
- that effect. This in the hearing and presence of enlisted men. This
- at Morganzia, La. on or about the 28th day of June 1864.
-
- Witnesses. George Parker, Dr. Henry, Steward Drury,
- Sam Lewis, Corp. Co. B
- Henry Jones, Serg't Co. B
-
-The next was a note from the colonel, saying:
-
- Lieut. VanAlstyne's attention is respectfully called to Par. 223,
- revised army regulations. Indulgences will be granted upon written
- application, but it can hardly be expected that a sick officer will
- ask for very large limits.
-
- Respectfully,
- GEORGE PARKER,
- Lt. Col. Comm'ng.
-
-To none of these did I make reply. In the course of an hour I received
-an empty envelope on which was written:
-
- Lieut. L. VanAlstyne has the limits of the camp.
-
- GEORGE PARKER,
- Lt. Col. Commanding.
-
-Nothing more happened until the 30th, when the following was received:
-
- HEADQUARTERS 90TH U. S. COLORED INFANTRY,
- MORGANZIA, LA., June 30th, 1864.
-
- Special order
- No....
-
- 2nd Lieut. Lawrence VanAlstyne, 90th United States Colored Infantry
- is hereby released from arrest.
-
- By order of
- GEORGE PARKER,
- Lt. Col. Com'dg
- 90th U. S. Col'd Inf'y.
-
- JOHN MATHERS, JR.,
- 1st Lt. and Adj't.
-
-Thus the matter of arrest ended. The charges had been duly forwarded to
-headquarters in the field and had been sent back with the single word
-"Disapproved" written across the back. I never found out who explained
-the matter at the headquarters office, but some one must have done it,
-for the charge was a serious one and could hardly have been overlooked
-without an investigation.
-
-From that on I suffered such petty persecutions as could be lawfully put
-upon me, but otherwise had little more to do with Colonel Parker.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XVII
-
-Our Last Camp in the South
-
- Leaving Morganzia--In camp near New Orleans--Good-bye,
- Dixie--Homeward bound.
-
-
-Soon after the order to report at New Orleans for muster-out was
-received, we left Morganzia and went into camp in the outskirts of New
-Orleans. We unloaded our things on the levee one night after dark, and
-in the rain. We felt our way down the embankment, and without the least
-idea as to where we were, spread some tents on the ground and raising
-others over them crawled in and made ourselves as comfortable as we
-could. In the morning we arranged our camp in a more respectable order
-and sat down to await the pleasure of the mustering officer. The men we
-had with us were used for guards to keep up the semblance of a military
-organization. Those that could afford it went into the city to board,
-and the rest, I among the number, contented ourselves with army fare. I
-had many invitations from my brother officers to live with them, and did
-visit them frequently, sometimes staying for a day or two. So the time
-passed until the 24th of August, when we were called before the
-mustering officer and mustered out of the service.
-
-We were to be paid in New York, and as I was in debt to many, I was
-about to sell my pay to a broker in order that I might pay such as were
-not ready to go home, when the quartermaster offered to lend me the
-money and wait for it until we reached New York, thus saving me the
-broker's commission. In due time we reached our homes and the eventful
-life of the soldier was exchanged for the less eventful life of the
-private citizen. The prophecy that the return of the soldiers would mark
-the beginning of a reign of lawlessness in the North, did not come
-true. As law-abiding citizens the returned soldiers have averaged well
-with those who remained at home.
-
- * * * * *
-
-I must not close the book without a word about Tony, from whom I parted
-with sincere regret. I am sorry I cannot recall his surname, which was
-that of his owner, a planter in the Teche country.
-
-From Tony's own account, he had had a good home and a kind master, in
-fact, had had everything he could wish for except the one thing above
-all others that he longed for, "freedom." Both he and his wife were
-house servants, born and raised in "the house," not in "the quarters."
-He was always careful to make this distinction. He had never been
-whipped, and he had little sympathy for those who had, saying they most
-always deserved all they got.
-
-My acquaintance with him began while we were at Brashear City. He came
-with others from the Teche country, and was looking for some one who
-would write a letter to his wife and tell her how and where he was. I
-wrote the letter and from that on he was all the time wanting to do
-something for me. When the examination came, Tony was thrown out on
-account of an injury once received from the kick of a horse. He then
-came for me to take him to wait on me. More out of pity for him than
-because I wanted any waiting on, I took him on, giving him the ration
-allowed me by the government for such a purpose. From that time he was
-my willing slave. My clothes were as clean and my boots as black as if I
-had been General Banks himself. He was never in the way, and yet was
-never out of the way when wanted.
-
-I became more careful of my personal appearance by finding out that in
-Tony's estimation my only failing was a little carelessness in that
-direction. I accidentally overheard a conversation between Tony and his
-chums as to the good and bad qualities possessed by the officers of the
-90th, and when I found how little I lacked of perfection, I resolved to
-be more careful. He was a very rapid talker, speaking both French and
-English. When he was angry or excited he would mix the two together in a
-way that was laughable. He loved horses and would talk to them as if
-they were people and understood all he said. I shall never forget a
-scolding he gave one while we were at Grand Ecore. Tony had taken a
-wounded horse into the river and washed him clean. As he was leading him
-back to hard ground, the horse dropped in the sand and rolled his sore
-back full of grit. Tony looked at the horse in silence for a while, and
-then began hurling such a mixture of French and English in his face as
-no other horse ever heard. Everyone that heard it laughed. The horse
-looked sober enough, but may have understood, for when he was washed
-again he came through the sand without offering to lay down.
-
-Tony was the best forager I ever knew. He could scent a chicken as well
-as a pointer dog, and many a one he picked up where no one else could
-find a feather. I never fully understood his devotion to me. It
-certainly was not on account of the pay he got, for much of the time we
-were together I was as poor as he. I have good reason to believe he
-would have stood between me and danger, and perhaps death itself if the
-opportunity had offered. It was little I could do for him beyond writing
-letters for him to his wife, and teaching him to read words of one or
-two syllables. I left him at New Orleans with money enough for immediate
-needs, and suppose he went back to his plantation home.
-
-
-
-
-Transcriber's Note:
-
- Minor typographical errors have been corrected without note. Archaic
- and dialect spellings remain as printed.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-End of Project Gutenberg's Diary of an Enlisted Man, by Lawrence Van Alstyne
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DIARY OF AN ENLISTED MAN ***
-
-***** This file should be named 40890.txt or 40890.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/4/0/8/9/40890/
-
-Produced by Peter Podgoršek, Stephen Blundell and the
-Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
-(This file was produced from images generously made
-available by The Internet Archive)
-
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
-will be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
-one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
-(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
-permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
-set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
-copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
-protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
-Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
-charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
-do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
-rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
-such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
-research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
-practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
-subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
-redistribution.
-
-
-
-*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
-Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
- www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
-all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
-If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
-terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
-entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
-and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
-or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
-collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
-individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
-located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
-copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
-works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
-are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
-Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
-freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
-this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
-the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
-keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
-Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
-a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
-the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
-before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
-creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
-Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
-the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
-States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
-access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
-whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
-copied or distributed:
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
-almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
-re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
-with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
-from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
-posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
-and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
-or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
-with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
-work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
-through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
-Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
-1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
-terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
-to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
-permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
-word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
-distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
-"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
-posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
-you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
-copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
-request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
-form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
-that
-
-- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
- owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
- has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
- Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
- must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
- prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
- returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
- sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
- address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
- the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or
- destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
- and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
- Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
- money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
- of receipt of the work.
-
-- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
-forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
-both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
-Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
-Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
-collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
-"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
-corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
-property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
-computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
-your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
-your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
-the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
-refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
-providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
-receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
-is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
-opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
-WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
-WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
-If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
-law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
-interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
-the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
-provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
-with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
-promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
-harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
-that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
-or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
-work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
-Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
-
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
-including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
-because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
-people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
-To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
-and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org
-
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
-Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
-permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
-Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
-throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809
-North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email
-contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the
-Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
-SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
-particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
-To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
-with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project
-Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
-unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
-keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
-
- www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/40890.zip b/40890.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index 71c8a46..0000000
--- a/40890.zip
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ